Five Steps To Start Your Refractive Surgery (2014)

Five Steps to Start Your
REFRACTIVE
SURGERY
r/
s.i
n s
is a
e r
.p
iv p
/: /
tt p
h
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Notification
/
1. The information provided via this book is intended for general information purposes.
.i r
2. The information provided via this book is published to assist you, but it is not to be relied
upon as authoritative.
s
3. The author accepts no liability whatsoever for any direct or consequential loss arising from
any use of the information contained in this book.
n s
is a
e r
.p
iv p
/: /
tt p
h
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Five Steps to Start Your
REFRACTIVE
SURGERY /
ir .
s
A Case-Based Systematic Approach
n s
is a
r
Mazen M Sinjab MD MS CAB (Ophth) PhD
e
Professor of Ophthalmology in Damascus University Damascus, Syria
p
Senior Consultant in Anterior Segment and Refractive Surgery
.
Senior Consultant in Oculoplastic Surgery
iv p
/: /
tt p
h 
JAYPEE BROTHERS MEDICAL PUBLISHERS (P) LTD

New Delhi • London • Philadelphia • Panama
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd
Headquarters
4838/24, Ansari Road, Daryaganj
New Delhi 110 002, India
Phone: +91-11-43574357
Fax: +91-11-43574314
Email: [email protected]
r/
Overseas Offices
.i
J.P. Medical Ltd Jaypee-Highlights Medical Publishers Inc
83 Victoria Street, London City of Knowledge, Bld. 237, Clayton
s
SW1H 0HW (UK) Panama City, Panama
Phone: +44-2031708910 Phone: +507-301-0496
s
Fax: +02-03-0086180 Fax: +507-301-0499
Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]
n
Jaypee Medical Inc Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd
The Bourse 17/1-B Babar Road, Block-B, Shaymali
is a
111 South Independence Mall East Mohammadpur, Dhaka-1207
Suite 835, Philadelphia, PA 19106, USA Bangladesh
Phone: + 267-519-9789 Mobile: +08801912003485
Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]
r
e
Bhotahity, Kathmandu,
Nepal
p
Phone: +977-9741283608
.
Email: [email protected]
p
Website: www.jaypeebrothers.com
iv
Website: www.jaypeedigital.com
© 2014, Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers
/: /
The views and opinions expressed in this book are solely those of the original contributor(s)/author(s) and do not neces-
sarily represent those of editor(s) of the book.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored or transmitted in any form or by any means,
tt p
electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior permission in writing of the publishers.
All brand names and product names used in this book are trade names, service marks, trademarks or registered trade-
marks of their respective owners. The publisher is not associated with any product or vendor mentioned in this book.
Medical knowledge and practice change constantly. This book is designed to provide accurate, authoritative informa-
h
tion about the subject matter in question. However, readers are advised to check the most current information available
on procedures included and check information from the manufacturer of each product to be administered, to verify the
recommended dose, formula, method and duration of administration, adverse effects and contraindications. It is the re-
sponsibility of the practitioner to take all appropriate safety precautions. Neither the publisher nor the author(s)/editor(s)
assume any liability for any injury and/or damage to persons or property arising from or related to use of material in this
book.
This book is sold on the understanding that the publisher is not engaged in providing professional medical services. If
such advice or services are required, the services of a competent medical professional should be sought.
Every effort has been made where necessary to contact holders of copyright to obtain permission to reproduce copyright
material. If any have been inadvertently overlooked, the publisher will be pleased to make the necessary arrangements
at the first opportunity.
Inquiries for bulk sales may be solicited at: [email protected]
Five Steps to Start Your Refractive Surgery: A Case-Based Systematic Approach

First Edition: 2014
ISBN 978-93-5090-987-4
Printed at
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
r/
s .i
s
Dedicated to
n
is a
My wounded country, Syria
All the rebellious people who are seeking freedom in this biased world
The martyrs who irrigate homeland by their blood for us to live free.
e r
My dear Father Mahamed (may God rest his soul),
p
who planted in my soul the love of excellence.
.
I will mention his name with my name all my life.
iv p
My Mother Almasah (may God rest her soul),
who planted in my heart the love of poor and helping others
/: /
My Wife Ruba (may God save her),
whose unwavering support was critical for this book
tt p
h
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
r/
s.i
n s
is a
e r
.p
iv p
/: /
tt p
h
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Preface
Refractive surgery is one of the major fields in ophthalmology. It is a rapidly growing and
developing field. A better understanding of corneal biomechanics, etiology of complications
and pathophysiology has added a lot to this field in terms of improving diagnostic devices,
/
laser profiles, surgical techniques and IOL technology; but above all, a better approach of the
r
candidate.
.i
The reader will find in this book a modern perspective on this field. A five-step systematic
approach is applied in this book.
s
Step one consists of chapters 1 to 4 dealing with corneal imaging and its clinical application in
s
refractive surgery. It deals with corneal topography, tomography, wavefront science and anterior
n
OCT. What is new and unique in this regard is that any information is presented in relation to its
clinical application in terms of diagnostic, avoiding complications or management purposes. To
is a
achieve this purpose, abundant images of high quality are included.
Step two consists of chapter 5, which deals with major refractive procedures. Laser
procedures, phakic IOL implantation and refractive lens exchange were discussed in terms of
r
new technologies, new laser ablation profiles, surgical techniques, indications, conditions,
e
contraindications, advantages, pitfalls in addition to clinical hints and pearls. This chapter is
supported with a high number of tables that compare between refractive options and aid the
.p
reader to take the right decision.
Step three consists of chapter 6. This step was designed to be a step before approaching the
iv p
candidate. All rules, laws and recommendations in the refractive field were assembled, supported
with examples and presented in a manner that is easy to access and easy to apply.
/: /
Step four is the start-off step. It includes chapters 7 and 8. Chapter 7 presents a thorough
detailed approach of the candidate in relation to refractive applications, clinical and surgical
aspects, and avoiding complications. Chapter 8 presents complications that can be avoidable.
tt p
It discusses every complication in terms of etiology, predisposing factors, symptoms and signs,
and management. This chapter is supported with high quality and informative images.
Finally, step five that consists of chapter 9 is a clinical case study. Nine clinical examples were
h
carefully selected. They are presented in a practical method, and discussed in a systematic critical
thinking in order to build in readers the skills that are necessary in their practice.
It is my hope that readers will find in this book the requisite links between the science and practice
of refractive surgery. The surgical outcomes and quality of life of patients undergoing refractive
surgery has steadily improved. The promise of refractive surgery rests in our singular focus on our
patients’ quality of life and quality of vision. Continued improvements in our field are dependent on
enhanced technologies and superior training. To this end, I offer this book as a complement in order
to assist ophthalmologists in becoming better educated about the ever-developing field.
Although this book is aimed at all those who need some initial assistance in starting their
refractive surgery, this book is also aimed at providing current and future refractive surgeons
with up-to-date information.
There are sure to be some errors, as the ophthalmology editor, I take full responsibility for
these and look forward to being further educated.
Mazen M Sinjab
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
r/
s.i
n s
is a
e r
.p
iv p
/: /
tt p
h
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Acknowledgments
I would like to acknowledge ophthalmology residents in Damascus University who encouraged

me to write this book and have had a great role in selecting some of the topics that have been
written in this book.
/
I would like to acknowledge Al Zahra Medical Center in Damascus, for providing me with
r
most figures included in the book.
s .i
n s
is a
e r
.p
iv p
/: /
tt p
h
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
r/
s.i
n s
is a
e r
.p
iv p
/: /
tt p
h
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Contents
Step One: Corneal Imaging
Chapter 1 Topography and Tomography Science 3

Main Tomographic Maps and Profiles 3
Topographic and Tomographic Features in Ectatic
Corneal Disorders 42
Chapter 2 Wavefront Science 51
Principles of Wavefront and Wavefront Analysis 51
Types of Aberrations 53
Measurement of Aberrations 61
Wavefront Maps 71
Changes of Aberrations with Age 75
Wavefront in FFKC Detection 77
Chapter 3 Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT) 79
Introduction 79
Normal Anterior Eye 79
Clinical Application of Anterior OCT 80
Chapter 4 Corneal Biomechanics 100
Introduction 100
Clinical Impact of Corneal Biomechanics 101
Measuring Corneal Biomechanics 106
Step Two: Main Refractive Options
Chapter 5 Main Refractive Options 117

Photo Refractive Treatment (PRT) 117
Surface Ablation combined with Corneal
Collagen Cross Linking 152
Phakic IOL (PIOL) 154
Refractive Lens Exchange (RLE) 156
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
xii Five Steps to Start Your Refractive Surgery
Step Three: Rules and Guidelines in Refractive Surgery
Chapter 6 Rules and Guidelines in Refractive Surgery 173

Thickness Rules 173
K-reading Rules 179
Disparity between Topographic Astigmatism (TA) and Manifest
Astigmatism (MA) 184
Suboptimal Correction Rule 191
Q-value Rule and Assis Nomogram 192
Pupil Centre and Angle Kappa Rule 195
Pupil Diameter Considerations 197
Cyclotorsion 197
Amblyopia 198
Enhancement Concepts 199
Step Four: Start Off
Chapter 7 Clinical Approach 205

Psychosocial Approach 205
Medical Approach 206
Examination 216
Chapter 8 Avoidable Refractive Surgery Complications 225
Complications Related to PRT 225
Complications Related to PIOL 245
Complications in Refractive Lens Exchange 247
Step Five: Case Study
Chapter 9 Case Study 259

Introduction 259
Reading and Interpreting Corneal Tomography 259
Reading and Interpreting Wavefront 260
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Contents xiii
Case No. 1 261
Case No. 2 269
Case No. 3 277
Case No. 4 285
Case No. 5 301
Case No. 6 310
Case No. 7 323
Case No. 8 336
Case No. 9 351
Index 365

tahir99 - UnitedVRG
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Abbreviations
AB: Asymmetric bowtie ICR: Intra corneal ring

ACA: Anterior chamber angle Irr: Irregular
ACD: Anterior chamber depth I-S: Inferior–Superior
ACV: Anterior chamber volume IS: Inferior steep
AD: Ablation depth IT-SN: Inferiotemporal–Superionasal
AM: Acuity map IWF: Internal wavefront
AMD: Age-related macular degeneration K1: flat K
AOD: Angle opening distance K2: Steep K
ArF: Argon-fluoride K-avg: Average K
Astig.: Astigmatism KC: Keratoconus
ATR: Against-the-rule Kf: Flat K reading
BCL: Bandage contact lens Km: Mean K
BFS: Best fit sphere K-max: Maximum K
BFTE: Best fit toric ellipsoid Ks: Steep K reading
BSS: Balanced salt solution LA: Lamellar ablation
CA: Cycloplegic astigmatism LASEK: Laser sub epithelial keratomileusis
CAM: Correction all aberration map LASIK: Laser in situ keratomileusis
CCT: Central corneal thickness LOA: Low order aberration
CDVA: Corrected distance visual acuity MA: Manifest astigmatism
CET: Central epithelial thickness MD: Macular degeneration
CH: Corneal hysteresis MFIOL: Multifocal intraocular lens
CHOM: Correction high order aberration map MMC: Mitomycin C
CL: Contact lens MMK: Mechanical microkeratome
CNV: Choroidal neovascularization MR: Manifest refraction
CR: Cycloplegic refraction MRI: Magnetic resonance imaging
CRF: Corneal resistance factor MRSE: Manifest refractive spherical equivalent
CS: Cycloplegic sphere MS: Manifest sphere
CT: Computed tomography MTF: Modulation transfer function
CTK: Central toxic keratitis NSAID: Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
CWF: Corneal wavefront O: Oval
CXL: Corneal crosslinking OCT: Optical coherence tomography
D: Diopter ORA: Ocular response analyzer
DALK: Deep anterior lamellar keratoplasty OWF: Ocular wavefront
DCC: Dynamic cyclotorsion compensation OZ: Optical zone
DES: Dry eye syndrome PCI: Partial coherence interferometry
DOF: Depth of focus PCO: Posterior capsule opacification
EffRP: Effective refractive power PET: Peripheral epithelial thickness
Epi-LASIK: Epipolis LASIK PIOL: Phakic intraocular lens
FFKC: Forme Fruste keratoconus PISK: Pressure induced interface

HCL: Hard contact lens stromal keratitis
HOA: High order aberration PMD: Pellucid marginal degeneration
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
xvi Five Steps to Start Your Refractive Surgery
PMT: Post mydriatic test SLA: Surface lamellar ablation

PRK: Photo refractive keratectomy SND: Salzman’s nodular degeneration
PRT: Photo refractive treatment SR: Strehl ratio
PSF: Point spread function SRAX: Skewed radial axis
PTK: Photo therapeutic keratectomy SS: Superior steep
R: Round TA: Topographic astigmatism
RD: Retinal detachment TBUT: Tear film break up time test
RGP: Rigid gas permeable TE-PRK: Transepithelial photorefractive

RLE: Refractive lens exchange keratectomy
RK: Radial keratotomy TISA: Trabecular iris space area
RMS: Root mean square UBM: Ultrasound biomicroscopy
RSB: Residual stromal bed UDVA: Uncorrected distance visual acuity
SA: Surface ablation VA: Visual acuity
SB: Symmetric bowtie WFGT: Wavefront guided treatment
SBCs: Sub-Bowman calcifications WHOM: Wavefront high order aberrations map
SBK: Sub-Bowman keratomileusis WTR: With-the-rule
SCC: Static cyclotorsion compensation ZC: Zernike coefficient
SCL: Soft contact lens
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Step One
Corneal Imaging
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Chapter 1
Topography and Tomography Science
C re Me age
o
ss
• Study parameters and maps
• K-readings are important for qualification, quantification and flap measurements
• Q-value is important for qualification and treatment planning
• Pupil center co-ordinates are important for angle Kappa assessment and for decentration
• Pupil diameter is important for optical zone (OZ)
• Thinnest location is important for qualification and quantification
• Anterior chamber depth and angle are necessary when phakic IOLs are considered
• Anterior chamber angle and volume are important for glaucoma assessment
Corneal tomography is a new term addressed today to the maps and images given by
Scheimpflug-based machines, while corneal topography is an old term kept now for maps
given by Placido-based machines consisting of two maps: anterior sagittal (axial) and anterior
tangential (instantaneous) curvature maps. Corneal tomography includes the mentioned
topographic maps beside more maps and profiles of both corneal surface in addition to corneal
pachymetry map.
Corneal tomography is the most important screening test for refractive surgery to detect
abnormalities, diagnose early cases of ectatic corneal diseases and classify these diseases,
diagnose post keratorefractive ectasia and put the plan for the best choice in refractive surgery.
In spite of this, it should be complimented by other investigations.
Main T graphi Map and r file

omo
c
s
P
o
s
Figure 1.1 represents corneal tomography consisting of two parts: corneal parameters on the left
side and four composite colored maps on the right side.
Corneal arameters
P
Figure 1.2 represents corneal parameters; the followings are the abbreviations and what they
stand for:
• Qs: Quality specification. It specifies the quality of the tomographic capture; it should be “OK,”
•
otherwise there is some missed information which was virtually reproduced (extrapolated)
by the computer and the capture should preferably be repeated.
• Q-val: Value of Q, which represents the asphericity of the anterior surface of the cornea. The ideal
•
value is measured within the central 6 mm zone as shown between two brackets. Normal value is
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
4 Five Steps to Start Your Refractive Surgery
ig. 1.1 Corneal tomography. On the left: Corneal parameters; on the right: the four composite maps.
F
(–1 to 0). Plus Q (>0) is found in oblate corneas (e.g. after > – 4D myopic photoablation and after
radial keratotomy (RK). Extra minus Q (< –1) is found in hyperprolate corneas (e.g. after >+3 D
hyperopic photoablation and in keratoconus (KC). Both oblate and hyperprolate corneas produce
spherical aberrations. Refer to Q-value law in chapter 6.
• K1: Curvature power of the flat meridian of the anterior surface of the cornea measured within
•
the central 3 mm zone and expressed in diopters (D). Normal K1 is >34 D. It is important for
myopic ablations: each –1 D correction reduces flat K by 0.75 D, final flat K should be >34 D.
Refer to K-reading rules in chapter 6.
• K2: Curvature power of the steep meridian of the anterior surface of the cornea measured
•
within the central 3 mm zone and expressed in diopters (D). Normal K2 is <47 D. It is important
for hyperopic ablations: each +1 D correction will add 1.2 D to steep K, final steep K should be
<49 D. Refer to K-reading rules in chapter 6.
• Km: Mean curvature power of the anterior surface of the cornea within the central 3 mm
•
zone expressed in diopters (D). In some machines, Km is displayed as average K (K-avg). It is
important for flap measurements: Km <40 D may result in free flap, Km >46 D may result in
button hole. Refer to K-reading rules in chapter 6.
• K-max: Maximum curvature power of the whole anterior surface of the cornea expressed
•
in diopters (D). Normal K-max is <48 D. Normal difference in K-max between both eyes is
<2 D. Normal (K-max-K2) difference is <1 D. K-max is important to avoid post photorefractive
irregularities and for hyperopic ablations. Refer to K-reading rules in chapter 6.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Topography and Tomography Science 5
ig. 1.2 Corneal parameters

F
• stig: Amount of corneal (topographic) astigmatism (TA) on the anterior surface of the
•
A
cornea, i.e. the amount of difference between the two curvature radii (K2 - K1) within the
central 3 mm zone. The normal amount is <6 D. Compare with manifest astigmatism (MA).
Refer to astigmatism rules in chapter 6.
• xis: The axis of anterior corneal astigmatism within the central 3 mm zone. Compare with
•
A
manifest axis. Refer to astigmatism rules in chapter 6.
• achy pex: It represents thickness at the apex of the cornea. The computer considers the
•
P
A
apex as the origin of the coordinates, where X is the horizontal and Y is the vertical. Therefore,
zero is displayed in both squares of pachy apex coordinates. The direction of axis X is from
the patient’s right to his/her left when the patient is seated opposite to the physician. The
direction of axis Y is from the bottom up. Example: a point “e” in the left cornea is located
at “+0.3, –0.5” position, i.e. this point is located 0.3 mm temporal to and 0.5 mm inferior to
corneal apex.
• upil Center: Corneal thickness corresponding to pupil center location is displayed in
•
P
addition to the coordinates of pupil center. These coordinates are important for angle
kappa and decentration. Normal pupil center x-coordinate is ≤200 µm, x >200 µm indicates
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
decentered pupil and a significant angle Kappa, hence, the need for decentration. Refer to
pupil center and angle kappa rule in chapter 6.
• upil diameter: It is the diameter of pupil in the circumstance of capture (photopic, mesopic
•
P
or scotopic according to the amount of illumination). Pupil size is important for adjusting
optical zone (OZ) diameter; it should be adjusted at least 0.5 mm larger than the scotopic
size. Refer to pupil diameter considerations in chapter 6.
• Thinnest location: Thickness and location of the thinnest point of the cornea. Thickness of
•
>500 μm, 450-500 μm, or <450 μm is usually normal, suspected or abnormal respectively. A
difference in thickness of >25 µm at the thinnest location between both eyes is found in <5%
of normals and a difference of >34 μm is found in only <0.5% of normals; therefore, a normal
difference is <30 μm in average. The difference in thickness between thinnest location and
pachy apex is normally ≤10 µm. Y-coordinate is most often normal, suspected or abnormal
when it is <0.500 mm, 0.500 to 1.000 mm, or >1.000 mm respectively; the important algebraic
sign is the minus indicating inferior displacement of the thinnest location. Refer to thickness
rules in chapter 6.
• nterior Chamber Volume ( CV), ngle ( C ) and epth ( C ): ACV of <100 mm3, ACA
•
A
A
A
A
A
D
A
D
of <24o, or ACD of <2.1 mm may indicate the risk of angle closure glaucoma. On the other
hand, if phakic IOL (PIOL) is indicated, ACD should be >3.0 mm and ACA should be >30°.
Ta e- e Me age
k
Hom
ss
• Look at flat K for myopic treatment: each –1D correction reduces flat K by 0.75 D, final flat K should be >34 D
• Look at steep K for hyperopic treatment: each +1 D correction will add 1.2 D to steep K, final steep K should be
<49 D
• Look at Km (K-avg) for flap measurement: Km <40 D may result in free flap, Km >46 D may result in button hole
• K-max >47 D is abnormal, a difference of >1 D between K-max and steep K is abnormal and a difference of >2 D in
K-max between both eyes is abnormal
• Normal TA is <6 D, compare TA with MA, there are 9 probabilities of TA~MA relationship
• Normal Q-value within the central 6 mm zone of anterior corneal surface is (–1 to 0), correcting beyond –4 D and
+3 D necessitates special profiles to avoid corruption in Q-value and production of spherical aberrations
• Normal pupil center x-coordinate is ≤200 µm, x >200 µm indicates decentered pupil and a significant angle
Kappa, hence the need for decentration
• Normal corneal thickness at the thinnest location is >500 µm, 450–500 µm is suspected, <450 µm is abnormal
• Normal difference in thickness between pachy apex and thinnest location is <10 µm
• Normal difference in thickness at the thinnest location between both eyes is <30 µm
• Normal y-coordinate of thinnest location is <–500 µm, y=(–500 µm to –1000 µm) is suspected, y>–1000 µm is
abnormal
• Optical zone (OZ) of refractive surgery should be adjusted at least 0.5 mm larger than the scotopic pupil diameter
• Normal anterior chamber angle is >24°
• Normal anterior chamber volume is >100mm3
• Normal anterior chamber depth is >2.1mm. PIOLs are contraindicated when anterior chamber depth is <3.0 mm
Maps
C re Me age
o
ss
• Study the main four maps: the anterior curvature sagittal map, the anterior and posterior elevation maps and the
pachymetry map
• Study the pachymetry profiles
• Study both eyes
• Study the tangential map in case of corneal irregularities, keratoconus and ectatic corneal disorders
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Figure 1.3 represents the four composite maps: the anterior curvature sagittal map, the anterior
and posterior elevation maps and the pachymetry map. Occasionally, the anterior curvature
tangential map should also be studied.
The Anterior Curvature Sagittal Map

C re Me age
o
ss
• The sagital curvature map represents patterns of corneal surface power
• The normal pattern is the symmetric bowtie (SB) representing regular astigmatism, but not every SB is necessarily

normal
• Study the pattern and study the inferior ~ superior difference on the steep axis at the central 5 mm circle
• Study both eyes for enantiomorphism
• The anterior tangential map describes irregularity, determines cone pattern in keratoconus and ectatic corneal
disorders
Figure 1.4 represents anterior surface dioptric power measured with the sagittal method. Steep
areas are displayed with hot colors (red and orange), while flat areas are displayed with cold
colors (green and blue). On the other hand, red segments are displayed on steep areas, while
blue segments are displayed on flat areas. The cross point of this segmentation represents
ig. 1.3 The four composite maps. Anterior curvature sagittal map, anterior and posterior elevation maps and
F
pachymetry map.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
ig. 1.4 Anterior curvature sagittal map. Notice the steep and flat axes, the two opposing points on the steep axis at
F
central 5 mm circle, cornea apex (center) and image of pupil border on the map.
apex (anatomical center) of the cornea. Beside the shape of the map, values should be studied
particularly on the steep axis at the central 5 mm circle.
The normal pattern is the symmetric bowtie (SB), which has the following characteristics:
a. Two lobes “a” and “b” (Fig. 1.5).
b. The axes of the lobes are aligned or there is an angle of < 22o between them.
c. On the steep axis, there are two opposing points at the central 5 mm circle: the superior (S)
and the inferior (I) as shown in Figure 1.4. The normal S-I is <2.5 D and the normal I-S is <1.5 D.
The SB pattern represents regular astigmatism, which can be one of three types:
i. Vertical (Fig. 1.5); i.e. the steep axis is on or within ±15° of the vertical meridian of the
cornea; it is named “with-the-rule astigmatism (WTR).”
ii. Horizontal (Fig. 1.6); i.e. the steep axis is on or within ±15° of the horizontal meridian
of the cornea; it is named “against-the-rule astigmatism (ATR).” This type is considered
suspicious.
iii. Oblique (Fig. 1.7); i.e. the steep axis is neither vertical nor horizontal; it is named “oblique
astigmatism.”
The SB pattern is not always normal, it can occasionally be encountered in KC; therefore, it is
not only the shape but also the values which are important.
Figure 1.8 represents the abnormal patterns of this map. Abnormal patterns are better seen
when using the tangential map as shown in Figure 1.9. Abnormal patterns include the followings:
1. Round (R) (Fig. 1.10).
2. Oval (O) (Fig. 1.11).
3. Superior Steep (SS) (Fig. 1.12).
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
ig. 1.5 Bowtie pattern consisting of two lobes, “a” and “b.” In symmetric bowtie (SB), “a” equals “b” in shape and values.
F
Vertically oriented SB represents with-the-rule (WTR) astigmatism.
ig. 1.6 Horizontal symmetric bowtie (SB) representing against-the-rule (ATR) astigmatism.
F
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
ig. 1.7 Oblique symmetric bowtie (SB) representing oblique astigmatism.

F
ig. 1.8 Abnormal patterns of the anterior curvature sagital map.
F
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
ig. 1.9 The anterior curvature sagittal and tangential maps of the same cornea. The tangential map is more noisy and
F
bettor to show irregularities. Notice the pattern on both maps; it seems as symmetric bowtie (SB) on left while it is claw
pattern on the right.
ig. 1.10 Round hot spot (R). A round area of relatively high K-readings.
F
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
ig. 1.11 Oval hot spot (O). An oval area of relatively high K-readings.
F
ig. 1.12 Superior steep pattern (SS). A superior area of relatively high K-readings.
F
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
4. Inferior Steep (IS) (Fig. 1.13).
5. Irregular (Irr) (Fig. 1.14).
6. Abnormal Symmetric Bowtie (SB) (Fig. 1.15).
7. Symmetric Bowtie with Skewed Radial Axis >22° (SB/SRAX) (Fig. 1.16).
8. Asymmetric Bowtie/Inferior Steep (AB/IS); the I-S difference is >1.5 D (Fig. 1.17).
9. Asymmetric Bowtie/Superior Steep (AB/SS); the S-I difference is >2.5 D (Fig. 1.18).
10. Asymmetric Bowtie with Skewed Radial Axis >22° (AB/SRAX) (Fig. 1.19).
11. Butterfly (B) (Fig. 1.20).
12. Claw pattern (C) (Fig. 1.21).
13. Junctional (Vertical D) (Fig. 1.22).
14. Smiling face (SF) (Fig. 1.23).
15. Vortex (Fig. 1.24).
Occasionally, some border line irregularities may exist; therefore, it would be helpful
to compare between the sagittal maps of both eyes; if almost the same irregularity is found
as a mirror shape in the other eye, the border line irregularity can be accepted. This is called
“enantiomorphism phenomenon” as shown in Figure 1.25.
ig. 1.13 Inferior steep pattern (IS). An inferior area of relatively high K-readings.
F
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
r/
s .i
n s
is a
e r
p
ig. 1.14 Irregular pattern (Irr). Multiple areas of relatively high K-readings.
.
F
iv p
/: /
t t p
h
ig. 1.15 Abnormal symmetric bowtie (SB). It is abnormal due to abnormal high K-readings.
F
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
r/
s .i
n s
is a
e r
.p
ig. 1.16 Symmetric bowtie with skewed radial axis (SB/SRAX). A significant skew is >22°.
F
iv p
/: /
t t p
h
ig. 1.17 Asymmetric bowtie inferior steep (AB/IS). The inferior lobe is steeper and larger than the superior lobe.
F
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
r/
s .i
n s
is a
e r
.p
ig. 1.18 Asymmetric bowtie superior steep (AB/SS). The superior lobe is steeper and larger than the inferior lobe.
F
iv p
/: /
t t p
h
ig. 1.19 Asymmetric bowtie with skewed radial axis (AB/SRAX). A significant skew is >22°.
F
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
r/
s .i
n s
is a
e r
.p
ig. 1.20 Butterfly pattern (B).
F
iv p
/: /
t tp
h
ig. 1.21 Claw pattern (C). The lobes are joined inferiorly.
F
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
r/
s .i
n s
is a
e r
p
ig. 1.22 Junctional pattern or vertical D. The lobes are joined laterally.
.
F
iv p
/: /
t t p
h
ig. 1.23 Smiling face.

F
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
r/
s .i
n s
is a
e r
.p
iv p
ig. 1.24 Vortex pattern. Red segments (steep) and blue segments (flat) are distributed in a vortex pattern.
F
/: /
t t p
h
ig. 1.25 Enantiomorphism. Each cornea is a mirror image of the other cornea in same subject.
F
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
The Anterior Curvature Tangential Map

As mentioned before, this map helps in describing corneal irregularities. On the other hand,
it is useful for determination of morphologic patterns of the cone in ectatic corneal disorders.
Depending on this map, there are three patterns of the cone (Table 1.1):
a. Nipple (Fig. 1.26).
b. Oval (Fig. 1.27).
c. Globus (Fig. 1.28).
r/
.i
Table 1.1 Morphological Patterns of Keratoconus and Ectatic Diseases
s
Morphology Cone Size Cone Shape Displacement of Cone Apex
s
Nipple 5 mm steep inferonasally
Oval 5-6 mm ellipsoid inferotemporally
n
Globus >6 mm generalized generalized
is a
e r
.p
iv p
/: /
t t p
h
ig. 1.26 Nipple cone in keratoconus, better seen on the anterior curvature tangential map.
F
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
r/
s .i
n s
is a
e r
p
ig. 1.27 Oval cone in keratoconus, better seen on the anterior curvature tangential map.
.
F
iv p
/: /
t t p
h
ig. 1.28 Globus cone in keratoconus, better seen on the anterior curvature tangential map.
F
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Ta e- e Me age
k
Hom
ss
• On the anterior sagittal map:
– Normal corneal pattern is SB, it is usually vertical (WTR astigmatism), sometimes oblique (oblique astigmatism)
and not commonly horizontal (ATR astigmatism); the latter is suspicious
– Not every SB is normal; it may be seen in KC; therefore, values are important
– I-S >1.5 D or S-I >2.5 D are abnormal.
– SRAX >22° is abnormal
• On the anterior tangential map:
– Cone pattern is either nipple, oval or globus
/
– Irregularities are better described
The Elevation Maps
.i r
s
C re Me age
s
o
ss
• Study the elevation maps with best fit sphere (BFS) and best fit toric ellipsoid (BFTE) float modes
n
• Study the shape with BFS float mode
• Study the values with BFTE float mode
a
• In KC and ectatic corneal disorders, the cone is located with BFS float mode
is
Elevation maps describe the height details of the measured corneal surface by matching it with
r
a reference surface above which points are considered elevations and expressed in plus values
and below which points are considered depressions and expressed in minus values as shown
e
in Figure 1.29. On the other hand, in WTR astigmatism, the vertical meridian is steeper than
p
the horizontal one and lies under the surface of the reference body contrary to the horizontal
.
meridian which lies over the reference surface (Fig. 1.30).
There are several shapes of the reference surface, but the most important are best fit sphere
iv p
float (BFS) which describes (qualifies) the shape of the measured surface and best fit toric ellipsoid
float (BFTE) which estimates (quantifies) values. The ideal diameter of the best fit reference body
/: /
is 8 mm and the ideal mode is the float mode.
Shape (BFS float mode)
p
The normal shape of a cornea that has regular WTR astigmatism is the symmetric sandy watch
t t
shape as shown in Figure 1.31.
ig. 1.29 Principle of the elevation map. A reference body is matched to the measured corneal surface. Parts that are
F
above the reference body are considered elevations and plotted with hot colors and plus values, whereas parts that are
below the reference body are considered depressions and plotted with cold colors and minus values.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
r/
s .i
n s
ig. 1.30
is a
With-the-rule (WTR) astigmatism. The vertical meridian of the cornea is displayed in minus values and cold
F
r
colors since it lies below the reference surface.
p e
.
iv p
/: /
t t p
h
ig. 1.31 Elevation map with best fit sphere reference body. It describes the shape. The normal shape is the
F
symmetric sandy watch pattern representing WTR astigmatism.
Abnormal shapes include:

a. Skewed sandy watch (Fig. 1.32), it can be normally seen with large angle Kappa, misalignment
during capture or in abnormal distorted corneas.
b. Tongue-like extension and irregular sandy watch (Figs 1.33 and 1.34), it is seen in abnormal
distorted corneas.
c. Isolated island (Fig. 1.35), it is seen in abnormal distorted corneas with central or paracentral
protrusion.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
r/
s .i
n s
is a
r
ig. 1.32 Skewed sandy watch pattern.
e
F
.p
iv p
/: /
t t p
h
ig. 1.33 Tongue-like extension. It can be considered as severely skewed sandy watch indicating an abnormal
F
distorted cornea.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
ig. 1.34 Different patterns of tongue-like extensions.

F
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
ig. 1.35 Isolated island. It is an indicator of an abnormal surface with central or paracentral protrusion.
F
Values ( T float mode)
BF
E
Values are estimated in two ways:
a. Values within the central 5 mm zone on both corneal surfaces (Fig. 1.36). Normal values are
<12 μm and <15 μm on the anterior and posterior elevation maps, respectively.
b. Values corresponding to the thinnest location. These values can be seen by pointing with
the cursor at the thinnest location symbol on the map and left click on the mouse to see the
corresponding anterior and posterior elevation values. Normal values are presented in Table 1.2.
It is clear in this table that there is a difference in normal values between myopic and
hyperopic eyes.
Table 1.2 Values of Elevations Corresponding to Thinnest Location (>95% of normal population)
Anterior Posterior
Myopia ≤ 6 µm ≤13 µm
Hyperopia ≤4 µm ≤22 µm
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
ig. 1.36 Elevation map with BFTE reference body. It describes values. On this map, elevations take plus values and
F
coded with yellow, whereas depressions take minus values and coded with blue.
Cone location
It can only be determined by the elevation maps. The best to locate the cone is the BFS and the
best to evaluate the height of the cone is the BFTE (Fig. 1.37). On the BFS, the cone can be central,
paracentral or peripheral depending on its location in relation with the central 3 mm or 5 mm
circles as shown in Figure 1.38. This classification is important for treatment. See ectatic corneal
disorders below.
Ta e- e Me age
k
Hom
ss
• Normal elevation shape on BFS mode is the sandy watch
• Exclude tongue-like extension and isolated island on BFS mode
• On BFTE mode, normal elevation values within the central 5 mm zone are:
– ≤ 12 µm on the anterior surface
– ≤ 15 µm on the posterior surface
• In KC and ectatic corneal disorders use the BFS mode to locate the cone:
– within 3 mm, it is central
– between 3 mm and 5 mm, it is paracentral
– out of 5 mm, it is peripheral
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
ig. 1.37 Difference between elevation map with BFS (on the left) and BFTE (on the left). In keratoconus, the former
F
locates the cone and the latter measures its height.
ig. 1.38 Classification of cone location by elevation map with BFS reference body. The cone is central, paracentral or
F
peripheral when its apex falls within central 3 mm, 3–5 mm or out of 5 mm, respectively.
The Difference between the Curvature and the Elevation Maps

Although, the curvature means power and the elevation means height, it is not that easy to
understand the relationship between both maps. The idea can better be explained when studying
an illustration of a keratoconus case. Figure 1.39 represents a keratoconus with paracentral cone.
The dotted lines in this figure are elevation contours similar to those in the height maps of the
earth. A cross section is made through this surface to show the cone and the flat superior area.
Unlike the elevation map, the sagittal curvature map depends on a reference axis, which in
optimal situations co-insides with the visual axis. The red spot in Figure 1.39 is the fixation point
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
through which visual axis passes. From this point, the sagittal curvature map starts as shown in
Figure 1.40. Figure 1.41 is the sagittal curvature map presented in relation to the cone. Notice
that the curvature power over the cone may be low as shown in this figure and the explanation
is very simple; both maps are of different concept. On the other hand, the shape of the curvature
map differs according to the shape of the elevation map; see Figures 1.42 and 1.43; the cone is
central and accordingly the bowtie is more symmetric.
ig. 1.39 Elevation contours in a keratoconic cornea. Contours are closer to each others in steep areas such as the
F
cone and vice versa in flat areas.
ig. 1.40 The relationship between elevation contour map and curvature sagittal map. The latter is related to the
F
visual reference axis.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
ig. 1.41 The relationship between elevation contour map and curvature sagital map. Notice that the curvature
F
power may be low over the cone such as in pellucid marginal degeneration.
ig. 1.42 Another example of an elevation contour map.

F
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
ig. 1.43 Another example of the relationship between elevation contour map and curvature sagittal map. Since the
F
cone is central, the bowtie is more symmetric.
The Pachymetry Map
C re Me age
o
ss
• Study shape of and values of the pachymetry map
• Study the S-I deference on the vertical meridian at the central 5 mm circle
• On the thickness profiles:
– study the shape
– see the average
There are three main land marks on the pachymetry map (Fig. 1.44): cornea apex, thinnest
location, and the two opposing points on the vertical meridian at the central 5 mm circle. The
relationship between the first two landmarks was described previously. The two opposing points
are superior (S) and inferior (I); the normal S-I difference is <30 μm.
Abnormal shapes of the pachymetry map are:
a. Horizontal displacement of the thinnest location (Fig. 1.45).
b. Dome shape. The thinnest location is vertically displaced (Fig. 1.46).
c. Bell shape. A thin band in the inferior part of the cornea (Fig. 1.47); it is specific for PMD.
d. Keratoglobus. A generalized thinning reaching the limbus (Fig. 1.48).
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
ig. 1.44 The pachymetry map with the three main landmarks, thinnest location, corneal apex and the two opposing
F
points at the central 5 mm circle.
ig. 1.45 Horizontal displacement of the thinnest location.

F
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
ig. 1.46 Dome shape of the pachymetry map.

F
ig. 1.47 Bell shape of the pachymetry map.
F
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
ig. 148 Globus shape of the pachymetry map.

F
Thickness Profiles
C re Me age
o
ss
• Thickness profiles describe the progression in thickness from the thinnest location to corneal periphery
• These profiles are important in diagnosis of ectatic corneal disorders and corneas with other pathologies such as
Guttata and Fuch’s
Figure 1.49 shows the two pachymetry profiles: corneal thickness spatial profile (CTSP) and
percentage thickness increase (PTI). The former describes the average progression of thickness
starting from the thinnest location to corneal periphery in relation to zones concentric with the
thinnest location. The latter describes the percentage of progression of the same.
The normal profile is a curved line plotted in red, following (but not necessarily within) the
course of the normative black dotted curves, with an average less than 1.2.
Abnormal profiles include:
a. Quick Slope (Fig. 1.50). The red curve leaves its course before the 6 mm zone. It is encountered
in forme fruste keratoconus (FFKC) and ectatic disorders.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
b. S-shape (Fig. 1.51). The red curve takes the shape of an “S.” It is encountered in FFKC and
ectatic disorders.
c. Flat shape (Fig. 1.52). The red curve takes a straight course. It is encountered in diseased
thickened (oedematous) corneas such as Fuch’s dystrophy and cornea Guttata.
d. Inverted (Fig. 1.53). The red curve takes an upward course. It is encountered in PMD.
ig. 1.49 Thickness profiles. Normal profiles (red) follow the course of the standard (dotted black) curves, do not leave
F
the course before the 6 mm central zone and take an average less than 1.2.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
ig. 1.50 Thickness profiles. Abnormal quick slope.

F
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
ig. 1.51 Thickness profiles. Abnormal S-shape slope.

F
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
ig. 1.52 Thickness profiles. Abnormal flat shape.

F
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
ig. 1.53 Thickness profiles. Abnormal inverted shape.

F
Ta e- e Me age
k
Hom
ss
• Abnormal shapes of pachymetry map are dome, bell and globus shapes

• Normal S-I difference is <30 µm
• Abnormal shapes of thickness profiles are S-shape, quick slope, inverted and flat shapes
• Normal average is <1.2
Corneal Topometry
C re Me age
o
ss
• Corneal topometry describes the slope of the cornea
• Corneal topometry is affected by keratorefractive surgery
• Abnormal corneal topometry is the main cause of spherical aberrations
Corneal topometry measures the slope of the cornea. Corneal surface may take one of four main
shapes: spheric, aspheric oblate, aspheric prolate or aspheric hyperprolate.
In the spheric refractive surface (Fig. 1.54), the incident rays are focused in multifocal points
since the peripheral incident and refractive angles are larger than the paracentral ones. This is
called eccentricity where the surface acts as a multifocal lens.
In the aspheric oblate refractive surface (Fig. 1.55), the eccentricity is more severe since the
peripheral part is steeper than the central part, which exaggerates the incident and refractive angles.
In aspheric prolate surface (Fig. 1.56), the peripheral part is flatter than the central part, which
compensates for the peripheral angles of incidence and refraction, resulting in one focal point
for the incident rays.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
In aspheric hyperprolate surface (Fig. 1.57), eccentricity appears again but with a different
type known as depth of focus (DOF). This is the principle of a type of presbyopic management
known as Q-adjustment.
To give the slope of the cornea a value, Q-value was calculated. Q-value is positive (>0) when
the cornea is oblate, negative (<0) when the cornea is prolate or hyperprolate and = 0 when the
cornea is spheric. The normal value is [–1 , 0]. In KC, Q-value is highly negative; and after high
myopic photoablation, Q-value is positive.
Spherical aberrations resulting from abnormal Q-value:
When the cornea is hyperprolate, the peripheral rays will be focused behind the central rays,
leaving an amount of aberration on the retinal surface (ab) measured in microns and named
“negative spherical aberration” as shown in Figure 1.58.
When the cornea is spheric or oblate, the peripheral rays will be focused in front of the central
rays, leaving an amount of aberration on the retinal surface (ab) measured in microns and named
“positive spherical aberration” as shown in Figure 1.59. Figure 1.60 is a simulation of what a
patient with spherical aberrations sees.
The least spherical aberrations are found when Q-value = –0.4.
Ta e- e Me age
k
Hom
ss
• Corneal topometry is expressed by Q-value
• Normal Q-value = [–1 , 0]
• Q-value is positive (>0) in oblate cornea
• Q-value is negative (<0) in prolate and hyperprolate cornea
• Q-value is plano (=0) in spherical cornea
• Abnormal Q-value results in spherical aberrations
ig. 1.54 Spherical refractive surface. It acts as a multifocal lens. Q-value = 0.

F
ig. 1.55 Aspheric oblate refractive surface. It acts as a multifocal lens. Q-value > 0.
F
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
ig. 1.56 Aspheric prolate refractive surface. It acts as a monofocal lens. Q-value < 0.
F
ig. 1.57 Aspheric hyperprolate refractive surface. It acts as a multifocal lens with depth of focus (DOF). Q-value < 0.
F
ig. 1.58 Negative spherical aberration induced by prolate cornea. The red line represents the amount of aberrations
F
measured in microns (see Fig. 1.60).
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
ig. 1.59 Positive spherical aberration induced by spheric or oblate cornea. The red line represents the amount of
F
aberrations measured in microns (see Fig. 1.60).
ig. 1.60 Simulation of spherical aberrations in a 4 mm pupil analysis.

F
Numbers written in red represent the amount of aberrations.
T p graphi and
o
o
c
T graphi ea ure in a i C rneal i rder
omo
c
F
t
s
Ect
t
c
o
D
so
s
Ectatic corneal disorders mainly consist of 4 major entities, KC, Pellucid Marginal Degeneration
(PMD), Forme Fruste Keratoconus (FFKC) and Pellucid-Like Keratoconus (PLK).
Morphologic Classification
Morphologically, KC has three patterns of cones (Table 1.3):
a. Nipple cone (see Fig. 1.26).
b. Oval cone (see Fig. 1.27).
c. Globus cone (see Fig. 1.28).
The best map to evaluate the shape of the cone is the tangential map since it is the best to
highlight corneal irregularities. In mild cases, cone morphology may be indeterminate.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Tomographic Classifications
Tomographically, abnormal cornea can be classified according to elevation maps, pachymetry
map or curvature map. Table 1.4 summarizes tomographic classification.
When more than one of the following criteria is found, any of the above mentioned patterns
is considered as frank KC, FFKC, early stage KC, or at least a case of suspicion according to the
severity and amount of the following signs.
On the Sagittal Map

a. Steep K > 48 D.
b. K-max > Steep K by more than 1 D.
c. SRAX > 22°.
Table 1.3 Morphological Patterns of Keratoconus and Ectatic Diseases

Morphology Cone Size Cone Shape Displacement of Cone Apex
Nipple 5 mm steep inferonasally
Oval 5–6 mm ellipsoid inferotemporally
Globus >6 mm generalized generalized
Table 1.4 Tomographic Patterns of Keratoconus and Ectatic Diseases

Curvature-Based (see Figs 1.10-1.24)
Pattern Specifications
Round hot spot
R
O Oval hot spot
SS Superior steep
IS Inferior steep
Irr Irregular shape
SB Symmetric bowtie
SB/SRAX Symmetric bowtie with skewed radial axis
AB/IS Asymmetric bowtie inferior steep
AB/SS Asymmetric bowtie superior steep
AB/SRAX Asymmetric bowtie with skewed radial axis
B Butterfly
Claw Claw
Junctional Junctional (vertical D)
(vertical D)
SF Smiling face
Vortex Vortex (Nazi logo)
Contd...
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Contd...
Elevation-based (see Fig. 1.38)

Pattern Specification
Central cone Apex within 3 mm
Paracentral cone Apex within 3-5 mm
Peripheral cone Apex out of 5 mm
Pachymetry-based (see Figs 1.46-1.48)
Pattern Specifications
Dome-like Conic shape (protrusion)
Bell-Shaped Shape of a bell (inferior thinning)
Globus Generalized thinning
d. S-I on the 5 mm circle > 2.5 D.

e. I-S > 1.5 D.
f. TA > 6 D.
g. ATR astigmatism.
On the Elevation Maps

a. Isolated island or tongue-like extension (BFS mode) on either surface.
b. Values >12 µm within the central 5 mm on the anterior elevation map (BFTE mode).
c. Values >15 µm within the central 5mm on the posterior elevation map (BFTE mode).
On the Pachymetry Map

a. Dome-shape, Bell-shape or Globus.
b. Superior – inferior @ 5 mm circle >30 µm.
c. Thinnest location <470 µm.
d. Thickness @ pachy apex – thickness @ thinnest location >10 µm.
e. Y coordinate value of the thinnest location >–500 µm.
f. Difference in thickness between both eyes @ thinnest locations >30 µm.
On Thickness Profiles
a. Average >1.1.
b. Quick slope.
c. S-shape.
d. Flat shape.
e. Inverted.
orme ruste Keratoconus

F
F
Forme Fruste Keratoconus (FFKC) is a subclinical disease and is not a variant of KC. Although
clinicians use many other terms such as mild KC, early KC and subclinical KC, their exact meanings
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
and applications are less certain. These terms are not universally accepted. The diagnosis of KC
is a clinical one that is aided by tomography, while the diagnosis of FFKC is only tomographic.
Recently, there are two opinions regarding the definition of this disease:
1. FFKC is a completely normal cornea with neither clinical nor tomographic risk factors, but
this cornea is able to develop KC when treated by photoablation. The fellow eye may be
keratoconic or there may be a family history of KC.
2. FFKC is an abnormal cornea. Corneal tomography or corneal hysteresis (see chapter 4) or
both are abnormal; i.e. there are risk factors but the case is still not a clinically obvious KC.
ellucid Marginal egeneration ( M ) and ellucid- ike Keratoconus ( K)

P
D
P
D
P
L
PL
Pellucid marginal degeneration (PMD) is an ectatic corneal disorder characterized by peripheral
inferior corneal thinning observed with slitlamp biomicroscopy and on Scheimpflug image.
Pellucid-like keratoconus (PLK) is a different entity; it is KC that has some features of PMD as
will be discussed bellow. Differentiation between these two entities is important for the plan of
management.
Clinical Findings
In PMD, results of slitlamp biomicroscopy are characterized by:
1. A peripheral band of thinning of the inferior cornea from the 4-o’clock position to the
8-o’clock position. This thinning is accompanied by 1–2 mm of normal cornea between the
limbus and the area of thinning.
2. Corneal ectasia is most marked just central to the band of thinning. The central cornea is
usually of normal thickness and the epithelium overlying the area of thinning is intact.
3. The light slit becomes very narrow abruptly in the inferior part of the cornea which is the
hallmark of the disease (Fig. 1.61, white arrow).
4. Flourescein pattern with the RGP lens. There is an inferior touch between the cornea and the
contact lens (CL) as shown in Figure 1.62. In the same figure, the Placido rings are distributed
in an oval shape which is vertically oriented due to ATR astigmatism. Notice that the rings
become very thin and close to each others in the inferior cornea while they are relatively
broader and not crowded in the superior part of the cornea.
Tomographic Findings
Identifying features of PMD on corneal tomography is very important; there is some similarity
between PMD and PLK on corneal tomography especially in early stages of PMD. This similarity
leads doctors to misinterpret PLK as PMD. Careful studying of the tomography reveals many
differences between these two entities. Features are mainly seen on the curvature, elevation and
pachymetry maps and on thickness profiles.
• Curvature map. The anterior sagittal curvature map takes a claw pattern (see Fig. 1.21). This
•
feature is seen in both PMD and PLK.
• Elevation maps: There are two important things related to each others that can be identified
•
on the elevation maps, mainly the anterior elevation map, the location of the cone and the
“kissing birds” sign. Neither the kissing birds sign nor the peripheral cone is a hallmark of
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
ig. 1.61 PMD. Inferior thinning of the cornea (white

F
arrow).
ig. 1.62 PMD. Upper left: inferior corneal thinning; lower left: Placido ring pattern (notice the vertical distribution due
F
to ATR astigmatism); upper right: RGP contact lens; lower right: flourescein pattern (notice the inferior touch with the
cone which is just above the inferior thinning).
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
PMD or PLK. Figure 1.63 is a PMD case without the kissing birds sign; Figure 1.64 is a PLK case
with this sign.
• Corneal thickness map: In PMD, the corneal thickness map reveals a thinning of the inferior
•
cornea. This thinning is characterized by a special sign that can be called “bell” shape (see
Fig. 1.47). This sign is a hallmark of PMD; it is absent in PLK.
• The Pachymetry Profiles: In KC, PLK and in PMD, this curve deviates from the normal range
•
rapidly and usually before the 6 mm zone (see Fig. 1.50). S-shape is one of the indicators of
ectatic disorders or at least abnormal cornea (see Fig. 1.51). In advanced cases of PMD, the
curve usually takes an inverted passage (see Fig. 1.53).
ig. 1.63 Corneal tomography of PMD. Notice the bell shape of the pachymetry map and the absence of the kissing
F
birds sign on the elevation maps due to central cone. The claw pattern is not clear on the curvature map because of the
severity of the case, yet still can be identified by changing the color scale.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
ig. 1.64 Corneal tomography of PLK. Notice the claw pattern on the curvature map and the kissing birds sign on the
F
anterior elevation map due to peripheral cone. The bell shape is absent in the pachymetry map.
Table 1.5 summarizes the difference between PLK and PMD.

For more details about corneal topography and tomography, please refer to the second
edition of my book (Corneal Topography in Clinical Practice) by Jaypee Highlight 2012.
For more details about abnormal corneas, KC and ectatic corneal disorders, please refer to my
book (Keratoconus: When, Why and Why Not) by Jaypee Highlight 2012.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Table 1.5 Comparison between PLK and PMD

PLK PMD
Nature central or para-central ectasia peripheral ectasia
Age of presentation early teens usually 20–40
Slitlamp and Scheimpflug image central or paracentral thinning inferior peripheral thinning
Curvature map claw claw
Elevation maps Cone central or paracentral cone central, paracentral or inferior peripheral

cone
Kissing birds present occasionally present in early and moderate cases
Thickness map “Bell” sign absent present in moderate and advanced cases
Thinnest location may be displaced usually largely displaced
Thickness profiles deviated deviated and usually inverted in
advanced cases
ibli graphy
B
o
1. Ambrosio R Jr, Alonso RS, Luz A, et al. Corneal-thickness spatial profile and corneal-volume distribution:
tomographic indices to detect keratoconus. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2006;32:1851-9.
2. Ambrósio R Jr and Belin MW. Imaging of the Cornea: Topography vs. Tomography. J Refract Surg.
2010;26(11):847-9.
3. Azar DT, Gatinel D and Hoang-Xuan T. Refractive surgery. Philadelphia: Mosby Elsevier; 2007.
4. Buhren J, Kook D, Yoon G, et al. Invest. Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci. 2010;51(7):3424-32.
5. Gills JP et al. Corneal Topography: The State of the Art. Thorofare, NJ: Slack Incorporated. 1995;1-328.
6. Goins KM and Wagoner MD. Focal points: Imaging the anterior segment. American academy of
ophthalmology. 2009;27(11):1-17.
7. Holladay JT. Corneal topography using the Holladay Diagnostic Summary. J Cataract Refract Surg.
1997;23(2):209-21.
8. Holladay JT. Detecting Forme Fruste Keratoconus with the Pentacam. Supplement to Cataract &
Refractive Surgery Today. 2008;11-2.
9. Karimian F et al. Tomographic evaluation of relatives of patients with keratoconus. Cornea. 2008;27:874-8.
10. Kaufman HE, Barron BA, McDonald M, et al. Companion Handbook to the Cornea. Butterworth
Heinemann. 2000;947-59.
11. Khachikian SS, Belin MW and Ciolino JB. Intrasubject corneal thickness asymmetry. J Refract Surg.
2008;24(6):606-9.
12. Klyce SD. Chasing the suspect: keratoconus. Br J Ophthalmol. 2009;93:845-7.
13. Lee BW, Jurkunas UV, Harissi-Dagher M, et al. Ectatic disorders associated with a claw shaped pattern
on corneal topography. J Ophthalmol. 2007;144:154-6.
14. Li X, Yang H and Rabinowitz YS. Keratoconus: classification scheme based on videokeratography and
clinical signs. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2009;35:1597-603.
15. Luz A, Ursulio M, Castaneda D, et al. Corneal thickness progression from the thinnest point to
the limbus: study based on a normal and a keratoconus population to create reference values (in
Portuguese). Arq Bras Oftalmol. 2006;69:579-83.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
16. Michel WB, Khachikian SS and Ambrosio Jr R. Elevation Based Corneal Tomography. Jaypee-Highlights
Medical Publishers, Inc. 2012.
17. Nilforoushan MR, Speaker M, Marmor M, et al. Comparative evaluation of refractive surgery candidates
with Placido topography, Orbscan II, Pentacam, and wavefront analysis. J Cataract Refract Surg.
2008;34:623-31.
18. Rabbetts RB. Clinical Visual Optics. Butterworth Heinemann. 998;378-420.
19. Rabinowitz YS. Keratoconus. Surv Ophthalmol. 1998;42:297-319.
20. Rabinowitz YS. Diagnosing Keratoconus and Patients at Risk. J Cataract Refract Surg Today. 2007;85-7.
21. Saad A and Gatinel D. Topographic and Tomographic Properties of Forme Fruste Keratoconus Corneas.
Invest. Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci. 2010;51(11):5546-55.
22. Schlegel Z, Hoang-Xuan T and Gatinel D. Comparison of and correlation between anterior and
posterior corneal elevation maps in normal eyes and keratoconus-suspect eyes. J Cataract Refract
Surg. 2008;34:789-95.
23. Schuman JS. Ophthalmic imaging and diagnostics. Ophthalmology Clinics of North America.
1998;11:1-490.
24. Shirayama-Suzuki M, Amano S, Honda N, et al. Longitudinal analysis of corneal topography in
suspected keratoconus. Br J Ophthalmol. 2009;93:815-9.
25. Sinjab MM. Step by Step Reading Pentacam Topography (Basics and Case Study Series). Jaypee -
Highlights Medical Publishers, New Delhi; 2010.
26. Sinjab MM. A guide to interpreting corneal tomography. J Cataract Refract Surg Today. 2012;20-4.
27. Sinjab MM. Corneal Topography in Clinical Practice (Pentacam System): Basics and Clinical
Interpretation. Jaypee-Highlights Medical Publishers, Inc. 2012.
28. Sinjab MM. Keratoconus: When, Why and Why Not: A Step by Step Systematic Approach. Jaypee-
Highlights Medical Publishers Inc. 2012.
29. Sinjab MM. Management Modalities for Keratoconus. J Cataract Refract Surg Today Europe. 2012;40-7.
30. Tomidokoro A, Oshika T, Amano S, et al. Changes in anterior and posterior corneal curvatures in
keratoconus. Ophthalmology. 2000;107:1328-32.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
CHAPTER 2
Wavefront Science
PRINCIPLES OF WAVEFRONT AND WAVEFRONT ANALYSIS
CORE MESSAGE
• A wavefront is the locus of points having the same phase
• A wavefront reflects the quality of an optical system
• Zernike analysis describes orders and shapes of aberrations
The incident light rays coming from infinity are parallel. Every light ray consists of a sinusoidal
oscillation (Fig. 2.1). Locations of equal phase within the total array of sinusoidal oscillations form
planar wavefronts, which are parallel and perpendicular to the direction of the incident light
rays as shown in the same figure. When the parallel light rays pass through a perfect refractive
surface, they (and the wavefronts) meet precisely at a point known as the focal point F. But the
ideal case is virtually never encountered in practice because real wavefronts show deviations
from a perfect plane or spherical wave after passing through the refractive surface leading to the
aberrations (Fig. 2.2). The shape of a wavefront passing through a theoretically perfect eye with
no aberrations is a flat plane known, for reference, as piston (see below).
The measure of difference between the actual wavefront shape and the ideal flat shape
represents the amount of aberration in the wavefront (as shown in Fig. 2.2). The smaller the
deviation (aberration), the higher the quality of the refractive system, be it a telescope, a
microscope, the cornea or the entirety of refractive media comprised by the human eye. The
Dutch physician and Nobel Prize winner Fritz Zernike (1888–1966) succeeded in mathematically
Fig. 2.1 Wavefront principle. In perfect refractive surface, the produced wavefronts are symmetric, parallel and take
the shape of the refractive surface.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 2.2 Aberrated wavefront. Imperfect wavefronts are deviated from ideal reference wavefront.
representing the deviations of a real wavefront from an ideal one expressed as symbols
depending on the analysis of the scientist Fourier.
Zernike analysis describes wavefront analysis of ocular refractive surfaces in circle polynomials
in the radial (n) and angular (m) directions by using an equation, depending on which, Zernike
polynomials are calculated, given indexes and expressed as low order aberrations (LOAs) and
high order aberrations (HOAs) as shown. Figure 2.3 is Zernike pyramid representing order and
shapes of HOAs and LOAs. Table 2.1 shows Zernike description of aberrations.
However, whatever the order of the aberrations is, above 70% of the refractive power of the
eye is owed to the cornea. Even if the crystalline lens is responsible for some ocular aberrations,
corneal distortion has a higher impact than any other component.
TABLE 2.1 Zernike Description of Aberrations

Coefficient Index Z(n, m) Order Description
0 Z(0, 0) Zero Piston
1 Z(1, -1) First Vertical Tilt
2 Z(1, 1) First Horizontal Tilt
3 Z(2, -2) Second Vertical Astigmatism
4 Z(2, 0) Second Defocus
5 Z(2, 2) Second Horizontal Astigmatism
6 Z(3, -3) Third Vertical Trefoil
7 Z(3, -1) Third Vertical Coma
8 Z(3, 1) Third Horizontal Coma
9 Z(3, 3) Third Horizontal Trefoil
10 Z(4, -4) Fourth Vertical Tetrafoil
11 Z(4, -2) Fourth Secondary Vertical Astigmatism
12 Z(4, 0) Fourth Spherical Aberration
13 Z(4, 2) Fourth Secondary Horizontal Astigmatism
14 Z(4, 4) Fourth Horizontal Tetrafoil
15 Z(5, -5) Fifth Vertical Pentafoil
16 Z(5, -3) Fifth Secondary Vertical Trefoil
Contd...
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Wavefront Science 53
Contd...
Coefficient Index Z(n, m) Order Description

17 Z(5, -1) Fifth Secondary Vertical Coma
18 Z(5, 1) Fifth Secondary Horizontal Coma
19 Z(5, 3) Fifth Secondary Horizontal Trefoil
20 Z(5, 5) Fifth Horizontal Pentafoil
21 Z(6, -6) Sixth Vertical Hexafoil
22 Z(6, -4) Sixth Secondary Vertical Tetrafoil
23 Z(6, -2) Sixth Tertiary Vertical Astigmatism
24 Z(6, 0) Sixth Secondary Spherical Aberration
25 Z(6, 2) Sixth Tertiary Horizontal Astigmatism
26 Z(6, 4) Sixth Secondary Horizontal Tetrafoil
27 Z(6, 6) Sixth Horizontal Hexafoil
Fig. 2.3 Zernike pyramid. Orders and shapes of LOAs and HOAs.
TYPES OF ABERRATIONS
Low Order Aberrations (LOAs)
CORE MESSAGE
• Low order aberrations (LOAs) are aberrations associated with the spherocylindrical refractive errors
• LOAs constitute 85% of aberrations
• There are three types of LOAs, tilt, defocus and astigmatic aberrations
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Low order aberrations (LOAs) are aberrations associated with the spherocylindrical refractive
errors and can be corrected with glasses. In general population, LOAs constitute approximately
85% of all aberrations. There are 3 types of LOAs:
a. Tilt or prism (Fig. 2.4): It is a deviation in the direction that a beam of light propagates. It is
caused by decentred optics. In Zernike polynomials, vertical tilt takes the symbol (1,–1) and
horizontal tilt takes the symbol (1,1) as shown in Figure 2.3 and Table 2.1.
b. Defocus (Fig. 2.5): In optics, defocus is the aberration in which an image is simply out of
focus. This aberration is familiar to anyone who has used a camera, video camera, microscope,
/
telescope, or binoculars. Optically, defocus refers to a translation along the optical axis away
r
from the plane or surface of best focus (Fig. 2.6). In general, defocus reduces the sharpness
.i
and contrast of the image. What should be sharp, high-contrast edges in a scene become
gradual transitions. Fine detail in the scene is blurred or even becomes invisible. Nearly all
s
image-forming optical devices incorporate some form of focus adjustment to minimize
s
defocus and maximize image quality.
n
In human eye, spherical refractive errors are associated with defocus; in myopia the focal
point lies in front of the retina, whereas in hyperopia it lies behind it causing blurring of
is a
vision. Defocus increases with larger pupil size as shown in Figure 2.7.
In Zernike polynomials, defocus is given the symbol (2,0) as shown in Figure 2.3 and Table 2.1.
c. Astigmatic aberration (Fig. 2.8): An optical system with regular astigmatism is one where
r
rays that propagate in two perpendicular planes have different foci. If an optical system with
e
regular astigmatism is used to form an image of a cross, the vertical and horizontal lines
will be in sharp focus at two different distances (Fig. 2.9). According to which focal point is
.p
nearer to or on the retina, the image will be blurred horizontally if it is vertically focused (the
horizontal is out of focus), blurred vertically if it is horizontally focused (the vertical is out of
iv p
focus) or compromised (both are out of focus) as shown in Figure 2.10.
In human eye, low order astigmatic aberration is associated with regular astigmatism.
/: /
In Zernike polynomials, vertical astigmatism is given the symbol (2,–2) and the horizontal
astigmatism is given the symbol (2,2) as shown in Figure 2.3 and Table 2.1.
tt p
h
Fig. 2.4 Tilt. It is a LOA due to decentered optics Fig. 2.5 Defocus. It is a LOA associated with sphere
causing a prismatic effect. refractive errors (myopia and hyperopia).
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
r/
s .i
Fig. 2.6 Wavefront principle in defocus. The produced wavefront is defocused in relation to ideal reference wavefront.
n s
is a
e r
.p
iv p
/: /
tt p
Fig. 2.7 Images in defocus in relation with pupil size. In hyperopia, images are focused behind the retina and vice
versa in myopia. The larger the pupil the more prominent the defocus.
Fig. 2.8 Astigmatic aberration. It is a LOA associated with astigmatism.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
r/
s .i
Fig. 2.9 Principle of Sturm Cone due to astigmatism. In this example, the vertical meridian (in blue) is steeper than the
s
horizontal one (in red). Green shapes represent the shape of the image according to the location of the perception plane.

n
is a
e r
.p
iv p
/: /
Fig. 2.10 Images in astigmatic aberration. Upper left: original focused image; upper right: defocused image; lower left:
horizontally focused that is vertically compromised; lower right: vertically focused that is horizontally compromised.
tt p
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE
• LOAs can be corrected with glasses
h
• There are three types of LOAs, tilt, defocus and astigmatic aberrations: tilt produced by decentered optics, defocus
produced by spherical component of the refractive error and astigmatic aberration produced by astigmatic
component of the refractive error
High Order Aberrations (HOAs)

CORE MESSAGE
• High order aberrations (HOAs) are aberrations that may or may not be associated with refractive errors
• HOAs result from media irregularities or opacities
• Although there is a wide range and types of HOAs, the main types are coma, trefoil and spherical aberrations
• HOAs impact vision more severe than LOAs
• Coma is a central aberration and affects central vision, whereas trefoils and spherical are peripheral aberrations
High order aberrations (HOAs) start at the third level in Zernike polynomials (see Fig. 2.3 and
Table 2.1). They may or may not be associated with refractive errors but cannot be corrected with
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
classic optics; they need special designs of contact lenses (CLs) or glasses, or can be treated by
photorefractive surgery or special designs of phakic IOLs.
HOAs result from any disturbance, scar, haziness, opacity or irregularity in one or more of the
refractive components of the ocular optical system including tear film, cornea, aqueous humor,
crystalline lens and vitreous humor.
The impact of HOAs on vision quality depends on various factors, including the underlying
cause of the aberration. People with larger pupil sizes generally may have more visual symptoms
related to HOAs, particularly in low lighting conditions. But even people with small or moderate
/
pupils can have significant visual symptoms when HOAs are caused by conditions such as corneal
r
scars or cataracts. Also, specific types and orientation of HOAs have been found in some studies
.i
to affect vision quality of eyes with smaller pupils. Large amounts of certain HOAs can have a
severe, even disabling, impact on vision quality.
s
Some of the HOAs have names such as coma, trefoil and spherical aberration, but many more
s
of them are identified only by mathematical expressions (Zernike polynomials) to have an order.
n
Order refers to the complexity of the shape of the wavefront emerging through the pupil; the
more complex the shape, the higher the order of aberration.
is a
The most common HOAs are:
a. Coma (Fig. 2.11): Coma is defined as a variation of magnification (refractive power) over the
entrance pupil (Fig. 2.12). Coma causes the eye to see a point of light sort like a comet (has a
r
tail) as shown in Figure 2.13. Figure 2.14 represents the wavefront of a coma. The coma results
e
from central and paracentral asymmetry in ocular optical components, which affects central
vision. Figure 2.15 is an asymmetric corneal surface due to decentered ablation zone causing
.p
asymmetric refractive power along the entrance pupil which induces coma.
In Zernike polynomials (Fig. 2.3 and Table 2.1), coma takes odd order (3, 5, 7…etc.); e.g. 1st
iv p
coma is given the symbol (3,–1) for the vertical and (3,1) for the horizontal; 2nd coma is given
the symbol (5,–1) for the vertical and (5,1) for the horizontal and so on.
/: /
b. Spherical aberrations (Fig. 2.16): As mentioned in chapter 1, spherical aberrations result
from abnormal Q value. Figure 2.17 is an illustration of an optical system with a positive
spherical aberration; the shape of the image differs according to the location of the perception
tt p
plane (retina in the eye). Figure 2.18 is a simulation of the scene of a light point seen by an eye
with spherical aberrations. Spherical aberrations affect peripheral vision and result in halos
around oncoming lights.
h
In Zernike polynomials (Fig. 2.3 and Table 2.1), spherical aberrations take an even order (4,
6, 8…etc.); e.g. 1st spherical aberration is given the symbol (4,0), 2nd spherical aberration is
given the symbol (6,0) and so on.
c. Trefoil (Fig. 2.19): The name came from the Trifolium plant (Clover) that has compound trifoliate
leaflets as shown in Figure 2.20. Trefoil aberration results from regular alternating variation in
magnification along meridians in corneal periphery.

The eye with a Trefoil aberration sees a point of light like a Mercedes-Benz symbol.
In Zernike polynomials (Fig. 2.3 and Table 2.1), trefoil starts at the 3rd order and takes the
symbols (3,–3) for vertical and (3,3) for horizontal. In orders higher than the 3rd, the aberration
is no longer named trefoil; the leaflets increase in number in the name follows; e.g. quadrafoil
(4 leaflets), pentafoil (5 leaflets) and so on.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
r/
Fig. 2.11 Coma.
s .i
Fig. 2.12 Coma. It is a HOA produced by a refractive surface with a
variation of magnification over the entrance pupil.
n s
is a
e r
.p
iv p
/: /
tt p
Fig. 2.13 Comet image of a spot light in case of coma.
Fig. 2.14 Coma shape in 2D (left) and 3D (right) dimensions.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
r/
s .i
n s
is a
e r
.p
iv p
/: /
Fig. 2.15 Decentered ablation zone. One of the major causes of coma.
tt p
h
Fig. 2.16 Spherical aberration. It is a HOA produced by difference in curvature between corneal central zone and
peripheral zone; such as in oblate and hyperprolate corneas.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
r/
s .i
s
Fig. 2.17 Principle of spherical aberration. In this figure, positive spherical aberration was taken as an example. Green
shapes represent shapes of the image in relation to the location of the perception plane. Images closer to the refractive
n
surface are convex and vice versa.
is a
e r
.p
iv p
/: /
tt p
h
Fig. 2.18 Images of a light spot in spherical aberrations. Spherical aberrations are responsible for halos around
oncoming lights. The amount and shape of halos differ according to severity of aberrations and pupil size; the larger the
pupil the bigger the amount of halos and the larger the number of halo rings.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
r/
s .i
Fig. 2.19 Trefoil. It is a HOA resulting from
n s
Fig. 2.20 Trifolium plant. Three leaves in each petal.
is a
regular alternating variation in magnification
along meridians in corneal periphery.
r
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE
• HOAs cannot be corrected with classic optics
e
• Although there is a wide range and types of HOAs, the main types are coma, trefoil and spherical aberrations
• Coma results from a variation of magnification (refractive power) over the entrance pupil. It affects central vision
p
• Trefoil aberration results from regular alternating variation in magnification along the meridians in corneal
.
periphery. It affects peripheral vision
p
• Spherical aberration results from abnormal Q value. It affects peripheral vision.
MEASUREMENT OF ABERRATIONS
iv
CORE MESSAGE
/: /
tt p
• Aberrations are measured by points spread function (PSF), Strehl Ratio (SR), modulation transfer function (MTF),
root mean square (RMS) and Zernike coefficients (ZCs)
• PSF describes the shape of an image in an optical system
h
• SR describes the percentage of perfection in the shape of an image in an optical system
• MTF measures the reduction of contrast from an object to image in an optical system
• RMS is a thorough expression of the magnitude of deviation in a wavefront regardless from types of aberrations
• ZCs measure the amount of each type of aberrations
• All measurements are affected by two main factors, severity of irregularities and pupil diameter
There are several means for measuring aberrations; each one of them serves for a definite
function and application.
Point Spread Function (PSF)

It describes the response of an imaging system to a point source or point object. By definition:
PSF is the image that an optical system forms of a point source, where the point source is the
most fundamental object, and forms the basics for any complex object. If an optical system were
perfect, the image of a point would be a point (Fig. 2.21A), but because the optical system of
the human eye is not usually perfect, the point is imaged as a spread image. In aberration, free
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
optics, the image of a point takes a special shape called “Airy disc,” which is a phenomenon of light
diffraction (Fig. 2.21B) and, in human eye, it is the Fraunhofer diffraction pattern of a circular pupil.
In optics, the Airy disk (or Airy disc) and Airy pattern are descriptions of the best focused spot
of light that a perfect lens with a circular aperture can make, limited by the diffraction of light (Fig.
2.22). The diffraction pattern resulting from a uniformly-illuminated circular aperture, has a bright
region in the centre, known as the Airy disk which together with the series of concentric bright
rings around is called the Airy pattern. Both are named after G. B. Airy. Figure 2.23 shows the PSF in
a perfect eye, as shown in this figure, the amount of diffraction (and therefore the diameter of the
/
Airy disk) enlarges when the diameter of the pupil gets smaller; the ideal pupil diameter is 6–7 mm.
r
In typical eye (with HOAs), the image of a point is not simply an Airy disk; it takes several
.i
shapes according to the type, severity and complexity of HOAs as shown in Figure 2.24. Pupil
diameter has an impact on the amount of spread and shape of image as shown in the same figure;
s
therefore, PSF and other measurements are usually taken for a standard pupil diameter of 6 mm.
s
Measuring PSF helps the physician to see what the patient sees as shown in Figure 2.25, to
n
simulate potential treatments and to predict how those treatments would alter patient’s PSF.
On the other hand, PSF of the total wavefront can give an approximation of the real spherical
is a
equivalent refractive error by the expression “Eff. Blur,” which stands for efficient blur as shown
in Figure 2.26. In this figure, the amount of total blur (LOAs and HOAs) equals 3.27 D as shown in
the upper left corner of the figure (blue arrow); and the amount of the efficient blur of only HOAs
r
equals 0.41 D as shown in the upper right corner (red arrow).
e
Nevertheless, the PSF is displayed on a minutes-of-arc scale, the wider the spread on this
scale the higher the aberrations. Compare Figure 2.27 with Figure 2.28; the PSF in the former
.p
is spread over 40 minutes of arc, whereas it is spread in the latter over 4 minutes of arc. This
corresponds to the Eff. Blur, which is 3.27 D in the former and 0.20 D in the latter.
iv p
/: /
tt p
h
Fig. 2.21 Principle of point spread function (PSF). In geometric optics (A), the image of a point is a point. In real optics
(B), the image of a point is not a point.
Fig. 2.22 Airy disk. It is a phenomenon of diffraction.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
r/
s .i
Fig. 2.23 Point spread function vs. pupil size in perfect eye where there are no HOAs.
n s
is a
e r
.p
iv p
/: /
Fig. 2.24 Point spread function vs. pupil size in a typical eye.
tt p
h
Fig. 2.25 Simulation of a visual acuity chart blurred by diffraction in a perfect eye.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
r/
s .i
n s
is a
r
Fig. 2.26 Aberration analysis display. Upper left: subjective refraction; lower left: table of measured aberrations; right:
e
PSF of HOAs (shape of the image of a point distorted by HOAs). The blue arrow points at efficient blur of total aberrations
(HOAs + LOAs). The red arrow points at the efficient blur of HOAs.
.p
iv p
/: /
tt p
h
Fig. 2.27 PSF display. It gives the shape of the image of a point along minutes of arc. The wider the display on
minutes of arc the higher the PSF. In this example, PSF is high (±40 min of arc).
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 2.28 PSF display. It gives the shape of the image of a point along minutes of arc. The wider the display on
minutes of arc the higher the PSF. In this example, PSF is almost insignificant (±4 min of arc).
Strehl Ratio (SR)

It is the simplest meaningful way of expressing the effect of wavefront aberrations on image
quality. Not like the root mean square (RMS), Strehl ratio (SR) is a measure of optical excellence
in terms of theoretical performance results rather than an expression of the physical surface or
the shape of the wavefront.
In other words, this ratio is an expression of the amount of light contained within the Airy
disk as a percentage of the theoretical maximum that would be contained within the disk with
a perfect optical system (Fig. 2.29). It is the measure of the fractional drop in the peak of the Airy
disk as a function of wavefront error with a 1 Strehl being perfection and anything less than 1
less than perfection. Roughly saying, 1 is perfection, 0.8 is okay, 0.9 is good and 0.95 is extremely
good.
Fig. 2.29 Strehl ratio. It is a measure of the fractional drop in the peak of the Airy disk as a function of wavefront error.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Modulation Transfer Function (MTF)

It is the most widely used scientific method for describing optical system performance. The
MTF is a measure of the reduction in contrast from object to image. In other words, it measures
how faithfully the optical system reproduces (or transfers) detail from the object to the image
produced by the optical system.
To understand MTF, spatial frequency should be understood first. Spatial frequency can be
defined as: a) number of lines per 1mm (lp/mm), where “line” here means the pair of black and
white shown in Figure 2.30; b) or it can be defined as cycles of waves per 1mm (cy/mm), which is
exactly the same as lp/mm; c) or can be defined as cycles of waves per 1° of arc as shown in Figure
2.31. In the last case, spatial frequency represents visual acuity; e.g. spatial frequency of 300cyl/1°
equals 20/20 (1.0 Snellen) and 30cy/1° equals 20/200 (0.1 Snellen).
To understand the relationship between MTF and spatial frequency, see Figure 2.32. Line (A)
represents an object with alternating black and white bars. Those bars become narrower and
closer to each others as the spatial frequency increases from left (low spatial frequency) to right
(high spatial frequency). Line (B) is the image of line (A) produced by an optical system. Note that
the borders of the image bars are blurred (partially resolved) because of diffraction found in any
optical system.
Since the MTF is the ratio of the image modulation to the object modulation in all spatial
frequencies, it takes a value ranging from 0 to 1, where 0 stands for imperfection and 1 stands
for full perfection. If an optical system were perfect, MTF would be 1, which means that image
B would be as sharp as object A; if an optical system is imperfect and MTF = 0, image B will be
totally grey (totally resolved: no modulation in the image).
The relationship between MTF and spatial frequency is inverse; the higher the spatial
frequency the lower the MTF as shown in Figure 2.33. That is because in high spatial frequency
recognition of black-and-white structure is less and the structure will be resolved to be gray,
which means low MTF. The same can be said about visual acuity; the higher the spatial frequency
Fig. 2.30 Spatial Frequency. It is defined as number of paired lines per 1mm.
Fig. 2.31 Spatial Frequency. It is defined as number of cycles per 1° of arc.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 2.32 Relationship between MTF (contrast sensitivity) and spatial frequency.
Fig. 2.33 Relationship between MTF (contrast sensitivity) and spatial frequency. In ideal geometric optics, the
relationship is linear inverse, whereas it is curved inverse in perfect and typical optics. In typical optics, the MTF falls
down quickly with higher spatial frequency. In perfect optics, the slope is less concave indicating slower drop of MTF
with higher spatial frequency.
the lower the visual acuity and the lower the MTF. Therefore, it can be said that the better the
visual acuity the higher the MTF should be. Still in the same figure, the curve of a perfect optical
system is presented in blue and the curve of a typical optical system is presented in dashed
black. Optical systems of good quality lie between these two curves, whereas those with bad
quality lie in the area left to the typical system curve. On the other hand, when spatial frequency
gets higher (towards right), MTF gets lower, meaning that the quality of the image becomes
lower and vice versa; this is shown in Figure 2.34.
There is also an inverse relationship between MTF and PSF; the narrower the PSF the higher
the MTF and the higher the quality of an optical system.
Moreover, the relationship between MTF and pupil size is also inverse; the larger the pupil the
lower the MTF and the lower the quality of the image; this is shown in the Figure 2.35.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 2.34 Image quality in relation to spatial frequency. The higher the spatial frequency, the lower the quality of the
image.
Fig. 2.35 Relationship among MTF, spatial frequency and pupil size. The smaller the pupil the more adverse impact
on the MTF/spatial relationship.
Root Mean Square (RMS)

It is an expression of the physical surface or the shape of the wavefront. It expresses the deviation
averaged over the entire wavefront in reference to the perfect wavefront as shown in Figure
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
2.36. The quadratic values are summed and rooted by the following equation (as in the figure
example):
RMS = √-[(–0.2)2+ (0.25)2+ (–0.3)2] = 0.438μm
RMS error by itself is an accurate representation of the magnitude of wavefront deviation
only when it is affecting relatively large wavefront area, which is generally the case with the conic
surface aberrations, otherwise it is an approximate representation. Quantitative comparisons
between different eyes and conditions are usually made by using RMS.
In order to measure RMS for each type of aberration, the difference between the aberration
and mean value is squared and averaged across the pupil area. Different kinds of aberrations
may have equal RMS across the pupil but have different effects on vision; therefore, RMS error
is unrelated to visual performance. The majority of normal eyes have total RMS values less than
0.3 μm.
Fig. 2.36 Principle of RMS. It expresses the deviation averaged over the entire wavefront in reference to the perfect
wavefront.
In wavefront analysis, the RMS is given in two values, the total RMS of LOAs and HOAs and
a HOAs-related RMS. The former is higher than the latter since it reflects the effect of refractive
errors on the wavefront, but the latter is the one of interest in decision making.
Zernike Coefficients (ZCs)

Zernike Coefficient (ZC) is an expression of the amount of each individual aberration. Sophisticated
equations are used to calculate ZC for each polynomial as shown in Table 2.2. Unlike RMS, ZCs
may take either negative or positive values and displayed as shown in Figure 2.37. As shown in
this figure, the example eye has high defocus due to the spherical refractive error, whereas HOAs
are within the normal limits. Generally speaking, ZCs are normal, suspected or abnormal when
they are <0.25 μm, 0.25–0.5 μm or >0.5 μm, respectively.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 2.37 Zernike Coefficients (ZCs). ZC is an expression of the amount of each individual aberration.
TABLE 2.2 Zernike polynomials

n = order m = frequency Zmn (r, q)
0 0 1 Zero Order (Piston)
1 -1 2 r sinq
1 1 2 r sinq First Order (Tilt)
 Second order
2 -2 2
6 r sin 2q
2 0
3 (2r2 - 1)
 aberrations
2 2 6 r2 cos 2q 
3 -3 8 r3 sin 3q
3 -1

8 (3r3 – 2r) sin q 
3 1 8 (3r3 – 2r) cos q 
3 3 8 r3 cos 3q 
4 -4
10 r4 sin 4q

4 -2
10 (4r4 – 3r2)sin 2q

4 0

 Higher order aberrations
5 (6r4 – 6r2 + 1)
4 2 10 (4r4 – 3r2) cos 2q

4 4

10 r4 cos 4q

5 -5 12 r5 sin 5q 
5 -3
12 (5r5 – 4r3) sin 3q 
5 -1
12 (10r5 – 12r3 + 3r) sin q 
5 1 12 (10r5 – 12r3 + 3r) cos q

5 3 

12 (5r5 – 4r3) cos 3q
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE
• Measurement of aberrations is usually taken for a standard pupil diameter of 6 mm
• The wider the PSF the more distorted the wavefront
• The PSF is a function of diffraction, therefore, the larger the pupil the wider the PSF
• SR ranges from 0 to 1. It is perfect, extremely good, good or accepted when it is 1, 0.95, 0.9 or 0.8, respectively
• The better the visual acuity the higher the MTF
• The larger the pupil the lower the MTF
• Normal RMS related to HOAs is <0.3 µm
• ZC is normal, suspected or abnormal when it is <0.25 μm, 0.25–0.5 μm or >0.5 μm, respectively
WAVEFRONT MAPS
CORE MESSAGE
• There are four main wavefront maps, acuity map, high order aberrations map, high order aberrations correction
map and correction all aberrations map

• Acuity map is the wavefront resulting from refractive error(s); in other words, it is low order aberrations (LOAs) map
• High order aberrations map is the wavefront resulting from HOAs
• high order aberrations correction map is the correction profile for HOAs
• Correction all aberrations map is the correction profile for LOAs and HOAs
• Each map is provided with efficient blur value and RMS value
• Efficient blur measures the spherical equivalent that equals the deviation of the wavefront from the perfect wavefront
• RMS of HOAs is the RMS of concern for diagnosis and treatment
There are four wavefront maps which can be either for the cornea known as corneal wavefront
(CWF) or for all media known as total or ocular wavefront (OWF).
Figure 2.38 is a four composite wavefront map. In the upper left corner, the efficient blur is
5.05 D, i.e. the spherical equivalent refractive error measured by the total wavefront; the total
Fig. 2.38 Wavefront maps. A four composite map consists of acuity map (upper left), high order aberrations (upper
right), correction all aberrations (lower left) and correction high order aberrations (lower right).
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
RMS error is 7.71µm and the quality of the capture is very good. This figure shows the wavefront
maps: the acuity map, the wavefront high order aberrations map, the Rx correction all aberrations
map and the Rx correction high order aberrations map.

The Acuity Map (AM)
It is the wavefront map of the LOAs resulting from refractive errors. Figure 2.39 is an AM of an
eye with myopia. Figure 2.40 is an AM of an eye with myopic astigmatism. Figure 2.41 is an AM
Fig. 2.39 Acuity map. It represents the wavefront of LOAs. In this example, the eye is myopic.
Fig. 2.40 Acuity map in myopic astigmatism.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
of an eye with myopia and myopic astigmatism. Figure 2.42 is an AM of an eye with hyperopia.
Shown in the upper left corner of the map is the RMS error which describes the deviation of the
wavefront due to the refractive error.
Fig. 2.41 Acuity map in combined myopic astigmatism.
Fig. 2.42 Acuity map in hyperopic eye.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Wavefront High Order Aberrations Map (WHOM) (Fig. 2.43)

It is the wavefront map of the HOAs. Shown in the upper left corner of the map is the RMS error
which describes the deviation of the wavefront due to the HOAs.
Fig. 2.43 Wavefront high order aberration map. It represents the wavefront of HOAs.
Rx Correction High Order Aberration Map (CHOM) (Fig. 2.44)

This is the correction profile of HOAs. In a way, it can be considered as the negative of the WHOM
presented in Figure 2.43.
Fig. 2.44 Rx Correction high order aberration map. It is a simulation of the profile of wavefront-guided treatment to
correct HOAs.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Rx Correction all Aberrations Map (CAM) (Fig. 2.45)

This is the correction profile of LOAs and HOAs. In a way, it can be considered as the mixture of
the AM correction and the CHOM.
CHANGES OF ABERRATIONS WITH AGE

CORE MESSAGE
• Ocular aberrations change with age
• Cornea changes with age
• Crystalline lens changes with age
Ocular aberrations change with age due to changes in the cornea and the crystalline lens.
Corneal Changes with Age

In young eyes, the cornea is typically steeper on the vertical meridian and, therefore, has WTR
astigmatism. This tends to reverse with age and, therefore, old cornea has ATR astigmatism.
In general, the cornea tends to be more curved with age. This decrease of radius of curvature
is on the account of the anterior corneal surface.
The only significant change in corneal aberration with age is a decrease in the posterior
surface asphericity.
Crystalline Lens Changes with Age

Major changes in aberrations are related to aging of the crystalline lens. With age, spherical
aberrations change to be less negative or even positive, the RMS increases, contrast sensitivity
decreases due to increased scattering.
Fig. 2.45 Rx Correction all aberrations. . It is a simulation of the profile of wavefront-guided treatment to correct HOAs
and LOAs (refractive error).
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Corneal/Internal Aberration Compensation

In young eyes, there is a balance of aberrations between cornea and lens. This balance decreases
with age to cause positive total spherical aberrations and an increase in coma-like aberrations.
The coma-like changes are unexplainable. Figure 2.46 shows examples of corneal, internal, and
total aberrations for a young and an old subject, illustrating the positive addition of aberrations
of the ocular components in the older subject, as opposed to the partial balance of aberrations
in the young subject.
Fig. 2.46 Change of aberrations with age. Left column represents corneal, internal and ocular (total) aberrations in
young people; notice that the internal aberrations compensate for corneal aberrations. Right column represents corneal,
internal and ocular (total) aberrations in old people; notice that the internal aberrations may slightly compensate for
corneal aberrations.
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE
• With age, corneal WTR astigmatism converts into ATR astigmatism
• In aging crystalline lens, spherical aberrations change to be less negative or even positive, the RMS increases and
contrast sensitivity decreases
• With age, the cornea/crystalline lens compensation decreases
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
WAVEFRONT IN FFKC DETECTION

Wavefront HOAs can be used as a diagnostic measure of ectatic corneal disorders in general and
the detection of FFKC in particular. Some studies found that HOAs begin to change either before
prominent changes appear on corneal topography and tomography.
Main changes can be summarized as follows.
The corneal vertical tilt (ZC1−1), the corneal vertical coma (ZC3−1), and corneal horizontal trefoil
(ZC33) take significantly more negative values in FFKC.
The corneal total coma RMS starts to increase taking higher values than in normal eyes. No
such significant change is found in corneal total trefoil.
The ocular vertical tilt (ZO1−1), ocular vertical coma (ZO3−1) and ocular horizontal trefoil (ZO33)
take significantly high values in FFKC.
No significant change is found either in ocular total RMS or trefoil. This might partly be due to
internal aberrations compensating for the corneal aberrations generated by the FFKC cornea.
Cut-off points differ between studies due to different devices used in measuring HOAs.

However, the mentioned HOAs and their values can be monitored in suspected cases to
document any significant change.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Alió JL and Shabayek MH. Corneal higher order aberrations: a method to grade keratoconus. J Refract
Surg. 2006;22(6):539-45.
2. American Academy of Ophthalmology (2012-2013 edition). Basic and Clinical Science Course, Section
13: Refractive Surgery.
3: Clinical Optics.
4. Applegate RA, Thibos LN and Hilmantel G. Optics of aberroscopy and super vision. J Cataract Refract
Surg. 2001;27(7):1093-107.
5. Atchison DA, Scott DH and Charman WN. Measuring ocular aberrations in the peripheral visual field
using Hartmann-Shack aberrometry. J Opt Soc Am A Opt Image Sci Vis. 2007;24(9):2963-73.
6. Azar DT, Gatinel D and Hoang-Xuan T. Refractive surgery. Philadelphia: Mosby Elsevier; 2007.
7. Brightbill FS, McDonnell PJ, McGhee CNJ, et al. Corneal Surgery: Theory, Technique and Tissue. Mosby
Elsevier; 2009.
8. Buhren J, Kuhne C and Kohnen T. Wavefront analysis for the diagnosis of subclinical keratoconus (in
German). Ophthalmologe. 2006;103:783-90.
9. Buhren J, Kuhne C and Kohnen T. Defining subclinical keratoconus using corneal first-surface higher-
order aberrations. Am J Ophthalmol. 2007;143(3):381-9.
10. Campbell C. The effect of tear film on higher order corrections applied to the corneal surface during
wavefront-guided refractive surgery. J Refract Surg. 2005;21(5):S519-24.
11. Cerviño A, Hosking, SL, Montes-Mico R, et al. Clinical ocular wavefront analyzers. J Refract Surg.
2007;23(6):603-16.
12. Charman WN. Wavefront technology: past, present and future. Cont Lens Anterior Eye. The journal of
the British Contact Lens Association. 2005;28(2):75-92.
13. Diaz-Douton F, Benito A and Pujol J. Comparison of the retinal image quality with a Hartmann-Shack
wavefront sensor and a double-pass instrument. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci. 2004;47(4):1710-6.
14. Endl MJ, Martinez CE, Klyce SD, et al. Effect of larger ablation zone and transition zone on corneal optical
aberrations after photorefractive keratectomy. Archives of ophthalmology. 2001;119(8):1159-64.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
15. Feder RS and Rapuano. The lasik handbook: a case-based approach. Lippincott Williams and Wilkins; 2007.
16. Fong CS. Refractive surgery: the future of perfect vision?. Singapore Med J. 2007;48(8):709-18.
17. Gobbe M and Guillon M. Corneal wavefront aberration measurements to detect keratoconus patients.
Cont Lens Anterior Eye. 2005;28:57-66.
18. Goins KM and Wagoner MD. Focal points: Imaging the anterior segment. American academy of
19. Krueger RR, Applegate RA and MacRae SM. Wavefront Customized Visual Correction. Chapter 2 “A
Review of Basic Wavefront Optics” by Roorda A. SLACK Inc. 2004.
20. Lawless MA and Hodge C. Wavefront's role in corneal refractive surgery. Clinical and experimental
ophthalmology. 2005;33(2):199-209.
21. Lombardo M and Lombardo G. Wave aberration of human eyes and new descriptors of image optical
quality and visual performance. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2010;36(2):313-31.
22. Molebny VV, Panagopoulou SI, Molebny SV, et al. Principles of ray tracing aberrometry. J Refract Surg.
2000;16(5):S572-5.
23. Mrochen M, Kaemmerer M, Mierdel P, et al. Principles of Tscherning aberrometry. J Refract Surg.
2000;16(5):S570-1.
24. Nilforoushan MR, Speaker M, Marmor M, et al. Comparative evaluation of refractive surgery candidates
with Placido topography, Orbscan II, Pentacam, and wavefront analysis. J Cataract Refract Surg.
2008;34:623-31.
25. Oliveira CM, Ferreira A and Franco S. Wavefront analysis and Zernike polynomial decomposition for
evaluation of corneal optical quality. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2012;38(2):343-56.
26. Rabbetts RB. Clinical Visual Optics. Butterworth-Heinemann; 1998.
27. Rozema JJ, Van Dyck DE and Tassignon MJ. Clinical comparison of 6 aberrometers. Part 2: statistical
comparison in a test group. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2006;32(1):33-44.
28. Saad A and Gatinel D. Evaluation of Total and Corneal Wavefront High Order Aberrations for the
Detection of Forme Fruste Keratoconus. Invest. Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci. 2012;23(6):2978-92.
29. Schallhorn SC. Focal points: Wavefront-Guided LASIK. American Academy of Ophthalmology.
2008;26(1):1-15.
1998;11:1-490.
Interpretation. Jaypee-Highlights Medical Publishers, Inc. 2012.
32. Thibos LN. Principles of Hartmann-Shack aberrometry. J Refract Surg. 2000;16(5):S563-5.
33. Thibos LN, Applegate RA, Schwiegerling JT and Webb R. Report from the VSIA taskforce on standards
for reporting optical aberrations of the eye. J Refract Surg. 2000;16(5):S654-5.
34. Warden L, Liu Y, Binder PS, Dreher AW and Sverdrup L. Performance of a new binocular wavefront
aberrometer based on a self-imaging diffractive sensor. J Refract Surg. 2008;24(2):188-96.
35. Wyant J C. "Zernike Polynomials". Powered by WebMATHEMATICA. http://wyant.optics.arizona.edu/
zernikes/zernikes.htm
36. Yanoff M and Duker JS. Ophthalmology. Mosby Elsevier; 2012.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
CHAPTER 3
Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT)
INTRODUCTION
CORE MESSAGE
• Optical coherence tomography (OCT) is an important complementary investigation
• It gives optical images with higher resolution than Scheimpflug-based devices
• It measures corneal thickness and gives a pachymetry map that is less affected by corneal opacities
• It can be used in diagnosis and treatment of refractive complications and some corneal pathologies
• It is taking an important role in detecting early KC and other ectatic corneal disorders
• It is taking an important role in diagnosing and planning for management of glaucoma
Optical coherence tomography (OCT) is a fundamentally new type of medical diagnostic imaging
technology that performs high-resolution, micron-scale, cross-sectional imaging of the internal
microstructure in biological tissues by measuring the intensity and echo time delay of light.
OCT is a powerful imaging modality because it enables the real-time, in situ imaging of tissue
structure or pathology with resolutions of 1 to 15 μm, which is one to two orders of magnitude
finer than conventional clinical imaging technologies such as ultrasound, magnetic resonance
imaging (MRI), or computed tomography (CT). The operation of OCT is analogous to ultrasound
B-mode imaging or radar except that light is used rather than acoustic or radio waves. OCT is
especially suited for diagnostic applications in ophthalmology because of the ease of optical
access to the anterior and posterior eye. The physical basis of imaging depends on the contrast
in optical reflectivity between different tissue microstructures.
NORMAL ANTERIOR EYE

Anterior Chamber
Figure 3.1 displays an OCT image of a normal anterior chamber obtained from a healthy human
eye. Clearly identifiable structures include the cornea, sclera, iris and lens anterior capsule. The
strongest reflected signals arise from the epithelial surface of the cornea and the highly scattering
sclera and iris. Smaller amounts of backscatter are visible from within the nominally transparent
cornea and lens. The backscatter intensity gradually decreases from central to peripheral cornea.
This signal fading may be attributed to highly angle-dependent backscattering from the stromal
collagen lamellae, which run parallel to the corneal surface. The limbus appears as the angled
interface between the cornea and the sclera. The normal “watch glass” insertion of the cornea
into the sclera is clearly visible.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 3.1 OCT view of anterior chamber obtained from a normal healthy eye.
Cornea and Angle

By narrowing the field-of-view, OCT can be used to obtain high resolution images of corneal
microstructure. A magnified OCT image of the cornea appears in Figure 3.2, which differentiates
the corneal epithelium, Bowman’s layer, stroma, Descemet’s membrane and endothelium based
on the differences in their optical properties. Normal corneal thickness is 550µm in average (450 –
700 µm) and consists of the followings: 30–80 µm for epithelium, 16µm for Bowman, 380–480 µm
for stroma, and 20µm for Descemet and endothelium. A close-up view of the angle region (Fig.
3.3) shows the iris contour and epithelium, the corneoscleral limbus and the ACA. Structures in
the angle region such as the trabecular meshwork and canal of Schlemm are not clearly visualized
in the tomogram since the incident and backscattered light is highly attenuated after traversing
the overlying scleral tissue.
Pachymetry Map
Anterior OCT measures corneal thickness and displays a pachymetry map provided with indices
that help in detection of KC and ectatic corneal disorders (Fig. 3.4).
CLINICAL APPLICATION OF ANTERIOR OCT

Anterior OCT is used for diagnosis and planning and guiding treatment.
Fig. 3.2 Corneal layers by OCT. T: tear; Ep: epithelium; B: Bowman; S: stromal; En: endothelium; D: Descemet.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Optical Coherence Tomography 81
Fig. 3.3 OCT view of anterior chamber angle.
Fig. 3.4 OCT pachymetry map. In the upper right is KC detection indices.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Diagnosis
Anterior OCT is used to aid diagnosis of several pathologies, but we are concerned here in what
is related to refractive surgery.
Corneal Lesions
1. Sub Bowman Calcifications (SBCs):
Case 1: A 32 y/o female.
Figure 3.5 is her Pentacam tomography showing irregular cornea.
Figure 3.6 is corneal tomogram 3D image showing corneal calcifications.
Figure 3.7 is anterior OCT showing the location and depth of the calcifications.
N.B.: Figures 3.5–3.7 are registered under author’s name in “Atlas of Ophthalmology: Online
Multimedia Database.”
Case 2: 14 y/o male that has bilateral SBCs. His twin brother has the same disease.
Figure 3.8 is anterior OCT of the right eye showing the location and depth of the calcifications.
Figure 3.9 is the OCT pachymetry map showing irregular thickness.
Figure 3.10 is the same eye after treatment with photo therapeutic keratectomy (PTK).
Figure 3.11 is the OCT pachymetry map post-PTK; notice the regular pattern.
Fig. 3.5 Sun Bowman Calcifications (SBCs). Corneal tomography; notice the AB/SS pattern (red arrow).
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 3.6 SBCs. Scheimpflug tomogram; red arrows point at the calcifications.
Fig. 3.7 SBCs. OCT view; red arrows point at the calcifications. Thickness and depth of the calcifications can be
measured by OCT.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 3.8 SBCs. OCT view of a cornea with a severe bilateral disease in a twin of males.
Fig. 3.9 SBCs. OCT pachymetry map; irregular thickness.
Fig. 3.10 SBCs. OCT view after PTK treatment.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 3.11 SBCs. OCT pachymetry map after PTK treatment; regular thickness.
2. Salzmann’s Nodular Degeneration (SND):

Salzmann’s nodular degeneration (SND) is a lesion located above Bowman layer as shown in
Figures 3.12 and 3.13. Figure 3.14 is the OCT pachymetry map showing the thickened part of
the cornea, corresponding to the nodule (red arrow).
3. Posterior corneal abnormality:
Posterior corneal abnormality includes Descemet folds (Fig. 3.15), cornea guttata and Fuch’s
endothelial dystrophy (Fig. 3.16).
Fig. 3.12 Salzmann’s nodular degeneration (SND). OCT view; the red arrows point at the nodules; the green arrows
point at Bowman.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 3.13 SND. Magnified OCT view; notice the position of the nodule above Bowman layer. The lesion measures
about 200 µm, while the cornea measures about 400 µm (apart from lesion).
Fig. 3.14 SND. OCT pachymetry map; the red arrow points at the thick area in the map corresponding to the lesion.
Fig. 3.15 OCT view of posterior corneal abnormality due to Descemet folds. Notice irregularity of the posterior
surface.
LASIK Flap Complications

One of the major causes of induced HOAs after LASIK is related to flap cut. OCT provides a good
method of measuring flap thickness and shape. Flaps created with femtosecond tend to be more
uniform and regular than those created with mechanical microkeratome (MMK). Figures 3.17
to 3.22 show the difference between MMK cut and femtosecond cut by means of central vs.
peripheral and right vs. left.
Use of anterior OCT in post LASIK complications will be discussed in chapter 8.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 3.16 OCT view of posterior corneal abnormality due to Fuch’s endothelial dystrophy. The white arrow points at
Descemet membrane and the gray arrow points at abnormal endothelial layer.
Fig. 3.17 Flap cut with MMK. A comparison between the two eyes. The upper OCT view is for the right eye and the
lower is for the left. Notice the difference in thickness; the right flap is thinner than the left flap since the former was
performed first.
Fig. 3.18 Flap cut with femtosecond laser. A comparison between the two eyes. The upper OCT view is for the right
eye and the lower is for the left. There is no significant difference in thickness.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 3.19 Flap cut with MMK. A comparison between flap periphery (upper OCT view) and flap center (lower OCT
view). Both views are comparable but the flap is irregular along both cuts.
Fig. 3.20 Flap cut with femtosecond laser. A comparison between flap periphery (upper OCT view) and flap center
(lower OCT view). Notice the uniform regular cut in both views and along the cuts.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 3.21 OCT pachymetry after femtosecond flap creation in the right eye. Notice the regular concentric pattern.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 3.22 OCT pachymetry after femtosecond flap creation in the left eye. Notice the regular concentric pattern which
is quite similar to that in the right eye in the previous figure.
Double Anterior Chamber

One of the causes of graft failure after deep anterior lamellar keratoplasty (DALK) is Descemet
membrane dehiscence. The best method to diagnose the problem is to use OCT. Figure 3.23 is an
OCT view showing edematous lamellar graft with dehiscent Descemet membrane (red arrow).
OCT is also useful in detecting double Descemet membrane after DALK due to incomplete
removal of the membrane from the donor.
Keratoconus Detection
OCT measures corneal thickness and gives a pachymetry map. Figure 3.24 shows a pachymetry
map which consists of two parts, indices in the upper part (within red rectangle) and the
pachymetry map per se in the lower part.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 3.23 OCT view of a double anterior chamber after DALK due to dehiscent Descemet membrane (red arrow);
notice the edematous graft.
Fig. 3.24 OCT pachymetry map. It consists of two parts: Indices for KC detection (red rectangle), and the map per se.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
KC indices are:
1. Thickness at the thinnest location: cut-off value = 470 µm
2. Inferior displacement of thinnest location: cut-off value = –716 µm
3. Focal thinning index: minimum-median: cut-off value = –62.6 µm
4. Inferior-superior (I-S): cutoff value = –31.3 µm
5. Inferotemporal-superionasal (IT-SN): cut-off value = –48.2 µm
Pachymetry Map
The shape of the pachymetry map is also important; in early KC, focal thinning with eccentric
pattern can be seen as shown in Figure 3.25 (red arrow). Compare this figure with normal
concentric map shown in Figure 3.23.
New epithelial pachymetry map is being developed. This map will be much accurate than the
full pachymetry map since in KC and ectatic corneal disorders the epithelium thins over the cone
before any irregularity appears either on the full pachymetry map or on corneal tomography.
Fig. 3.25 OCT pachymetry map in early KC. Focal thinning with eccentric shape (red arrow). This can be obvious by
changing the color scale.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Keratoglobus
In keratoglobus, there is a generalized thinning of the cornea.
Figure 3.26 is the OCT view, Figure 3.27 is the OCT pachymetry map, Figure 3.28 is the Scheimpflug
image and Figure 3.29 is corneal tomography. Notice the generalized thinning in all these maps.
Measuring Corneal Power and Pupil Diameter
Treatment
OCT aids in guiding treatment in the following situations:
Guiding PTK
OCT is mandatory before PTK since it gives answers to the following questions:
1. Why PTK?
OCT measures the depth and the thickness of corneal opacity. When the opacity is very deep,
corneal grafting is the solution. When the pathology is above Bowman as in SND, manual
Fig. 3.26 Keratoglobus. OCT view; notice the generalized thinning.
Fig. 3.27 Keratoglobus. OCT pachymetry map; notice the generalized thinning.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 3.28 Keratoglobus. Scheimpflug image; notice the generalized thinning.
Fig. 3.29 Keratoglobus. Corneal tomography; notice the generalized thinning.
surgical peeling is the solution. When the opacity is superficial as in SBC and superficial
corneal haze, PTK is the solution.
2. What is the depth of PTK:
Figures 3.30 and 3.31 represent corneal haze after surface ablation. On OCT, depth of haze
from the surface is measured. As a guideline, it is recommended not to ablate more than 80
µm without the epithelium. Therefore, if the distal depth of the opacity from the surface is
150 µm and the measured epithelium is 50 µm, the opacity is 150 – 50 = 100 µm deep in the
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
r/
s .i
n s
is a
e r
Fig. 3.30 Corneal haze after surface ablation.
.p
iv p
/: /
tt p
Fig. 3.31 OCT view of corneal haze after surface ablation.
stroma. According to the mentioned guideline, about 100 – 80 = 20 µm of the opacity will
h
remain; in spite of this, visual acuity will significantly improve since the bulk of the opacity
has been removed.
3. What is the induced refractive error:
PTK induces a small amount of refractive error, which can be treated either during or after the
surgery. The amount of induced refractive error can be calculated using the formula:
[–0.29 + 0.141 x (PTK depth – CET) – 0.159 x (CET – PET) – refractive ablation setting]
Where: CET is central epithelial thickness; PET is peripheral epithelial thickness; refractive
ablation setting = the amount of attempted correction if any; i.e. if no correction is attempted,
this will be 0.
Photoablation Enhancement
Post photorefractive enhancement is not rare, but in case of faint corneal haze, OCT pachymetry
is much more accurate than tomography pachymetry.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Post Corneal Cross Linking Follow-up

Corneal cross linking (CXL) is indicated to stop progression of KC and ectatic corneal disorders
(see chapter 5). In CXL, the anterior part of the cornea is crosslinked; therefore, a demarcation line
separating the anterior crosslinked part from the posterior uncross linked part appears on OCT
(Fig. 3.32). This demarcation line occurs due to the difference in light reflectivity between the two
parts (virtual dotted lines). This phenomenon appears by the third postoperative month. In case
of absence of this phenomenon, CXL should be repeated since it has failed.
r/
s .i
n s
is a
r
Fig. 3.32 OCT view of the demarcation line encountered after corneal cross linking. The virtual dotted white line
indicates the level of the demarcation line.
p e
Implantation of Phakic IOLs (PIOLs)
p .
iv
OCT gives measurements to ACD and ACA and can help in decision-making for glaucoma and for
/: /
PIOL implantation (see chapter 5).
Before implanting a PIOL, OCT measures WTW, ACD and ACA. After implanting a posterior
PIOL, OCT measures the vault (space between PIOL and the crystalline lens). The ideal vault is
tt p
350–700 µm. When the vault is <350 µm, there is a risk of touch and cataract formation, a risk
of PIOL rotation which is visually important in case of toric PIOL and a risk of continuous sulcus
and iris irritation. When the vault is >700 µm, there is a risk of pupillary block unless a peripheral
h
iridotomy is patent or the new design with a central hole is used.
In glaucoma, OCT gives measurements that are more accurate than Scheimpflug-based
tomography. ACA measurements are given by means of three terms: angle (Fig. 3.33), angle
opening distance at 500 µm (AOD500) and trabecular-iris space at 500 µm (TISA500) (Fig. 3.34). In
spite of the importance of AOD and TISA, they still need to be normalized.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
r/
s .i
n s
is a
e r
.p
p
Fig. 3.33 Anterior chamber angle measured with OCT.
iv
/: /
tt p
h
Fig. 3.34 Parameters of Anterior chamber angle measured with OCT.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE
• OCT is an essential investigational tool in refractive surgery for diagnosis and treatment
• It is important to diagnose corneal lesions, LASIK flap complications, double AC after DALK, keratoconus detection,
keratoglobus and glaucoma
• It is important in guiding PTK, LASIK enhancement, CXL follow up and planning for PIOL implantation
BIBLIOGRAPHY
/
1. Baïkoff G, Lutun E, Ferraz C, et al. Static and dynamic analysis of the anterior segment with optical
.i r
coherence tomography. J. Cataract Refract Surg. 2004;30(9):1843-50.
2. Baïkoff G, Lutun E, Wei J, et al. Contact between 3 phakic intraocular lens models and the crystalline lens:
an anterior chamber optical coherence tomography study. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2004;30(9):2007-12.
s
3. Ceylan OM, Turk A, Erdurman C et al. Comparison of Oculus Pentacam and Stratus optical coherence
s
tomography for measurement of central corneal thickness. Cornea. 2011;30(6):670-4.
4. Dada T, Sihota R, Gadia R, et al. Comparison of anterior segment optical coherence tomography
n
and ultrasound biomicroscopy for assessment of the anterior segment. J Cataract Refract Surg.
is a
2007;33(5):837-40.
5. Das S, Link B, Seitz B. Salzmann's nodular degeneration of the cornea: a review and case series. Cornea.
2005;24(7):772-7.
r
6. Dawczynski J, Koenigsdoerffer E, Augsten R, et al. Anterior optical coherence tomography: a
non-contact technique for anterior chamber evaluation. Graefe's Arch Clin. Exp. Ophthalmol.
e
2007;245(3):423-5.
p
7. Dinc U, Gorgun E, Oncel B, et al. Assessment of anterior chamber depth using Visante optical
.
coherence tomography, slitlamp optical coherence tomography, IOL master, Pentacam and Orbscan
II. Ophthalmologica. 2010;224(6):341-6.
p
8. Fujimoto JG. Optical coherence tomography: introduction. In: Bourna BE, Tearney GJ. Handbook of
iv
Optical Coherence Tomography. New York: Marcel Dekker. 2002;1-40.
9. Gabriele ML, Wollstein G, Ishikawa H, et al. Optical coherence tomography: history, current status, and
/: /
laboratory work. Invest. Ophthalmol Vis. Sci. 2011;52(5):2425-36.
10. Garcia JPS, Rosen RB. Anterior segment imaging: optical coherence tomography versus ultrasound
biomicroscopy. Ophthalmic Surg. Lasers Imaging. 2008;39(6):476-84.
tt p
11. Goins KM, Wagoner MD. Focal points: Imaging the anterior segment. American academy of
12. Goldsmith JA, Li Y, Chalita MR, et al. Anterior chamber width measurement by high-speed optical
h
coherence tomography Ophthalmology. 2005;112(2):238-44.
13. Huang D, Swanson EA, Lin CP, et al. Optical coherence tomography. Science. 1991;254(5035):1178-81.
14. Hurmeric, V, Yoo SH, Karp CL, et al. In vivo morphologic characteristics of Salzmann nodular
degeneration with ultra-high-resolution optical coherence tomography. Am. J. Ophthalmol.
2011;151(2):248-56.
15. Hurmeric V, Wang J and Yoo SH. Ultra-high-resolution optical coherence tomography imaging in
LASIK. ASCRS (Abstract 983431); 2011.
16. Ide T, Wang J, Tao A, et al. Intraoperative use of three-dimensional spectral-domain optical coherence
tomography. Ophthalmic Surg. Lasers Imaging. 2010;41(2):250-4.
17. Ide T, Yoo SH, Kymionis G, et al. Double Descemet's membranes after penetrating keratoplasty with
anterior segment optical coherence tomography. Ophthalmic Surg. Lasers Imaging. 2008;39(5):422-5.
18. Jagow von B, Kohnen T. Corneal architecture of femtosecond laser and microkeratome flaps imaged by
anterior segment optical coherence tomography. J. Cataract Refract. Surg. 2009;35(1):35-41.
19. Kalev-Landoy M, Day AC, Cordeiro MF, et al. Optical coherence tomography in anterior segment
imaging. Acta Ophthalmol. 2007;85(4):427-30.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
20. Karnowski K, Kaluzny BJ, Szkulmowski M, et al. Corneal topography with high-speed swept source
OCT in clinical examination. Biomed Opt Express. 2011;2(9):2709-20.
21. Kymionis GD, Suh LH, Dubovy SR, et al. Diagnosis of residual Descemet's membrane after Descemet's
stripping endothelial keratoplasty with anterior segment optical coherence tomography. J. Cataract
Refract Surg. 2007;33(7):1322-4.
22. Li Y, Meisler DM, Tang M, et al. Keratoconus diagnosis with optical coherence tomography pachymetry
mapping Ophthalmology. 2008;115(12):2159-66.
23. Li Y, Netto M, Shekhar R, et al. A longitudinal study of LASIK flap and stromal thickness with high-speed
optical coherence tomography. Ophthalmology. 2007;114(6):1124-32.
/
24. Lim LS, Aung HT, Aung T, et al. Corneal imaging with anterior segment optical coherence tomography
.i r
for lamellar keratoplasty procedures. Am. J. Ophthalmol. 2008;145(1):81-90.
25. Milla M, Piñero DP, Amparo F, et al. Pachymetric measurements with a new Scheimpflug photography-
based system: intra observer repeatability and agreement with optical coherence tomography
s
pachymetry. J. Cataract Refract Surg. 2011;37(2):310-6.
s
26. Nakagawa T, Maeda N, Higashiura R, et al. Corneal topographic analysis in patients with keratoconus
using 3-dimensional anterior segment optical coherence tomography. J Cataract Refract Surg.
n
2011;37(10):1871-8.
is a
27. Nolan W. Anterior segment imaging: ultrasound biomicroscopy and anterior segment optical
coherence tomography. Curr. Opin. Ophthalmol. 2008;19(2):115-21.
28. Rosas SCH, Li Y, Zhang X, et al. Repeatability of laser in situ keratomileusis flap thickness measurement
r
by Fourier-domain optical coherence tomography. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2011;37(4):649-54.
e
1998;11:1-490.
p
30. Shen M, Wang MR, Yuan Y, et al. SD-OCT with prolonged scan depth for imaging the anterior segment
.
of the eye. Ophthal. Surg. Lasers Imaging. 2010;41(6):S65-9.
31. Shousha MA, Perez VL, Wang J, et al. Use of ultra-high-resolution optical coherence tomography
p
to detect in vivo characteristics of Descemet's membrane in Fuchs' dystrophy. Ophthalmology.
iv
2010;117(6):1220-7.
32. Stahl JE, Durrie DS, Schwendeman FJ, et al. Anterior segment OCT analysis of thin Intralase femtosecond
/: /
flaps. J Refract Surg. 2007;23(6):555-8.
33. Suh LH, Shousha MA, Ventura RU, et al. Epithelial ingrowth after Descemet stripping automated
endothelial keratoplasty: description of cases and assessment with anterior segment optical
tt p
coherence tomography. Cornea. 2011;30(5):528-34.
34. Tan AN, Sauren LDC, de Brabander J, et al. Reproducibility of anterior chamber angle measurements
with anterior segment optical coherence tomography. Invest. Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci. 2011;52(5):2095-9.
h
35. Tang M, Chen A, Li Y, et al. Corneal power measurement with Fourier-domain optical coherence
tomography. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2010;36(12):2115-22.
36. Vajzovic LM, Karp CL, Haft P, et al. Ultra high-resolution anterior segment optical coherence
tomography in the evaluation of anterior corneal dystrophies and degenerations. Ophthalmology.
2011;118(7):1291-6.
37. Wollstein G, Paunescu LA, Ko TH, et al. Ultrahigh-resolution optical coherence tomography in
glaucoma. Ophthalmology. 2005;112(2):229-37.
38. Wylegała E, Nowińska A. Usefulness of anterior segment optical coherence tomography in Descemet
membrane detachment. Eur. J. Ophthalmol. 2009;19(5):723-8.
39. Yazici AT, Bozkurt E, Alagoz C, et al. Central corneal thickness, anterior chamber depth, and pupil
diameter measurements using Visante OCT, Orbscan, and Pentacam. J Refract Surg. 2010;26(2):127-33.
40. Yoo SH, Hurmeric V. Femtosecond laser-assisted keratoplasty. Am J Ophthalmol. 2011;151(2):190-1.
41. Yoo SH, Kymionis GD, Deobhakta AA, et al. One-year results and anterior segment optical coherence
tomography findings of Descemet stripping automated endothelial keratoplasty combined with
phacoemulsification. Arch Ophthalmol. 2008;26(8):1052-5.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
CHAPTER 4
Corneal Biomechanics
r/
INTRODUCTION
s .i
CORE MESSAGE
n s
is a
• Corneal biomechanics explain some post-refractive surgery phenomena
• Corneal biomechanics are related to the visco-elastic structure of the cornea
• Corneal biomechanics are expressed by many parameters, of which the most important is corneal hysteresis and
r
corneal resistance factor
• Ocular response analyzer measures corneal biomechanics
Definitions
p e
.
Before going into corneal biomechanics in details, some definitions should be known.
p
1. Elasticity: The property of a substance that enables it to change its length, volume, or shape
iv
in direct response to a force and to recover its original form upon the removal of the force.
2. Strain: It is the deformation that is directly proportional to stress (applied force), independent
/: /
of the length of time or the rate at which the force is applied.
3. Viscosity: Resistance of a fluid (liquid or gas) to a change in shape, or movement of neighboring
portions relative to one another. The more viscous a fluid is, the more it resists flow. Honey, for
tt p
example, has a greater viscosity than water. Resistance to an applied force depends primarily
on the speed at which the force is applied.
h
4. Damping: Restraining of vibratory motion, such as mechanical oscillations, by dissipation of
energy. Viscous fluids or gasses are employed to accomplish this.
5. Hysteresis: The phenomenon was physically identified and the term coined, by Sir James
Alfred Ewing in 1890. Hysteresis is a property of physical systems that do not instantly follow
the forces applied to them, but react slowly, or do not return completely to their original
state.
The term is medically identified by David Luce, PhD: Corneal Hysteresis (CH) is the difference
in the inward and outward pressure values obtained during the dynamic bidirectional
applanation process employed in the Ocular Response Analyzer, as a result of viscous
damping in the cornea.
Corneal Tissue
Corneal tissue is composed of collagen fibers and a matrix. Collagen fibers are bonded and both
fibers and the bonds give the cornea its elastic property, whereas the matrix gives it its viscosity.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Corneal Biomechanics 101
Corneal tissue is unique since it is viscoelastic; the more the bonds and fibers are, the more elastic
the cornea is, and the more the matrix is, the more viscous the cornea is. In normal cornea, there
is a balance between elasticity and viscosity with a slight preponderance towards viscosity. In KC
and ectatic corneal disorders the cornea is more viscous. Beside the two main properties of the
cornea (viscosity and elasticity), the cornea has rigidity, which is the force resisting flaccidity and
keeps the cornea stable. In KC and ectatic corneal disorders, there is a reduction in rigidity. What
CXL does is increasing rigidity to stabilize the cornea although it is still viscous.
On the other hand, the anterior two thirds (most important is Bowman layer) of the cornea
/
are more elastic than the posterior third and they are responsible for biomechanical stability. This
r
means that any disturbance in the integrity of the anterior two-thirds will weaken the cornea and
.i
will increase the risk of ectasia. This effect is more prominent with deep ablations (such as LASIK)
rather than surface ablations (such as PRK) and it is more prominent with larger ablation depth
s
and less residual stromal bed.
CLINICAL IMPACT OF CORNEAL BIOMECHANICS
n s
is a
Biomechanical properties explain many of post refractive surgery phenomena such as regression,
iatrogenic irregularities, ectasia and incorrect IOP measurements.
r
Biomechanics and Myopic Treatment
e
In old myopic ablation profiles (see chapter 5), ablation leaves a rim at the borders of the treated
p
zone (Fig. 4.1). The elevated rim shrinks (Fig. 4.2), the formed mass bulges inward the anterior
.
chamber (Fig. 4.3), and finally the central part of the cornea bulges outwards (Fig. 4.4) causing
p
myopic regression. This explains myopic regression after myopic ablation especially in high
iv
myopic corrections.
/: /
tt p
h
Fig. 4.1 Corneal biomechanics in myopic treatment. Old ablation profiles (no transitional zone) leave a rim of collagen
fibers at the borders of the ablated zone.
Fig. 4.2 Corneal biomechanics in myopic treatment. Collagen tissue at the rim shrinks inwards.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Biomechanics and Hyperopic Treatment

In hyperopic correction, corneal periphery is ablated (Fig. 4.5) in order to steepen the central
part of the cornea and change the slope of the cornea (Fig. 4.6). Since the peripheral part of the
cornea is weakened by this ablation, IOP will influence the peripheral part more than the central
part (Fig. 4.7), leading to re-flattening of the central part (Fig. 4.8) and hyperopic regression. This
effect increases with higher hyperopic corrections.
r/
s .i
Fig. 4.3
n s
Corneal biomechanics in myopic treatment. Shrunk rim bulges into anterior chamber.
is a
e r
.p
p
Fig. 4.4 Corneal biomechanics in myopic treatment. Central out bulging is the end stage and myopia regresses.
iv
/: /
tt p
h Fig. 4.5 Corneal biomechanics in hyperopic treatment. Corneal periphery is ablated.
Fig. 4.6 Corneal biomechanics in hyperopic treatment. Central part of the cornea bulges out to compensate for
hyperopia.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 4.7 Corneal biomechanics in hyperopic treatment. Ablated area constitutes a weak area that falls under the
influence of IOP.
r/
s .i
s
Fig. 4.8 Corneal biomechanics in hyperopic treatment. Under the influence of IOP, the weak zone bulges out causing
n
flattening of corneal center, this in turn causes hyperopic regression.
is a
Biomechanics and Postoperative Induced Irregularities
Whenever there is a difference of ≥ 1D between K-max and steep K, there is an irregularity in the
r
cornea. Figure 4.9 shows a hot spot (high K-max) due to a posterior surface irregularity. Treating
hyperopia in such a cornea (Fig. 4.10), will put the cornea under irregular forces (Figs 4.11 and
e
4.12) and will lead to postoperative irregularity (Figs 4.13 and 4.14).
.p
iv p
/: /
tt p
h
Fig. 4.9 Irregular cornea as it appears on anterior curvature sagittal map. There is > 1D difference between K-max and
steep K.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
/
Fig. 4.10 Corneal biomechanics in hyperopic treatment on an irregular cornea.
.i r
s s
n
is a
e r
Fig. 4.11 Corneal biomechanics in hyperopic treatment on an irregular cornea. Central part of the cornea bulges out
to compensate for hyperopia.
.p
iv p
/: /
tt p
h
Fig. 4.12 Corneal biomechanics in hyperopic treatment on an irregular cornea. Posterior irregularity falls under the
influence of unequal pressure forces.
Fig. 4.13 Corneal biomechanics in hyperopic treatment on an irregular cornea. Posterior irregularity causes anterior
irregularity.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
r/
s .i
n s
is a
e r
.p
iv p
/: /
Fig. 4.14 Corneal biomechanics in hyperopic treatment on an irregular cornea. Postoperative irregularity due to
preoperative irregularity.
tt p
Biomechanics and Induced Ectasia
h
Corneal biomechanics is the major factor in post surgical iatrogenic ectasia. One of the main risk
factors for ectasia is abnormal preoperative tomographic patterns (see chapter 8). Many studies
have proven a strong relationship between these abnormal patterns and abnormal corneal
biomechanics. On the other hand, it has been shown that there are abnormal biomechanics in
corneas with FFKC. Therefore, apparently normal corneas may have the potential of post surgical
ectasia and can be discovered by measuring corneal biomechanics.
Biomechanics and Postoperative IOP Measurements

IOP measurements are incorrect after keratorefractive surgeries especially when simply
measured by Goldman applanation tonometer since corneal thickness and curvature have
changed. The best method to measure IOP in such cases is the Pascal since it is not affected by
thickness changes. If unavailable, several methods were suggested. IOP can be measured by
Goldman and the readings should be modified according to Pentacam suggestions. Tonopen is
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
used on the mid periphery of the cornea. Air puff roughly gives approximate readings. Finally,
ocular response analyzer (ORA) gives accurate measurements.
MEASURING CORNEAL BIOMECHANICS

Corneal Biomechanics are measured using ORA.
Principle of ORA
A light source directs a parallel light beam towards the cornea and since the cornea is convex the
light beam will be reflected as a diverging beam (Fig. 4.15). A light receptor receives the reflected
beam and measures its intensity. When the reflected beam is divergent, its intensity is smaller
than that of the incident parallel beam. A central perpendicular air puff is sent from a source to
indent the cornea; the cornea moves in five phases:
a. First convex phase: The air puff has not been sent yet (Fig. 4.15).
b. First applanation phase (Fig. 4.16): The air puff pushes the cornea inwards.
c. Excavation phase (Fig. 4.17): The cornea is excavated under the influence of the air puff.
d. Second applanation phase (Fig. 4.18): The cornea comes outwards after the influence of the air
puff has finished.
e. Second convex phase: The cornea takes its primary shape (Fig. 4.19).
The light beam changes in these phases in the following five manners:
a. Divergent reflected beam, which intensity is less than the incident parallel beam (Fig. 4.15).
b. Parallel reflected beam, which intensity is equal to the incident beam (Fig. 4.16).
c. Convergent reflected beam, which intensity is less than the incident beam (Fig. 4.17).
d. Parallel reflected beam, which intensity is equal to the incident beam (Fig. 4.18).
Fig. 4.15 Principle of measuring corneal biomechanics with ORA. First convex phase.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 4.16 Principle of measuring corneal biomechanics with ORA. First applanation phase.
Fig. 4.17 Principle of measuring corneal biomechanics with ORA. Excavation phase.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 4.18 Principle of measuring corneal biomechanics with ORA. Second applanation phase.
e. Divergent reflected beam, which intensity is less than the incident parallel beam (Fig. 4.19).
During this process, IOP changes in a bell-shape curve (see the green curve in Fig. 4.20).
The Waveform
The computer of the machine measures the intensity of the reflected beam and the changes in
IOP during the whole process and displays that in a diagram shown in Figure 4.20. The diagram
consists of a curve and a waveform:
1. The green curve for IOP.
2. The red Waveform for light intensity, which has two peaks:
a. In-peak: It corresponds to the inward movement of the cornea.
b. Out-peak: It corresponds to the outward movement of the cornea.
The green curve and the red waveform intersect in two points of different levels. The difference
between these two levels represents the delay of the outward movement of the cornea and
expresses what is named corneal hysteresis (CH).
Normal distribution of CH was studied in normal corneas, corneas with KC and corneas with
Fuch’s dystrophy (diseased thick cornea) as shown in Figure 4.21. According to this distribution:
• CH < 8 is always abnormal.
•
• CH >13 is always normal.
•
• CH in between may be normal or abnormal.
•
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 4.19 Principle of measuring corneal biomechanics with ORA. Second convex phase.
Fig. 4.20 The waveform displayed by ORA.
It is also clear that Fuchs cornea is as bad as KC in spite of its high thickness; this means that
thick corneas may have a risk as much as thin corneas in keratorefractive surgeries.
Figure 4.22 shows the waveform of a normal cornea and Figure 4.23 shows the waveform of
a KC. In the latter, the magnitude of the peaks is smaller than that in the former, in addition to
the fluctuation seen after the second peak (blue arrow), which is the hallmark of KC and ectatic
disorders even with normal CH value.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 4.21 Normal distribution of corneal hysteresis in normal, KC and Fuch’s.
Fig. 4.22 Waveform in normal cornea.
Fig. 4.23 Waveform in a cornea with keratoconus. The blue arrow points at the fluctuation after the second peek
which is the hallmark of KC and other ectatic corneal disorders.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Remarks
1. Corneal viscoelasticity is affected neither by CXL nor by intracorneal ring segment (ICRs)
implantation.
2. Beside CH, there is an important indicator of corneal biomechanics known as corneal
resistance factor (CRF), which reflects corneal resistance towards changes.
3. With comparable flap thickness and attempted ablation volumes, myopic photoablation
profiles were associated with greater decreases in CRF and CH than hyperopic profiles.
Results indicate that preoperative corneal biomechanical status, ablation volume and the
spatial distribution of ablation are important factors that affect corneal resistance and viscous
dissipative properties differently. Preferential tissue removal in the natively thicker paracentral
cornea in hyperopia may partially account for the rarity of ectasia after hyperopic LASIK.
4. Corneal rigidity (stiffness) increases with age.
5. The recent software of ORA studies 38 indices to increase the sensitivity and specificity for
diagnosis. It also suggests KC match probabilities (Fig. 4.24), where percentage of probability
of having abnormality is displayed.
6. Goldman tonometer does ‘static’ measurements of IOP. IOP is derived from the force measured
during a steady state applanation of the cornea.
7. The ORA does a ‘dynamic’ measurement, monitoring the movement of the cornea in response
to a rapid air impulse.
8. Recent studies have shown a role of CH in predicting progression of glaucoma in glaucoma
patients, eyes with lower CH have faster rates of visual field loss than those with higher CH.
Fig. 4.24 Diagram of KC match probabilities. In this example, the probability of this case to be normal is only 3%.
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE
• Corneal biomechanics have a great negative impact on keratorefractive surgery results
• Post myopic and post hyperopic correction regression is related to corneal biomechanics
• Some of iatrogenic corneal irregularities are related to corneal biomechanics
• Post keratorefractive ectasia is directly related to corneal biomechanics
• Corneal biomechanics is the cause behind incorrect post keratorefractive IOP measurements
• Corneal biomechanics is taking more important role in glaucoma prediction and treatment
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Abitbol O, Bouden J, Doan S, et al. Corneal hysteresis measured with the Ocular Response Analyzer® in
normal and glaucomatous eyes. Acta Ophthalmol (Oxf ). 2010;88:116-9.
2. Agarwal DR, Ehrlich JR, Shimmyo M, et al. The Relationship between Corneal Hysteresis and the
Magnitude of Intraocular Pressure Reduction with Topical Prostaglandin Therapy. The British Journal
of Ophthalmology. 2012;96(2):254-7.
3. Ahearne M, Yang Y, Then KY, et al. An indentation technique to characterize the mechanical and
viscoelastic properties of human and porcine corneas. Ann Biomed Eng 35:1608-1616. Available
at:http://link.springer.com/article/10.1007%2Fs10439-007-9323-9. Accessed December. 2007;4:2012.
4. Ambekar R, Toussaint KC, Wagoner Johnson A. The effect of keratoconus on the structural, mechanical,
and optical properties of the cornea. J Mech Behav Biomed Mater. 2011;4:223-36.
5. Anand A, De Moraes CG, Teng CC, et al. Corneal Hysteresis and Visual Field Asymmetry in Open Angle
Glaucoma. Investigative Ophthalmology Visual Science. 2012;51(12):6514-8.
6. Andreassen TT, Simonsen AH, Oxlund H. Biomechanical properties of keratoconus and normal
corneas. Exp Eye Res. 1980;31:435-441.
7. Asaoka R, Kotecha A, White E, et al. The effects of maximum air pulse pressure and intraocular
pressure on corneal hysteresis measurements with the Reichert Ocular Response Analyser. Program
and abstracts of the Association for Research in Vision and Ophthalmology Annual Meeting; Fort
Lauderdale, Florida. Abstract 703; 2008.
8. Bayoumi NHL, Bessa AS, El Massry AAK. Ocular Response Analyzer and Goldman applanation
tonometry: a comparative study of findings. J Glaucoma. 2010;19:627-31.
9. Bochmann F, Ang GS, Azuara-Blanco A. Lower Corneal Hysteresis in Glaucoma Patients with Acquired
Pit of the Optic Nerve (APON). Graefe’s Archive for Clinical and Experimental Ophthalmology.
2008;246(5):735-8.
10. Congdon NG, Broman AT, Bandeen-Roche K, et al. Central Corneal Thickness and Corneal Hysteresis
Associated with Glaucoma Damage. American Journal of Ophthalmology. 2006;141(5):868-75.
11. Dauwe C, Touboul D, Roberts CJ, et al. Biomechanical and morphological corneal response to placement of
intrastromal corneal ring segments for keratoconus. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2009;35(10):1761-7.
12. De Mederios FW, Sinha-Roy A, Alves MR, et al. Differences in the early biomechanical effects of
hyperopic and myopic laser in situe keratomileusis. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2010;36(6):947-53.
13. Del Buey MA, Cristóbal JA, Ascaso FJ, et al. Biomechanical Properties of the Cornea in Fuchs’ Corneal
Dystrophy. Investigative Ophthalmology Visual. 2009;50(7):3199-202.
14. Del Buey MA, Cristóbal JA, Ascaso FJ, et al (2009). Biomechanical properties of the cornea in Fuchs’
corneal dystrophy. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci 50:3199–3202Available at: http://www.iovs.org/
content/50/7/3199.full.pdf. Accessed July 8, 2011.
15. Detry-Morel M, Jamart J and Pourjavan S. Evaluation of corneal biomechanical properties with the
Reichert Ocular Response Analyzer. Eur J Ophthalmol. 2011;21:138-48.
16. Dupps WJ Jr, Netto MV, Herekar S, et al. Surface wave elastometry of the cornea in porcine and human
donor eyes. J of Refract Surg. 2007;23(1):66-75.
17. Edmund C. Corneal elasticity and ocular rigidity in normal and keratoconic eyes. Acta Ophthalmol
(Copenh). 1988;66:134-40.
18. Ehrlich JR, Haseltine S, Shimmyo M, et al. Evaluation of Agreement between Intraocular Pressure
Measurements Using Goldman Applanation Tonometry and Goldman Correlated Intraocular Pressure
by Reichert’s Ocular Response Analyser. Eye (London). 2010;24(10):1555-60.
19. Elsheikh A, Alhasso D, Rama P. Biomechanical properties of human and porcine corneas. Experimental
eye research. 2008;86(5):783-90.
20. Elsheikh A, Wang D, Brown M, et al. Assessment of corneal biomechanical properties and their
variation with age. Current eye research. 2007;32(1):11-9.
21. Elsheikh A, Wang D, Rama P, et al (2008). Experimental assessment of human corneal hysteresis. Curr
Eye Res 33(3):205-13. doi: 10.1080/02713680701882519.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
22. Fontes BM, Ambrósio R, Salomão M, et al. Biomechanical and tomographic analysis of unilateral
keratoconus. J Refract Surg. 2010;26:677-81.
23. Fontes BM, Ambrósio R, Velarde GC, et al. Ocular response analyzer measurements in keratoconus
with normal central corneal thickness compared with matched normal control eyes. J Refract Surg.
2011;27:209-15.
24. Fontes BM, Ambrosio R Jr, Jardim D, et al. Corneal biomechanical metrics and anterior segment
parameters in mild keratoconus. Ophthalmology. 2010;117(4):673-9.
25. Gatinel D, Chaabouni S, Adam PA, et al. Corneal Hysteresis, Resistance Factor, Topography, and
Pachymetry after Corneal Lamellar Flap. J of Refract Surg. 2007;23(1):76-84.
26. Glass DH, Roberts CJ, Litsky AS, et al. A viscoelastic biomechanical model of the cornea describing
the effect of viscosity and elasticity on hysteresis. Investigative ophthalmology and visual science.
2008;49(9):3919-26.
27. Glass DH, Roberts CJ, Litsky AS, et al. Evaluation of the deformation response to an air puff in healthy
and diseased in vivo human corneas. Program and abstracts of the Association for Research in Vision
and Ophthalmology. Annual Meeting Fort Lauderdale, Florida. Abstract 646; 2008.
28. Glass DH, Roberts CJ, Litsky AS, et al (2008). A viscoelastic biomechanical model of the cornea
describing the effect of viscosity and elasticity on hysteresis. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci.
2008;49:3919–3926Available at:http://www.iovs.org/cgi/reprint/49/9/3919. Accessed July 8, 2011.
29. Gore C, Weinreb RN, Sample PA, et al. Differences in corneal biomechanical properties between
African-Americans and Caucasians. Program and abstracts of the Association for Research in Vision
and Ophthalmology 2008 Annual Meeting Fort Lauderdale, Florida. Abstract 692; 2008.
30. Hamilton DR, Johnson RD, Lee N, et al. Differences in the Corneal Biomechanical Effects of Surface
Ablation Compared with Laser in Situ Keratomileusis Using a Microkeratome or Femtosecond Laser. J
Cataract Refract Surg. 2008;34(12):2049-56.
31. Kamiya K, Shimizu K, Ohmoto F. Effect of aging on corneal biomechanical parameters using the Ocular
Response Analyzer. J Refract Surg. 2009;25:888-93.
32. Kerautret J, Colin J, Touboul D, et al. Biomechanical Characteristics of the Ectatic Cornea. J Cataract
Refract Surg. 2008;34(3):510-3.
33. Kirwan C, O’Keefe M, Lanigan B. Corneal Hysteresis and Intraocular Pressure Measurement in Children
Using the Reichert Ocular Response Analyzer. American Journal of Ophthalmology. 2006;142(6):990-2.
34. Kirwan C, O’Malley D, O’Keefe M. Corneal hysteresis and corneal resistance factor in keratoectasia:
findings using the Reichert Ocular Response Analyzer. Ophthalmologica. 2008;222:334-7.
35. Kotecha A, Elsheikh A, Roberts CR, et al (2006). Corneal thickness- and age-related biomechanical
properties of the cornea measured with the Ocular Response Analyzer. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci.
47:5337–5347. Available at:http://www.iovs.org/cgi/reprint/47/12/5337. Accessed July 8, 2011.
36. Lam A, Chen D, Chiu R, et al. Comparison of IOP Measurements Between ORA and GAT in Normal
Chinese. Optometry and Vision Science. 2007;84(9):909-14.
37. Lam AK, Chen D, Tse J. The Usefulness of Waveform Score from the Ocular Response Analyzer.
Optometry and vision science : official publication of the American Academy of Optometry; 2010.
38. Lanchares E, Del Buey MA, Cristóbal JA, et al. Biomechanical property analysis after corneal
collagen cross-linking in relation to ultraviolet A irradiation time. Graefes Arch Clin Exp Ophthalmol.
2011;249:1223-7.
39. Liu J, He X, Pan X, et al. Ultrasonic model and system for measurement of corneal biomechanical
properties and validation on phantoms. Journal of Biomechanics. 2007;40(5):1177-82.
40. Luce DA. Determining in Vivo Biomechanical Properties of the Cornea with an Ocular Response
Analyzer. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2005;31(1):156-62.
41. McMonnies CW (2012). Assessing corneal hysteresis using the Ocular Response Analyzer. Optom Vis
Sci 89(3):E343-9. doi: 10.1097/OPX.0b013e3182417223.
42. Medeiros FA, Meira-Freitas D, Lisboa R, et al (2013). Corneal Hysteresis as a Risk Factor for
Glaucoma Progression: A Prospective Longitudinal Study. Ophthalmology. 2013 May 1. pii: S0161-
6420(13)00047-X. doi: 10.1016/j.ophtha.2013.01.032. [Epub ahead of print]
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
43. Mirza SN, Schonlau D, Mahmoud AM, et al (2008). The measurement of biomechanical parameters
as a function of peak applied pressure in the Reichert Ocular Response Analyzer, in a glaucomatous
population. Program and abstracts of the Association for Research in Vision and Ophthalmology 2008
Annual Meeting Fort Lauderdale, Florida. Abstract 704.
44. Ogbuehi KC, Almubrad TM. Evaluation of the intraocular pressure measured with the Ocular Response
Analyzer. Curr Eye Res. 2010;35:587-96.
45. Ortiz D, Pinero D, Shabayek MH, et al. Corneal biomechanical properties in normal, post-laser in situ
keratomileusis, and keratoconic eyes. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2007;33(8):1371-5.
46. Pepose JS, Feigenbaum SK, Qazi MA, et al. Changes in corneal biomechanics and intraocular pressure
following LASIK using static, dynamic, and noncontact tonometry. Am J Ophthalmol. 2007;143:39-47.
47. Roberts CJ, Peterson JD, Mahmoud AM, et al (2008). The influence of age on anatomic and
biomechanical ocular parameters in “stiffer” and “softer” normal healthy eyes. Program and abstracts
of the Association for Research in Vision and Ophthalmology 2008 Annual Meeting Fort Lauderdale,
Florida. Abstract 2045.
48. Saad A, Lteif Y, Azan E, et al. Biomechanical properties of keratoconus suspect eyes. Invest Ophthalmol
Vis Sci. 2020;51:2912-6.
49. Schweitzer C, Roberts CJ, Mahmoud AM, et al. Screening of forme fruste keratoconus with the ocular
response analyzer. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci. 2010;51:2403-10.
50. Schweitzer C, Roberts CJ, Mahmoud AM, Colin J, et al (2010). Screening of forme fruste keratoconus
with the Ocular Response Analyzer. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci 51:2403–2410. Available at:http://www.
iovs.org/content/51/5/2403.full.pdf. Accessed July 8, 2011.
51. Shah S, Laiquzzaman M, Bhojwani R, et al. Assessment of the biomechanical properties of the cornea
with the ocular response analyzer in normal and keratoconic eyes. Investigative ophthalmology
&amp;amp;amp;amp; visual science. 2007;48(7):3026-31.
52. Touboul D, Bénard A, Mahmoud AM, et al. Early biomechanical keratoconus pattern measured with

an ocular response analyzer: Curve analysis. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2011;37(12):2144-50.
53. Touboul D, Roberts C, Kérautret J, et al. Correlations between corneal hysteresis, intraocular pressure,
and corneal central pachymetry. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2008;34:616-22.
54. Vu DM, Silva FQ, Haseltine SJ, et al (2013). Relationship between corneal hysteresis and optic nerve
parameters measured with spectral domain optical coherence tomography. Graefes Arch Clin Exp
Ophthalmol. 2013 Mar 22. [Epub ahead of print]
55. Wang J, Chagnon M, Bayoumi A, et al (2008). Correlation between glaucoma damage, ocular
biomechanical properties and vasospasm. Program and abstracts of the Association for Research in
Vision and Ophthalmology 2008 Annual Meeting; Fort Lauderdale, Florida. Abstract 4599.
56. Wasielica-Poslednik J, Berisha F, Aliyeva S, et al. Reproducibility of ocular response analyzer
measurements and their correlation with central corneal thickness. Graefes Arch Clin Exp Ophthalmol.
2010;248:1617-22.
57. Wells AP, Garway-Heath DF, Poostchi A, et al (2008). Corneal hysteresis but not corneal thickness
correlates with optic nerve surface compliance in glaucoma patients. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci
49:3262–3268. Available at: http://www.iovs.org/content/49/8/3262.full.pdf. Accessed July 8, 2011.
58. Wollensak G, Spoerl E, Seiler T. Stress-strain measurements of human and porcine corneas after
riboflavin-ultraviolet-A-induced cross-linking. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2003;29(9):1780-5.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Step Two
Main Refractive Options
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
CHAPTER 5
Main Refractive Options
PHOTO REFRACTIVE TREATMENT (PRT)

CORE MESSAGE
• Photo refractive treatment (PRT) uses excimer laser to ablate and reshape the cornea to compensate for refractive
errors and treat LOAs and HOAs
• There are three main types of PRT, surface, lamellar and surface-lamellar
• Surface ablation (SA) includes photorefractive keratectomy (PRK), laser subepithelial keratomileusis (LASEK),
Epipolis LASIK (Epi-LASIK) and trans epithelial photorefractive keratectomy (TE-PRK). Phototherapeutic
keratectomy (PTK) is a type of SA used to treat some corneal pathologies
• Lamellar ablation (LA) is known as laser in situ keratomileusis (LASIK)
• Surface-Lamellar ablation (SLA) is known as sub Bowman keratomileusis (SBK)
• There are indications, contraindications, pros and cons for each type
• Regardless of PRT type, ablation profiles include plain, optimized, aspheric, aspheric aberration-free and
wavefront-guided
• The choice of treatment profile depends on visual acuity, patient’s complaint and RMS related to HOAs
The 193-nm argon-fluoride (ArF) excimer laser treats refractive error by ablating the anterior
corneal stroma to create a new radius of curvature in order to compensate for the refractive error.
Types of PRT
Three major refractive surgical techniques use excimer laser ablation: surface ablation (SA),
lamellar ablation (LA) and surface-lamellar ablation (SLA).
Surface Ablation (SA)

In SA, Bowman layer is exposed and the ablation profile is applied on this layer and on anterior
stroma.
SA includes four types:
a. Photorefractive Keratectomy (PRK): The epithelium is debrided and removed either
mechanically or by 20% alcohol (Fig. 5.1).
b. Laser Subepithelial Keratomileusis (LASEK): The epithelium is loosened by 20% alcohol
and moved aside, but ultimately preserved, then re-positioned after ablation (Fig. 5.2).
c. Epipolis LASIK (Epi-LASIK): The epithelium is moved mechanically by a mechanical
microkeratome (MMK), but ultimately preserved, then re-positioned after ablation (see Fig. 5.2).
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 5.1 PRK. The epithelium is removed either mechanically or after alcohol application.
Fig. 5.2 LASEK and Epi-LASIK. In LASEK, the epithelium is loosened by alcohol and moved aside; in Epi-LASIK, the
epithelium is mechanically moved aside using a MMK.
d. Transepithelial Photorefractive Keratectomy (TE-PRK): The epithelium is not removed

but ablated with a specific profile designed to remove the epithelium and simultaneously
correct the refractive error.
In irregular corneas, Bowman layer is irregular and the epithelium is as well. If an eye
presents with irregular topography, by definition the epithelium has reached its maximum
compensatory function which is known as “filling characteristic.” In the filling characteristic
the epithelium thickens to fill in troughs in the stromal surface, and thins to compensate for
peaks in the stromal surface (Fig. 5.3); therefore, topography and wavefront measurements
are inaccurate means of describing the irregularity on the stromal surface. Therefore, if PRK,
LASEK or Epi-LASIK is planned, the ablation will be performed on irregular Bowman surface,
leading to irregular correction (Fig. 5.4). In such cases, the TE-PRK has the advantage of
Fig. 5.3 Filling characteristic of the epithelium. Notice the smooth anterior surface in spite of irregular Bowman layer.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Main Refractive Options 119
Fig. 5.4 Irregular treatment over irregular surface. In case of irregular Bowman layer, if SA is performed, the result will
be an irregular treatment. A) Epithelium on irregular Bowman; B) Epithelium removed; C) Ablation applied on an irregular
surface leading to more irregularity which may or may not be remodeled by the epithelium.
ablating a definite amount of epithelium (and parts of Bowman) all over the ablation zone
creating a smooth and regular surface for refractive correction (Fig. 5.5). The disadvantage
of this technique is that it assumes that the thickness of the epithelial layer is uniform in all
eyes, which is not true; therefore, there will be some under- or over-corrections, particularly
in small amounts of correction. However, this technique is best indicated in irregular corneas
or when treating mild to moderate keratoconus cases with simultaneous SA and CXL.
e. Photo Therapeutic Keratectomy (PTK): It is one of the SA types used to treat superficial
corneal opacities and some of postoperative flap complications such as micro and macro
striae (see chapter 8).
As mentioned in chapter 3, OCT imaging of the cornea is mandatory for this type of treatment
to measure corneal thickness and the depth and thickness of the opacity.
Fig. 5.5 TE-PRK. (A) The epithelium and Bowman layer are removed by the laser profile; (B) This creates a smooth
regular stromal bed; (C) Postoperative smooth and regular surface.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Surgical Techniques in SA
1. Pre-op: Patients are often administered 5 mg of diazepam on the day of or the night before
the procedure to reduce anxiety. Females are recommended to avoid eye makeup for at least
one weak preoperatively since the particles of the makeup substances may contaminate and
may act as toxic agents.
2. Anesthesia, Sterilization and Draping: After the eye has been anesthetized with either
topical proparacaine or tetracaine, the periocular skin is prepped with 10% povidone-iodine
(Betadine) and 4% povidone-iodine drops are applied to the ocular surface for two minutes
and then irrigated. Patients then receive additional topical anesthetic and antibiotic drops,
the eyelids are draped and a lid speculum is placed to optimize corneal exposure. The other
eye is occluded. Topical anesthesia is obtained with proparacaine 0.5% or tetracaine 0.5%
drops.
3. Alignment and Registration: Registration is a technique in which a fixed landmark is used
at the time of aberrometry or tomography and treatment to apply the ablation to the correct
area of the cornea; it does not rely on the pupil for laser centration. The step of registration
should be done before removing epithelium. This step will be discussed in details in chapter
6.
4. Epi-Off: In the evolution of PRK, several methods were developed to debride the epithelium.
Some techniques involve complete removal and disposal of the epithelium; other methods
offer the option of preserving and repositioning the epithelium following stromal excimer
laser ablation. None involve creation of a corneal stromal flap.
a. The original PRK techniques utilize mechanical epithelial removal with a sharp blade, blunt
spatula, or a rotating corneal brush. Some surgeons prefer using alcohol 20% to loosen
the intact epithelium. Central cornea is marked with an 8.0 mm OZ marker delineating
the area for epithelial removal and the epithelial removal method of choice is begun. In
case of alcohol method, a solution of 20% alcohol is applied for 20 to 30 seconds in a “well”
created by pressing an 8 or 9 mm diameter OZ marker onto the corneal surface, to restrict
the alcohol to the area to be de-epithelialized (Fig. 5.6). After the desired exposure time,
the alcohol is removed from the “well” by absorption into a microsurgical spear sponge
(Fig. 5.7) and the ocular surface is copiously irrigated with balanced salt solution (BSS).
Fig. 5.6 Surgical technique in PRK. De-epithelialization by alcohol. Application of 20% alcohol in a “well.”
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 5.7 Surgical technique in PRK. De-epithelialization by alcohol. Drying alcohol before removing the “well.”
A special brush is used to debride the loosened epithelium (Fig. 5.8) and bare the stromal
bed (Fig. 5.9).
b. TE-PRK was developed to allow for a no-touch removal technique that is helpful when
trying not to disturb the underlying stroma (as in previous radial keratotomy patients) or
dislodge a previous LASIK flap.
c. LASEK was developed in an attempt to preserve the epithelium. Alcohol is applied in the
same manner described with PRK. Epithelial trephine and spatula are used sequentially
to score and roll up the epithelium, which remains attached at the hinge (Figs 5.10 and
5.11). After photoablation is performed, the epithelium is replaced.
d. The Epi-LASIK procedure does not use alcohol, which is toxic to the epithelium. Instead,
a MMK with a modified dull blade and a thin applanation plate is used to cleave the
epithelium. In the absence of alcohol, Epi-LASIK may preserve more-viable epithelial
cells. This could improve epithelial flap adherence, reduce postoperative discomfort,
and improve visual outcomes compared to LASEK. In both LASEK and Epi-LASIK, around
Fig. 5.8 Surgical technique in PRK. Debridement of the loosened epithelium using a special brush.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 5.9 Surgical technique in PRK. Bare stromal bed after removing the epithelium.
Fig. 5.10 Surgical technique in LASEK. De-epithelialization by 20% alcohol.
Fig. 5.11 Surgical technique in LASEK. A flap of epithelium is moved aside.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
20% of the epithelial flaps are sloughed off or become necrotic postoperatively and
the purported benefit of the epithelium is lost. Both LASEK and Epi-LASIK are similar to
PRK in that the epithelium is removed and the photoablation is performed directly on
Bowman’s membrane and the anterior stroma. The visual results are comparable in all
three procedures and Epi-LASIK and LASEK have not been proven to be beneficial over
PRK in decreasing corneal haze or significantly reducing postoperative discomfort.
e. After the epithelium has been removed with any of the three techniques, a surgical cellulose
sponge lightly moistened with an artificial tear lubricant (such as carboxymethylcellulose)
is lightly brushed over the surface of the cornea to remove residual epithelium and to
smooth the surface. The OZ must be free of epithelial cells, debris and excess fluid before
ablation. The epithelium should be removed quickly and consistently in order to prevent
dehydration of the stroma, which increases the rate of excimer laser ablation resulting in
an overcorrection.
5. Centring and Applying the Ablation Beam: Each excimer laser machine has its own
pattern of lights for centring the ablation beam (cross, meniscuses, spot lights, etc.). The
ablation beam should be coaxial with the fixating blinking target, at which the patient
should be asked to fixate (Figs 5.12 and 5.13). It is mandatory to be sure that the eye tracker
has recognised the pupil and it is active; otherwise, decentred ablation will result leading
to postoperative decentred zone, which is the main cause of postoperative induced coma.
Tracking systems, although effective, do not reduce the importance of keeping the reticule
centred on the patient’s entrance pupil. If the patient is unable to maintain fixation, the
illumination of the operating microscope should be reduced. If decentration occurs and the
ablation does not stop automatically, the surgeon should immediately stop the treatment
until adequate re-fixation is achieved. It is still important for the surgeon to monitor for
excessive eye movement, which can result in decentration despite the tracking device. Once
the patient confirms that the fixation light of the excimer laser is still visible and that he or
she is looking directly at it, ablation begins. During ablation, the surgeon must monitor the
patient to ensure that fixation is maintained throughout the treatment. Neither tracking
nor registration is a substitute for accurate patient fixation. It is important to initiate stromal
ablation promptly, before excessive stromal dehydration takes place.
Fig. 5.12 Centering the ablation beam. The eye fixates on the blinking green light. Light crescents and the two red
spots are moved to superimpose the green light.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 5.13 Centering the ablation beam. The light crescents and the two red spots are superimposed with the green
fixating target.
The change in illumination and in patient position (i.e., lying down) can cause pupil centroid
shift. In most patients, the pupil moves nasally and superiorly when it is constricted. It is
therefore important to use the registration technique in cases sensitive to pupil position as
will be discussed later in chapter 6.
6. Addressing the Eye: After photoablation, many surgeons irrigate the ablated stromal surface
with chilled BSS and/or apply iced BSS on surgical spears to control postoperative pain and
possibly reduce the incidence of corneal haze. Drops of antibiotic and corticosteroid are
instilled, followed by placement of a bandage contact lens (BCL). If Epi-LASIK or LASEK are
performed, the surgeon first places the epithelial sheet back into position with an irrigating
canula filled with BSS before applying drops and the BCL.
Post SA Management
1. Sedation: During the first 24 to 48 hours, patients experience a variable amount of pain,
which may need to be treated with an oral narcotic, non steroidal anti inflammatory drugs
(NSAID), analgesics (e.g. gabapentin and pregabalin) and topical 0.5% morphine.
2. Medication: As long as the BCL is in place, patients are prescribed antibiotics and
corticosteroids, 4 times daily and preservative-free artificial tears. Corticosteroids can be
postponed till complete epithelialisation and BCL removal. Patients should be followed closely
until the epithelium is completely healed, which usually occurs within 3 to 4 days. At this
point BCL and antibiotics are discontinued. Topical corticosteroids modulate postoperative
wound healing, reduce anterior stromal haze and reduce regression of the refractive effect.
The strength of steroid and the duration of use remain controversial. Many surgeons still
advocate a tapering dose of topical corticosteroid drops (4 times a day for 1 month, 2 times
a day for 1 month, once a day for 1 month) and then stop them. Other surgeons feel that
patients with low refractive errors (<–4 D), shallow ablation depth (AD) (<70 μm), or those
receiving Mitomycin C (MMC) are at lesser risk to develop postoperative corneal haze and
may require a shorter course of corticosteroid postoperatively. Duration of occupational sun
exposure has an impact on haze formation; it is therefore advised to use sun glasses after SA
for a long period of time in addition to intraoperative application of MMC (see below).
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Adjunctive Intraoperative Mitomycin C (MMC) in SA
Because corneal haze is a major complication associated with SA, a soaked pledged of MMC,
usually 0.02% or 0.2 mg/ml, can be placed on the ablated surface for 12 seconds to 2 minutes at the
end of the laser treatment (Fig. 5.14). MMC is an alkylating agent that inhibits DNA synthesis. It is
used to reduce the chance of corneal subepithelial haze in eyes at high risk for this complication,
including higher corrections corresponding to ablations of more than 80 μm, or in eyes that have
undergone prior corneal surgery such as penetrating keratoplasty, radial keratotomy, or LASIK.
Some surgeons use MMC in patients with a history of keloid formation or in those subjected to
prolonged sunlight exposure because ultraviolet radiation causes postoperative corneal haze.
The length of time that the pledged is in place depends on surgeon preference. Recent studies
indicate that shorter application times are equally effective in primary SA, hence, the trend to
12-second applications, while 1- to 2-minute MMC applications are reserved for high-risk cases.
Irrigation of the corneal surface with copious amounts of BSS (30 ml) to remove the excess
MMC and minimize the toxicity is crucial. To prevent damage to limbal stem cells, the surgeon
should avoid exposing the limbus or conjunctiva to MMC. The use of adjunctive topical MMC to
prevent postoperative corneal haze in refractive surgery is an off-label use of the medication.
Human confocal microscopy studies have demonstrated less haze in eyes treated with MMC and
an associated reduction in keratocytes. Vision threatening complications associated with the
drug have been reported many years after glaucoma and pterygium surgeries, but these cases
involved different techniques, higher concentration and more-prolonged exposure.
N.B. using MMC may cause overcorrection of myopia. Some surgeons recommended
reducing the spherical myopic component by 10–15% depending on patients age; the older the
patient the higher the percentage to reduce. On the other hand, in case of myopic astigmatism,
the plus cylinder equation is used; e.g. a 25 y/o patient has –4D sph –2D cyl @ 120°, it should be
converted into –6 D sph +2 D cyl @ 30°, then the –6 D sph may be reduced by 10%; therefore, the
patient will be corrected for –5.4 D sph +2 D cyl @ 30°. Another example, a 55 y/o patient with –2
Fig. 5.14 Mitomycin C (MMC) application. A sponge soaked with MMC 0.02% is applied on the treated stromal bed.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
D sph –1 D cyl @ 180°, it should be converted into –3 D sph +1 D cyl @ 90°, then the –3 D sph will
be reduced by 15%; therefore, the patient will be corrected for –2.55 D sph +1 D cyl @ 90°.
Surgical Technique in PTK
PTK is mainly used to treat superficial corneal opacities and in case of post operative micro- and
macrostriae in LASIK flap.
1. For superficial opacities, AD of PTK is calculated by OCT. The same surgical technique of TE-
PRK is used, except that centration is not always mandatory; in case of decentered opacity,
the tracker can be switched off and the laser beam is directed towards the area of opacity.
Application of MMC 0.02% for 60–120 seconds is strongly recommended after ablation.
2. For micro and macrostriae, AD of PTK should be about 20–30 µm. A viscous substance of
very low viscosity (commercially available such as LASERVIS®) is used as a masking agent to
fill the valleys and leave the peaks apparent and prominent to laser ablation. After draping,

corneal surface is irrigated then dried using a spear sponge. One drop of the masking agent
is installed over the cornea; the surgeon should wait for about 1–3 seconds then immediately
apply PTK. In this technique, only the peaks of the striae will be ablated and the surface will
be smoothened. If this masking agent is not available, a drop of BSS can be used. There is no
need to use MMC at the end of this treatment.
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE
• Several methods are available for removal of epithelium in SA, some are mechanical, others are by alcohol or laser
ablation
• It has not been proven that Epi-LASIK and LASEK are beneficial over PRK in decreasing corneal haze or significantly
reducing postoperative discomfort
• Centration and alignment are very important concepts in every PRT procedure
• Eye tracker does not exclude the role of surgeon’s observation during laser application
• PTK is a therapeutic procedure mainly performed for treating superficial corneal opacities and micro- and
macrostriae
Lamellar Ablation (LA)

Photoablation is performed on anterior stroma under a lamellar flap created with either a MMK
or femtosecond laser (Fig. 5.15). The lamellar type is called laser in situ keratomileusis (LASIK).
Since surgical technique and postoperative follow up resembles that for the surface-lamellar
ablation (SLA), these will be discussed in the next paragraph.
Fig. 5.15 Level of flap cut in LASIK.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 5.16 Level of flap cut in SBK.
Surface-Lamellar Ablation (SLA)

Photoablation is performed just sub Bowman layer under a very thin lamellar flap created with
either a MMK or femtosecond laser (Fig. 5.16); therefore, it is called sub Bowman keratomileusis
(SBK). This type has the advantages of both SA and LA types.

Surgical Techniques in LA and SLA
1. Steps one (pre-op) and two (anesthesia, sterilization and draping) are same as in SA.
2. Alignment and Registration: As mentioned in SA, registration is a technique in which a
fixed landmark is used at the time of aberrometry or tomography and treatment to apply the
ablation to the correct area of the cornea; it does not rely on the pupil for laser centration. The
step of registration should be done before flap creation. This step will be discussed in details
in chapter 6.
3. Decentration (Off-set Pupil): In case of high angle kappa, > 1D astigmatism or in hyperopia,
it is recommended to decenter the ablation beam in order to shift the center of ablation to
be coaxial with the visual axis.
In Placido-based topographers, angle kappa is measured and offset pupil (or decentration)
can be performed either manually by input of x and y values of angle kappa or automatically
by wavefront-guided profiles.
In Scheimpflug-based topographers, angle kappa is not measured and offset pupil (or
decentration) can be performed either manually by input of half x and y values of pupil
center coordinates or automatically by the wavefront-guided profiles.
In both methods, great care of the location of the flap should be taken; decentration holds
the risk of applying part of the photoablation beam out of treatment bed leading to irregular
treatment and hence, introducing high order aberrations (mainly coma). Therefore, the flap
should also be decentered to compensate for the decentered photoablation beam.
Decentring the flap is done in the following manner (Figs 5.17 to 5.20):
a. Perform beam decentration by input of decentered values in the software of the excimer
machine (offset pupil).
b. Press the pedal test to see the new location of the center of the ablation beam.
c. While keep pressing the pedal test, put a mark on the cornea at the place of the beam.
d. Use this mark as the center of the suction ring either with MMK or femtosecond.
e. Create the “decentered” flap.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 5.17 Step one in Decentration technique “off-set pupil.” The eye is fixating on the fixation target.
Fig. 5.18 Step two in Decentration technique “off-set pupil.” Laser beam is decentered in machine computer to
compensate for angle kappa. Pedal foot switch is pressed on. The red-guide-light moves the amount that the laser beam
has been decentered for.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 5.19 Step three in Decentration technique “off-set pupil.” The decentered position is marked with ink.
Fig. 5.20 Step four in Decentration technique “off-set pupil.” Pedal foot switch is off. The cornea is marked for the
center of the ablation beam. The flap will be created centered with this mark.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
4. Flap Creation: Creating the flap can be performed using either a MMK or a femtosecond
laser.
It is recommended to create a flap with a diameter of 0.5 to 1.0 mm larger than the total
ablation zone. Usually, the total ablation zone diameter is 6 to 9.5 mm in myopic treatment
and 8.5 to 10 mm in hyperopic treatment.
a. Marking the Cornea (Fig. 5.21). Make asymmetric sterile ink marks in the corneal periphery,
away from the intended flap hinge, just before placement of the suction ring. These marks
can aid in alignment of the flap at the end of surgery and in proper orientation in the rare
event of a free cap.
b. Creating the flap.
– The MMK suction ring has two functions: adhering to the globe, providing a stable
platform for the MMK cutting head; and raising the lOP to a high level, which stabilizes
the cornea.
– The dimensions of the suction ring determine the diameter of the flap and the size of
the stabilizing hinge. The thicker the vertical dimension of the suction ring and the
smaller the diameter of the ring opening, the less the cornea will protrude and hence
a smaller-diameter flap will be produced (see also chapter 6, average K rule).
– The suction ring is connected to a vacuum pump, which is typically controlled by an
on-off-foot pedal.
– The MMK cutting head has several key components. The highly sharpened disposable
cutting blade is discarded after each patient, either after a single eye or after bilateral
treatment.
– The applanation head, or plate, flattens the cornea in advance of the cutting blade.
The length of the blade that extends beyond the applanation plate and the clearance
between the blade and the applanation surface are the principal determinants of flap
thickness.
– The motor, either electrical or gas-driven turbine, oscillates the blade rapidly, typically
between 6000 and 15,000 cycles per minute. The same motor or a second motor is
used to mechanically advance the cutting head, which is attached to the suction
ring, across the cornea; although in some models the surgeon manually controls the
advance of the cutting head (this carries potential personal errors).
Fig. 5.21 Marking the cornea using asymmetric marking lines to facilitate repositioning the flap.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
– Smaller and thinner flap size and longer hinge cord length are more important
than hinge location in sparing the nerves and reducing the incidence and severity
of dry eye. Regardless of hinge type, patients generally recover corneal sensation to
preoperative levels within 6–12 months after surgery.
– The ring should be positioned either symmetrical to the limbus, or centered with the
ink mark that has been put in case of decentration.
– Once the ring is properly positioned, suction is activated (Fig. 5.22). The lOP should be
assessed at this point because low lOP can result in a poor-quality, thin, or incomplete
flap. It is essential to have both excellent exposure of the eye, allowing free movement
of the MMK and proper suction ring fixation. Inadequate suction may result from
blockage of the suction ports from eyelashes under the suction ring or from redundant
or scarred conjunctiva. To avoid the possibility of pseudo suction (occlusion of the
suction port with conjunctiva but not sclera), the surgeon can confirm the presence of
true suction by observing that the eye moves when the suction ring is gently moved,
the pupil is mildly dilated and the patient can no longer see the fixation light or can
see it blurred.
– Prior to the flap cut, the surface of the cornea is moistened with proparacaine with
glycerin or with preservative-free artificial tears. BSS should be avoided at this point
because mineral deposits may develop within the MMK and interfere with its proper
function. The surgeon places the MMK on the suction ring (Fig. 5.23) and checks
that its path is free of obstacles such as the eyelid speculum, drape, or overhanging
eyelid.
– The MMK is then activated, passed over the cornea until halted by the hinge-creating
stopper and then reversed off the cornea. It is important to maintain a steady
translation speed to avoid creating irregularities in the stromal bed.
– Before surgery, the MMK and vacuum unit are assembled, carefully inspected and
tested to ensure proper function. The importance of meticulously maintaining the
MMK and carefully following the manufacturer’s recommendations cannot be
overemphasized.
– In addition, the surgeon should be aware that, regardless of the label describing the
flap thickness of a specific device, the actual flap thickness varies with the type of
Fig. 5.22 Application of the suction ring.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 5.23 Application of the MMK head on the suction ring and creating the flap.
MMK, quality of the blade, patient age, preoperative corneal thickness, preoperative
keratometry, preoperative astigmatism, corneal diameter, IOP, first eye vs. second eye
and translation speed of the MMK pass.
b. Femtosecond laser.
– A femtosecond laser also creates flaps by performing a lamellar dissection within the
stroma. Each laser pulse creates a discrete area of photo disruption of the collagen.
The greater the number of laser spots and the more the spots overlap, the more easily
the tissue will separate when lifted.
– The femtosecond laser allows adjustments for several variables involved in making
the flap, including flap thickness, flap diameter, hinge location, hinge angle, bed
energy and spot separation.
– Although the goal is to try to minimize the total energy used in flap creation, a certain
level of power is necessary to ensure complete photo disruption and greater overlap
of spots allows for easier flap lifting.
– With the computer programmed for flap diameter, depth and hinge location and size,
thousands of adjacent pulses are scanned across the cornea in a controlled pattern
that results in a flap.
– With a femtosecond laser, the side cut of the corneal flap can be modified in a manner
that may reduce the incidence of epithelial ingrowth.
– The use of a femtosecond laser generally takes more time than a MMK because it
requires several extra steps. First, the suction ring is centred over the pupil (symmetrical
with the limbus) or centered with the mark of decentration in case of it. Suction is
applied. Proper centration of the suction ring is critical and is performed under a
separate microscope, either the microscope from the adjacent excimer laser or an
auxiliary microscope in the laser suite. The docking procedure is initiated under the
femtosecond laser’s microscope, while the patient’s chin and forehead are kept level
and the suction ring is kept parallel to the eye. The applanation lens is then centred
over the suction ring and lowered into place using the joystick and the suction ring is
unclipped to complete the attachment to the docking device. Complete applanation
of the cornea must be achieved, or an incomplete flap or incomplete side cut may
occur. Adjustment of centration can be performed by the laser’s computer and once it
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
has confirmed centration, the surgeon administers the femtosecond laser treatment
(Fig. 5.24). The vacuum is then released, the suction ring is removed and the patient is
positioned under the excimer laser.
– A spatula with a semi sharp edge identifies and scores the flap edge near the hinge
(Fig. 5.25).
– A blunt instrument is then passed across the flap along the base of the hinge (Fig.
5.26), and the flap is lifted by sweeping inferiorly and separating the flap interface,
dissecting one-third of the flap at a time and thus reducing the risk of tearing (Fig.
5.27).
5. Centring and Applying the Ablation Beam: This step is similar to that for SA added that
the flap must be lifted and reflected and the stromal bed should be uniformly dry prior to
treatment (Fig. 5.28).
Fig. 5.24 View after flap cut with femtosecond laser.
Fig. 5.25 Flap dissection. The flap is separated at its periphery from the cornea using a semi sharp spatula.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 5.26 Flap dissection. A blunt instrument is inserted across the flap along the base of the hinge to dissect the flap.
Fig. 5.27 Lifting the flap.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 5.28 Drying the stromal bed.
6. Addressing the Eye: After the ablation is completed, the flap is replaced onto the stromal
bed. The interface is irrigated until all interface debris are eliminated (which is better seen with
oblique rather than coaxial illumination) (Fig. 5.29). The surface of the flap is gently stroked
with a smooth instrument, such as an irrigation canula or a moistened microsurgical spear
sponge, from the hinge, or centre, to the periphery to ensure that wrinkles are eliminated and
that the flap settles back into its original position, as indicated by realignment of the corneal
Fig. 5.29 Irrigating the interface after flap repositioning to remove debris.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
marks made earlier (Fig. 5.30). The peripheral gutters should be symmetric and even. The
physiologic dehydration of the stroma by the endothelial pump will begin to secure the flap
in position within several minutes. If a significant epithelial defect or a large loose sheet of
epithelium is present, a BCL should be placed. Once the flap is adherent, the eyelid speculum
is removed carefully so as not to disturb the flap. Most surgeons place varying combinations
of antibiotic and corticosteroid drops on the eye at the conclusion of the procedure. The flap
is usually rechecked at the slit lamp before the patient leaves to make sure it has remained
in proper alignment. A clear shield or protective goggles are often placed to guard against
accidental trauma that could displace the flap. Patients are instructed not to rub or squeeze
their eyes.
Post LA Management
Many surgeons instruct their patients to use topical antibiotics and corticosteroids postoperatively
for 3–7 days. With femtosecond laser procedures, some surgeons prescribe more frequent
applications of corticosteroid eye drops or a longer period of use. In addition, it is very important
for the surface of the flap to be kept well lubricated in the early postoperative period. Patients are
advised to keep their eyes closed for at least 2 hours immediately after the procedure. Patients
may be told to use the protective shield for 1 week when they shower or sleep and to avoid
swimming and hot tubs for 2 weeks. Patients are examined 1 day after surgery to ensure that
the flap has remained in proper alignment and that there is no evidence of infection or excessive
inflammation. In the absence of complications, the next examinations are typically scheduled at
approximately 1 week, 1 month, 3 months, 6 months and 12 months, postoperatively.
Pros and Cons

Table 5.1 summarizes types of PRT and the cons and pros of each type.
Table 5.2 compares SA with LASIK.
Fig. 5.30 Removing liquid from interface by massaging the flap. Corneal marks should be aligned.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Table 5.3 presents advantages of SBK.
Table 5.4 presents advantages of TE-PRK
Table 5.5 presents results of SA.
Table 5.6 summarizes advantages and disadvantages of femtosecond laser over MMK.
Table 5.7 is a comparison between a femtosecond created flap and an MMK created flap.
TABLE 5.1 Types of Photorefractive Surgery

Factor PRK Surface Ablation SBK* LASIK
^
TE-PRK LASEK Epi-
LASEK
Range of Up to –8 D Sph
correction Up to +4 D Sph
Up to 6 D Cyl
Postoperative Mild to moderate, may extend Minimum, may extend
pain for 24–72 hours for 12 hours
Postoperative 1–3 months 1 week
medications
Functional vision 3–7 days <24 hours
recovery
Refractive 3 weeks to 3 months 1 week to 3 months
stability
Specific Haze formation, scarring Haze formation, Flap Flap
complications scarring, incomplete complications†, complications†,
epithelial flap, stromal Bowman cracks, ectasia, diffuse
incursions diffuse lamellar lamellar keratitis
keratitis (DLK) (DLK)
Better for EBMD (epithelial basement membrane corneal Thinner Infection risk,
dystrophy), thin corneas, flap trauma risk, flat corneas, corneas, ectasia surface healing
steep corneas, ectasia susceptible, nerve injury, susceptible, issues, concern
moderate to severe dry eye syndrome, wide scotopic surface healing of postoperative
pupil, LASIK complications in the fellow eye, irregular issues pain, requirement
astigmatism (TE-PRK is superior), early keratoconus of rapid visual
(TE-PRK + corneal cross linking), glaucoma suspect, recovery
recurrent erosion syndrome, deep-set orbits,
narrow palpebral fissures, corneal vascularization,
corneal nodules, prior history of ocular surgery with
significant conjunctival scarring and/or irregular
tissue near the limbus
Worse for Concern about Concern about Thin corneas, wide pupils, recurrent
postoperative pain, postoperative pain, corneal erosion syndrome, glaucoma,
requirement of rapid requirement of rapid scleral buckle, deep set eyes, small
visual recovery visual recovery, palpebral fissure
glaucoma, scleral buckle,
deep set eyes, small
palpebral fissure
†
Refer to Table 5.2
*
Refer to Table 5.3
^
Refer to Table 5.4
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
TABLE 5.2 Comparison of Surface Ablation and LASIK

Advantages of SA over LASIK Weakens the cornea by approximately 5–10% vs. 15–30% for
LASIK*
Quick and safe procedure
No LASIK corneal flap complications:
• No free flap
• No buttonhole formation in the corneal flap
• No incomplete flaps
• No flap melt
• No risk for postoperative traumatic flap dislocation
• No flap striae
• No epithelial ingrowth
• No interface debris
• No interface fluid accumulation
• No diffuse lamellar keratitis (DLK)
• Better biomechanical stability
• No compromise of the deep collagen layers and the
peripheral circular fibers
• Decreased risk for postoperative corneal ectasia*
• No epithelial erosions from the MMK
• Decreased development or exacerbation of dry eye
syndrome
• Less postoperative reduction in corneal sensation
• Decreased risk for postoperative corneal edema associated
with preoperative cornea guttata
• No HOAs associated with LASIK flap creation
• Treatment of irregular corneas has better results with TE-
PRK
• Wavefront-guided treatment (WFGT) has better results
with SA
• Easier enhancement (2–3 times) in case of good thickness
Advantages of LASIK over SA More rapid visual rehabilitation
More rapid stabilization of refraction
Decreased postoperative discomfort
Minimal corneal haze (third generations of excimer lasers has
less haze with SA)
Less risk of infection
Reduced frequency and intensity of topical steroids
postoperatively
Fewer postoperative visits
*creation of a flap reduces corneal strength:
80 µm flap = 14% loss of corneal strength
160 µm flap= 29% loss of corneal strength
TABLE 5.3 Advantages of SBK

• Less impact on corneal biomechanics
• Better corneal stability - reduced ectasia risk
• Less corneal nerve injury - less dryness
• Faster visual recovery
• Allows for higher corrections in thinner corneas
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
TABLE 5.4 Advantages of TE-PRK

• Best for irregular corneas
• Less traumatic
• De-epithelialization is restricted to the treatment zone
• Less re-epithelialization time
• Less inflammation and pain (intensity and duration)
• Less recovery time
TABLE 5.5 Results with Surface Ablation

Myopic Correction The lower the corrections the better the prognosis, best in low
myopic corrections (–1 to –6 D) with up to 96% success.
A transient hyperopia followed by regression may occur, this is
related to the amount of correction.
Predictability up to 98.8% (low myopia)
Efficacy: high
Safety: high
Hyperopic Correction The lower the corrections the better the prognosis, best in low
hyperopic corrections (+1.5 to +3.5 D) with a success rate lower
that in myopic correction
Regression is possible and common
Efficacy: almost 76%
Safety: best in low corrections
TABLE 5.6 Advantages and Disadvantages of Femtosecond Laser over MMK

Advantages Disadvantages
1. Less increase in IOP 1. Longer suction time
2. More control over flap diameter 2. More flap manipulation
3. Size and thickness of flap less dependent on 3. Opaque bubble layer may interfere with excimer ablation
corneal contour 4. Bubbles in the anterior chamber may interfere with tracking
4. Centration easier to control and registration
5. Epithelial defects on flap are rare 5. Increased overall treatment time
6. Less risk of free flap, buttonhole and 6. Difficulty lifting flap > 6 months
displaced flap 7. Increased risk of diffuse lamellar keratitis
7. More reliable flap thickness 8. Increased coast
8. Hemorrhage from limbal vessels less likely 9. Need to acquire new skills
9. Ability to re-treat immediately if incomplete 10. Delayed photosensitivity or good acuity plus photosensitivity
femtosecond laser ablation (GAPP), which may require prolonged topical corticosteroid
therapy
TABLE 5.7 A Comparison between Femto-created and Microkeratome-created Flaps

Femtosecond MMK
Safety in small steep cornea safer Less safe
Epithelial defect in old females Less likely More likely
Thickness Consistent Inconsistent
Parallel Faces Yes No (except pendular MMK)
Biological Interaction Potentially High (energy-dependent) Low
Side Cut Angled Meniscus
Reproducibility High Low
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE
• There are two main techniques in LA, LASIK and SBK which can be considered as a combination between SA and LA
• In general, SA is safer than LA
• The most specific complications in SA are haze and scarring, whereas the most specific complications in LA are
flap complications and ectasia
• Decentration of the flap is mandatory when the laser beam is decentered
• Flap diameter should be 0.5 to 1.0 mm larger than the treatment zone
• Marking the cornea is important
• Check good suction fixation of the eye before flap cut
• The most advantages of femtosecond over mechanical MMK are less increase in IOP and more control of flap
diameter, thickness and centration
• Both LA and SA have pros and cons, but the new tradition today is “back to surface”
Potential Contraindications to PRT

Table 5.8 summarizes potential contraindications to PRT.
PRT Profiles
During the last couple of years, a great development occurred in photorefractive treatment
profiles in order to achieve optimal refractive results regarding quality and quantity of visual
acuity.
TABLE 5.8 Potential Contraindications to PRT

1. Connective tissue disease
a. Rheumatoid arthritis
b. Systemic lupus erythematosus
c. Sjogren syndrome
d. Wegener granulomatosis
2. Dry eye syndrome
3. Neurotrophic corneas
4. Previous herpes simplex
5. Previous herpes zoster ophthalmicus
6. Fuchs corneal dystrophy
7. Corneal stromal dystrophies
8. Corneal ectatic disorders (unless surface ablation is combined with corneal cross-linking)
9. Glaucoma (especially if a large bleb is present)
10. Blepharophimosis
11. Monocular patients
12. Large pupil size
13. Medications
a. Isotrentinoin (Accutane) (contraindicaiton for surface ablation)
b. Amiodarone hydrochloride such as Cordarone and Pacerone (contra for surface types)
c. Antihistamines (contraindication for surface ablation)
d. Anticoagulants (contraindication for lamellar, SBK and Epi-lasik)
14. Uncontrolled systemic diabetes
15. Diabetic retinopathy
16. Systemic or retinal vascular diseases
17. Thyroid eye disease
18. Monocular patients
19. Patients who are pregnant or nursing or planning to be pregnant in the next 6–12 months
20. Patients with unreasonable expectations or unwilling to take the risk of possible complications
21. Patients who are unable to commit to postoperative instructions and care plan
22. Patients younger than 18 years, preferably 21 years and more.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Plain Ablation Profile
Primary photoablation profiles were designed to correct spherocylindrical refractive errors; little
knowledge about corneal slope and ocular aberrations was available at that time.
In this type, laser beam is applied on a small OZ (5–5.5 mm) with all ablation pulses equal
in power along the ablated area as shown in Figure 5.31. Since corneal surface is convex, the
peripheral laser pulses in this profile fall obliquely rather than perpendicularly losing some
of their energy (Fig. 5.32) and creating a plain or even a slightly concave zone. This creates
an abrupt transition between the plain treated zone and the convex corneal midperiphery
inducing spherical aberration presenting as night glare and halos. Three factors contribute in

the resulting spherical aberration, the small OZ vs. pupil, the plain shape of the OZ due to equal
power of all laser pulses and the corruption of corneal slope. In addition, this profile has the
worst biomechanical disturbance as mentioned in chapter 4. This profile is no longer used.
Fig. 5.31 Plain ablation profile.
Fig. 5.32 Loss of laser energy at corneal periphery in plain ablation profile.
Optimized Ablation Profile

To improve the plain profile and avoid inducing spherical aberrations, a true aspheric OZ is created
by: first, enlarging the OZ; second, increasing the power of peripheral pulses to compensate for
the oblique incidence of laser beam and to create a convex ablation zone (Fig. 5.33); third, adding
the concept of the transitional zone (Fig. 5.34).
Aspheric (Q-Guided) Profile

Although the optimized profile produces a true aspheric OZ, its effect is limited to low refractive
errors (myopia < 3 D, astigmatism < 2 D or hyperopia < 3 D). Whenever the desired correction
should go beyond these limits, asphericity of the cornea will be affected and hence the need for
the aspheric profile.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 5.33 Optimized ablation profile.
Fig. 5.34 Transitional zone concept. TZ: transitional zone; OZ: optical zone; AZ: ablation zone. The machine software
adjusts an optimal TZ depending on amount of correction, K-readings and corneal slope.
On the other hand, this profile can be used to re-adjust Q-value either in case of abnormal
value or in the management of presbyopia. This will be discussed in details in chapter 6.

The principle of the aspheric profile is the same as the optimized one added that it reshapes
the treated surface by adding more prolate peripheral ablation and optimizing the transitional
zone (the larger the transitional zone the higher the spherical aberration), thereby reducing
spherical aberration and maintaining or achieving normal Q-value even in relatively high
refractive errors (see Fig. 5.35 and compare it with 5.33).
Aspheric Aberration-Free Profile

It is not uncommon that photoablation may induce iatrogenic HOA(s) or at least may change the
native (preexisting) HOA(s).
All human eyes have different amounts of native HOAs, but not all eyes suffer from them.
Several mechanisms contribute in the compensation for asymptomatic HOAs such as neural
adaptation to native aberrations, depth of focus and wide field of vision. When these aberrations
are increased or changed (e.g. switching from coma to trefoil), decompensation occurs.
Patients who have subjective complaints and irregular corneas following PRT can have 2.3 to
3.5 times more HOAs than those who are asymptomatic and have normal corneas.
Fig. 5.35 Aspheric ablation profile.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Aspheric aberration-free profile was designed to maintain the pre-existing normal asphericity
in addition to maintain the compensated asymptomatic native aberrations.
Wavefront-Guided Treatment (WFGT)

It is also named custom treatment. It is a variation of the surgery, where rather than applying a
sphero-cylindrical correction to the cornea, laser is instructed to ablate a sophisticated spatially
variant pattern based on measurements from an Aberrometer. The goal of achieving a more
optically perfect ablation depends on appropriate patient selection, high-quality wavefront
data, successful surgery and accurately predicting and managing the change that occur during
healing. WFGT has two types according to the source of data, corneal WFGT and ocular WFGT.
Corneal WFGT
It is also known as “topography-guided treatment” since it depends on corneal topography (in
fact corneal tomography) to treat corneal irregularity without treating associated refractive
errors. If refractive errors need to be treated, they should be added to the profile.
This profile is calculated from corneal elevation data derived from corneal tomography
measurements. The profile is then transformed to the excimer laser machine software, which
analyses and instructs the profile in a shape that neutralizes corneal irregularities. To understand
this, look at Figure 5.36, the right side is corneal tomography of a keratoconic cornea and the left
side is the instructed treatment profile. The white arrows point at the steep area in tomography
and to the corresponding ablation in the profile. The blue arrows point at the flat area in
tomography and to the corresponding minimal ablation in the profile, whereas the yellow arrow
in the profile points at the peripheral ablation to steepen the area at which the blue arrow in
tomography points.
To have a good idea about the ablation profiles, the followings are ablation profiles of several
situations:
Figure 5.37 is the ablation profile to correct positive spherical aberration in an eye with no
refractive error.
Fig. 5.36 Wavefront guided treatment.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 5.37 Ablation profile to correct positive spherical aberration. Maximum ablation is peripheral, while minimum
ablation is central.
Figure 5.38 is the ablation profile to correct spherical aberration in a hyperopic eye.
Figure 5.39 is the ablation profile to correct spherical aberration in a myopic eye.
Notice the difference among the last three figures; the maximal AD is peripheral in the first
two figures contrary to the third one.
Figure 5.40 is the ablation profile to correct coma.
Figure 5.41 is the ablation profile to correct trefoil.
Corneal wavefront-guided profile is usually used to treat early to moderate cases of
keratoconus and keratoectasia in conjunction with CXL. It is also indicated in the treatment of
irregular astigmatism (Fig. 5.42), decentered OZ (Fig. 5.43), central island (Fig. 5.44) and to enlarge
small OZs (Fig. 5.45). But it has to be kept in mind that this profile may introduce or change
the refractive status of the eye; therefore, it requires a good experience from the surgeon and a
good understanding from the patient. This treatment aims at reducing corneal irregularities and
the related HOAs to improve the quality (and may be the quantity) of the uncorrected and best
corrected visual acuity.
Fig. 5.38 Ablation profile to correct spherical Fig. 5.39 Ablation profile to correct spherical
aberration in a hyperopic eye. aberration in a myopic eye.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Corneal wavefront-guided ablation may not be appropriate for use after cataract surgery,
particularly with multifocal IOLs.
Fig. 5.40 Ablation profile to correct coma. Fig. 5.41 Ablation profile to correct trefoil.
Fig. 5.42 Irregular astigmatism.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 5.43 Decentered ablation zone.
Fig. 5.44 Central island.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 5.45 Small optical zone.
Ocular WFGT
It is also known as “total WFGT”. Total HOAs are measured by the aberrometer, which at the same
time measures the objective refractive error, giving a profile that contains both total HOAs and
objective refractive error of the examined eye.
The principle of ocular WFGT is the same as corneal WFGT, but there are three major
differences:
First, ocular WFGT measures and corrects total HOAs produced by all refractive media of the
eye, contrary to corneal WFGT that measures and treats corneal HOAs.
Second, ocular WFGT measures and treats objective refractive error, contrary to corneal WFGT
where subjective refractive error should be added. For more details, see “Manifest Refraction”
and “Data Analysis” below.
Third, in very irregular corneas or in eyes with small pupils, wavefront data may be hard to
obtain by ocular WFGT, in such cases, corneal WFGT is superior and an alternative.
Finally, similar to corneal WFGT, ocular WFGT may induce some refractive error, but not to
that extent encountered with corneal WFGT.
N.B. 1: In the last three profiles, high speed eye tracker, auto centration and compensation for
cyclotorsion are mandatory.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
N.B. 2: In the last two profiles, the higher the resolution of the aberrometer is, the more
accurate the results and the less adverse the side effects are.
N.B. 3: In the last two profiles, correcting HOAs may generate new HOAs up to twice as many.
Furthermore, since HOAs change with increased age, the optimum results may persist for a
limited time. Therefore, treatment with the last two profiles should be done with caution and be
limited to specific cases as will follow in the decision tree.
Key Elements in WFGT
There are key elements of a preoperative wavefront-guided PRT examination to perform a custom
procedure and to achieve successful results. These key elements are wavefront capture, manifest
refraction, data analysis, profile creation, topography, tomography, pachymetry, pupillometry
and patients counseling. In addition, there are intraoperative key elements, which include
alignment and registration, centration, eye tracking, nomogram adjustment and flap creation.
1. Preoperative Key Elements:
a. Wavefront Capture: The quality of laser ablation and hence visual outcomes are precisely
related to the quality of wavefront capture. The saying “garbage-in, garbage-out” exactly
applies to the wavefront capture.
– Monitoring scan capture. Unless the surgeon performs all the wavefront measurements,
an attentive and well-trained technician is a must. Centration during taking the capture
influences exam results; any slight decentration causes dramatic differences in maps.
– Multiple exams are mandatory, they allow for evaluation of scatter. Use only reliable
multiple captures and discard the outliers.
– Validation. In case of corneal wavefront-guided (topography-guided), captures
should be validated by comparing their K readings with those of ocular wavefront
and keratometry.
– Tear film effect. The quality of each capture needs to be monitored by assessing the
lenslet pattern and dropout points. Let the patient blink and close eyes repeatedly
and open wide just before taking the capture. Transient dropout that varies between
captures usually indicates a dry spot on the cornea, whereas an area of consistent
dropout can indicate opacity in the optical system (Fig. 5.46). The captures should
Fig. 5.46 Dropout in wavefront capture.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
be repeated as needed to obtain high-quality images. The variability in the derived
defocus (sphere) between captures is a useful tool to ensure accurate measurements.
– Memory effect. Corneal tissue has a memory to deformation such as measuring IOP by
applanation which causes indentation of corneal surface and should be avoided at
least six hours before taking the capture.
– Considering pupil size and accommodation. In ocular WFGT, the size of the entrance
pupil should be at least as large as intended treatment zone to get raw data over entire
treatment area. Therefore, the wavefront unit should be located in a dim room to
allow a large pupil capture. A pupil size of 5 mm is generally accepted as the minimum
(better 6 mm) and is a requirement for the laser system. Some physicians use low-
strength tropicamide to increase the pupil size for the aberrometer capture, although
there is some concern about the potential shift in the pupil centroid. Manufacturers
have designed their wavefront units to minimize the tendency for a patient to
accommodate (instrument myopia). Despite this, accommodation during a capture
is always a concern and needs to be monitored and minimized in laser systems that
base their capture on a natural pupil. Checking the difference between the manifest
(subjective) sphere and the wavefront-derived (objective) sphere is required. Careful
instruction to patients can help, such as not allowing them to read just beforehand
and telling them to “look beyond the instrument” during the capture. Some laser
systems rely on a cycloplegic capture, which allows for a large pupil capture without
accommodation concern, but again there is some concern about the potential shift in
the pupil centroid.
– Raw data. Do not use captures with extrapolated data within the diameter of
treatment zone. In corneal WFGT, sagittal and tangential maps provide just different
views (optical and power), but they do not influence corneal height (elevations)
profile and the resulting treatment ablation profile.
b. Manifest Refraction: Even though ocular wavefront provides the treatment profile,
including sphere and cylinder, a manifest refraction is still necessary. It is primarily
used to assess the accuracy of the wavefront capture and to help determine refractive
stability. This refraction should be “push plus” to eliminate accommodation as well as a
careful determination of the astigmatism, typically using a Jackson Cross Cylinder. It is
important to know the exact refractive status of each patient to assess the wavefront
data properly. It is also important to assess and record visual acuity and determine the
pre- and postoperative visual capability. In this regard, it is useful to assess the full visual
potential beyond 1.0 (Snell) where this can be achieved.
Finally, in case of significant disparity between subjective and objective refractive errors
by ocular wavefront, the former should be used.
c. Data Analysis: Depending on the laser system, a series of images is selected to calculate
the ablation profile. Only the highest-quality images should be used.
In ocular WFGT, there is often a difference between the wavefront-derived sphere/
cylinder (objective refraction) and the manifest sphere/cylinder (subjective refraction).
This difference can be due to several factors: the accuracy of the wavefront and manifest
refraction; accommodation during either the wavefront capture or manifest refraction;
or the influence of HOAs on the manifest refraction. Manufacturers generally provide
guidance. Before proceeding with surgery, it is important to determine the acceptable
differences between components of the manifest, cycloplegic and wavefront refractions
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
to assess acceptability of wavefront data. If the difference between the wavefront and
manifest refraction exceeds the manufacturer’s guidelines, there are several options to
consider:
i. Repeat both refractions. The wavefront capture, or the manifest refraction, may be
more minus if the patient is accommodating.
ii. Repeat the manifest refraction using the wavefront-derived sphere and cylinder as a
starting point. The wavefront-derived cylinder and axis may more accurately define
the patient’s astigmatism as demonstrated by an improvement in best-corrected
vision.
iii. Check the cycloplegic refraction. If after these steps the difference still exceeds the
manufacturer’s guidelines for the laser system, an ocular wavefront-guide treatment
may not be suited to this candidate and corneal WFGT may be better.
d. Profile Creation: After the selection of the most suitable wavefront image, an ablation
profile is created within the corneal wavefront device or the aberrometer (according to
which type). In aberrometer, both LOAs (sphere and cylinder) and HOAs are incorporated.
The optical path deviation from the wavefront is converted into a spatial pattern that can
correct the aberrations on the corneal surface. The profile is then transferred to the laser
via an SD card or USB memory stick.
e. Pupillometry and Patient Counseling: The importance of pupillometry in the preoperative
work-up has been controversial. Most studies of conventional PRT have not shown a
relationship between the diameter of the scotopic pupil and disturbing visual symptoms
postoperatively. On the other hand, patients with larger pupils who undergo WFGT
appear to have no increase in symptoms and may perhaps have fewer symptoms. One of
the most important benefits of WFGT compared to a conventional treatment may be in
low-light conditions when the pupil dilates. That is where a reduction, or less induction,
of HOAs may be most apparent. Despite the fact that WFGT results in fewer post-op
complaints, irrespective of pupil size, it is important for potential patients to understand
that still there might be a risk for night vision problems after surgery. (See Pupil size rule
in chapter 6).
2. Intraoperative Key Elements:
a. Alignment and Registration: Registration and alignment of the ablation profile is
mandatory in WFGT. This step will be discussed in details in chapter 6.
b. Centration: Proper centration of ablation is critical to ensuring good outcomes.
Decentration of 0.5 mm or less can result in debilitating visual symptoms. Accurate
centration is even more important when treating HOAs. Centration is based on matching
the aberrometer-derived ablation profile either to the limbus, the pupil margin or iris
details. The center of the pupil (pupil centroid) can change positions up to 0.7 mm as
the pupil dilates or constricts. For laser systems based on pupil margins, it is important
to compensate for this centroid shift to avoid an ablation decentration. Iris recognition
systems do this by using the limbus and iris details as reference points.
c. Eye Tracking: Even with proper initial centration and alignment, eye movement during
surgery can have a deleterious effect on the outcome. All custom-capable excimer laser
systems employ sophisticated eye trackers. Most systems utilize an infrared camera to
track the edge of the iris because of the contrast between the iris and pupil. A passive
eye tracker monitors eye motion and interrupts the laser treatment if the eye movement
exceeds a certain threshold. An active eye tracker drives a complex mirror system that
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
directs the excimer laser beam onto the proper location on the cornea. Laser systems
can employ both methods, steering the laser if eye movements are slight but pausing
the laser if movements are too large. This is important because active eye trackers do not
account for the change in effective laser energy as the curvature of the cornea changes
during movement. Hence, even with a properly working eye tracker, the surgeon needs
to monitor centration continually during the procedure.
d. Nomogram Adjustment: Potential sources of variability in custom LASIK outcomes include
surgical technique, local conditions such as the temperature and humidity and patient
characteristics such as gender and age. Just as nomogram adjustments are often needed
to fine-tune the efficacy of conventional LASIK, adjustments may be needed to improve
the efficacy of a custom treatment.
e. Flap Creation: The quality of the flap is even more important when performing custom
LASIK. Besides, the flap needs to be large enough for the custom ablation and be well
centered. In comparison with MMK flap, the femtosecond laser flap results in an improved
outcome and better quality of vision. Reasons postulated for this observation are that the
femtosecond laser flaps are more reliable and consistent, produce fewer HOAs and are
less prone to epithelial injury (see Tables 5.6 and 5.7).
Postoperative Management
Postoperative management after custom treatment is identical to conventional treatment.
Decision Tree
Corrected distance visual acuity (CDVA), contrast sensitivity, CWF, OWF, internal wavefront (IWF),
media transparency and patient’s complaints of HOAs are the trunk of the decision tree.
See Figure 5.47 before going in details:
1. If the RMS of OWF (measured in diopters) is ≤ 0.25 D, use:
a. The optimized profile for low refractive errors, or
b. The aspheric or aspheric aberration-free profiles for low, moderate and high refractive
errors.
Fig. 5.47 Decision tree in wavefront guided treatment. OWF: ocular wavefront; RMS: root mean square, related to
HOAs; CDVA: corrected distance visual acuity; IWF: internal wavefront.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
2. If the RMS of OWF (measured in diopters) is >0.25 D and:

a. CDVA is ≥1.0 (Snellen) and there are no complaints indicating HOAs such as night glare,
halos, starbursts or ghost images, use:
i. The optimized profile for low refractive errors, or
ii. The aspheric or aspheric aberration-free profiles for low, moderate and high refractive
errors.
b. CDVA is <1.0 (Snellen) and/or there are complaints indicating HOAs such as night glare,
halos, starbursts or ghost images, you have to know the source of HOAs (corneal or
internal):
i. If the RMS of the IWF is ≤0.25 D, the cornea is the source of HOAs; perform corneal
WFGT.
ii. If the RMS of the IWF is >0.25 D, the internal media are the source of HOAs; perform
OWF treatment.
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE
• Plain profile has the worst effect on corneal biomechanics and it is no longer used
• Optimized ablation profile is suitable for low refractive errors
• Aspheric ablation profile is suitable for low to moderately high refractive error
• Aspheric aberration free profile may help in reducing the iatrogenic HOAs
• WFGT profiles are used to treat irregular cornea and HOAs
• Corneal WFGT profile does not include refractive error correction unless it has been added to the profile
• Ocular WFGT profile includes objective refractive error correction unless it has been excluded from the profile
• Both types of WFGT profiles may induce refractive errors
• Pay attention to key elements in WFGT including wavefront capture, manifest refraction, data analysis, profile
creation, pupillometry and patient counseling in addition to intraoperative key elements including alignment and
registration, centration, eye tracking, nomogram adjustment and flap creation
SURFACE ABLATION COMBINED WITH CORNEAL

COLLAGEN CROSS LINKING
CORE MESSAGE
• SA in conjunction with CXL is indicated in treating refractive errors in corneas with early to moderate ectatic
diseases including post LASIK ectasia or corneas having the potential risk of post PRT ectasia
• The aim of this treatment is to improve the quality of vision by reducing the amount of irregular astigmatism
In the last few years, the combination of SA and CXL has mounted and indicated in the treatment
of:
1. Refractive errors in early to moderate ectatic corneal disorders such as KC, PMD, FFKC and
post-PRT ectasia.
2. Refractive errors in corneas with potential risk of post-PRT ectasia.
3. Irregular corneas such as post-corneal grafts.
During the surgery, customized PRT (most often using corneal wavefront-guided surface
ablation profile) is done first; thereafter CXL is applied in the same session.
The aim of this treatment is to regularize the cornea by reducing the amount of irregular
astigmatism, correcting part of the refractive error, improving the quality and quantity of
visual acuity by reducing the amount of HOAs and to stabilize the ectatic corneal disorders or
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
prevent the induction of ectasia in corneas with a potential risk. CXL strengthens the cornea by
approximately 300–500%.
Conditions
1. In ectatic corneal diseases, there are two limits:
a. The AD should not exceed 50 µm.
b. The RSB should be >400 µm at the end of photoablation before CXL application.
2. In irregular corneas and in corneas with potential risk of ectasia:
a. It is recommended that the AD does not exceed 80–90 µm according to the OZ.
b. The RSB should be >400 µm at the end of photoablation before CXL application.
To measure the central thickness before CXL application, there are two methods, online
pachymetry integrated in some excimer machines and ultrasound pachymetry. In case of 370–
400 µm of RSB, still one can use hypotonic riboflavin for 10 min to swell the stroma, then continue
with the normal riboflavin and then apply CXL whenever the RSB has reached 400 µm, otherwise
the endothelium will be damaged.
Recommendation
CXL has a flattening effect on the cornea causing hyperopic shift. Therefore; it is recommended
to undercorrect the eye for –0.75 D to –1 D in case of myopic ablation to compensate for the
flattening effect and avoid the hyperopic shift.
Contraindications
1. A RSB of <400 µm after photoablation and before CXL application, unless hypotonic CXL is to
be used.
2. K-max >58 D since there is a high incidence of CXL failure.
3. High visual expectations because this treatment aims at reducing the amount of HOAs
induced by irregular astigmatism.
4. Corneal epithelial healing disorders.
5. Previous herpes keratitis.
6. Corneal melting disorders (such as rheumatoid arthritis).
7. Pregnancy.
8. Continuous eye rubbing habits especially when associated with the following systemic
conditions: Down syndrome, atopic disease, CL wear, floppy eyelid syndrome and nervous
habitual eye rubbing.
9. Corneal scaring.
Considerations
Corneal wavefront-guided surface ablation profile is usually used in this kind of treatment. In this
profile, most ablation is spent for regularizing the cornea and reducing irregular astigmatism;
therefore, the amount of AD per diopter is larger than that in other profiles. Since only a maximum
of 50 µm of AD is recommended, may be 2–3 D of refractive error can be corrected.
On the other hand, in irregular corneas, HOAs are due to irregular astigmatism; therefore, it is
wise to give the priority for correcting the astigmatism rather than the spherical component of
the refractive error in such cases.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE
• In ectatic corneal diseases or post LASIK ectasia, the recommended AD is 50 µm at most
• In corneas carrying the potential risk of ectasia, the recommended AD is 80 µm to 90 µm at most
• In all cases, the RSB should be at least 400 µm before CXL application
• Should the RSB be 370 µm, hypotonic CXL is to be used
• The main concern should be for correcting irregular astigmatism
PHAKIC IOL (PIOL)

CORE MESSAGE
• Phakic IOLs (PIOLs) are additive lenses implanted to compensate for the refractive error and preserve the normal
crystalline lens
• There are three types of PIOLs according to the location of implantation
• PIOL implantation is one of the refractive options for treating refractive errors. It is indicated in moderate to
high refractive errors, in which it can be considered as an alternative to PRT. It is also indicated where PRT is
contraindicated
• There are special considerations and careful work up to be done before the decision of PIOL implantation has
been taken
Phakic IOLs (PIOLs) are additive lenses implanted into the anterior or posterior chambers of the
eye to compensate for refractive errors and at the same time preserving the crystalline lens and
accommodation.
Types
Three types of PIOLs are currently available:
1. Angle-Supported (anterior chamber)
2. Iris-Fixated (anterior chamber)
3. Sulcus-Supported (posterior chamber)
The power of a phakic lens is independent of the axial length of the eye. Rather, it depends
on central corneal power (K-readings), ACD and patient refraction (preoperative refraction). The
most common formula for calculating the power of PIOL is the following:
n n
P= −
n n
−d −d
K +R K
Where:
• P : power of PIOL
•
• n : refractive index of aqueous (1.336)
•
• K : central corneal power in diopters
•
• R : refraction at the corneal vertex
•
• d : effective lens position in mm
•
Indications
PIOLs are usually indicated where photoablation is relatively or absolutely contraindicated. PIOLs
are implanted in case of:
1. High refractive errors (myopia ≥ –5 D, Hyperopia ≥ +4 D).
2. Thin corneas.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
3. Abnormal (suspicious) corneal tomography.
4. Dry eye.
Conditions
1. Age: Age of the candidate should be <45 years, otherwise the patient would be presbyopic
and there might be changes in the crystalline lens and ACD has decreased.
2. Endothelial cell count: It should be >2500 cells/mm2 at age of 20 years and >2000 cells/mm2
at age of 40 years.
3. ACD: It should be >3.0 mm.
4. ACA: It should be >30°.
5. IOP: It should be <20 mmHg (after modification according to corneal thickness).
6. Any intraocular pathology is a contraindication for PIOL implantation.
Work up
Work up for PIOLs consists of full estimation of the eye and general health. A thorough
approach of the refractive surgery candidate will be discussed in chapter 7 in details. In general,
eye examination includes determination of the magnitude and type of the refractive error;
uncorrected distance visual acuity (UDVA) and CDVA; slitlamp biomicroscopy; tonometry;
ocular motility; pupil size, shape and location; specular biomicroscopy; corneal tomography and
pachymetry; biometry; white-to-white measurement and fundus examination.
UDVA and CDVA for both near and distance should be reasonable to deserve such an
operation.
Refractive error magnitude affects the plan of treatment; in severe cases, bioptics including
the combination of PIOLs implantation with other refractive surgeries (e.g. PRT) would be on the
table.
ACD and ACA are key elements in decision-making. Corneal tomography, OCT and ultrasound
biomicroscopy (UBM) can measure ACD and ACA; whereas, IOL Master and immersion A scan can
measure ACD including corneal thickness, hence the need to deduct central corneal thickness
to find out the real ACD. Another concern is the progressive decrease in ACD with age. Multiple
studies have shown a 12–17 µm/year decrease in the anterior chamber depth with aging. If a
PIOL patient is assumed to have a 50-year lifespan, the overall decline in ACD may add up to
0.6–0.85 mm, long-term data about the this effect are not available.
Pachymetry is important to detect thinning disorders and for future laser enhancement
capability.
Tonometry is of much importance as a routine test especially that high myopic patients are
at increased risk for glaucoma. Risks for glaucoma with PIOLs includes temporary postoperative
retained viscoelastic, pigmentery dispersion, inflammation, crowded angle, too large implant,
angle damage, angle supported PIOLs and synechiae (see chapter 8).
Ocular motility should be checked for possible phoria and tropia with and without glasses.
It is to be kept in mind that the intraocular lenses unlike glasses, have no prismatic effect that

counteracts phorias or tropias.
Scotopic pupil should be measured since the implants have fixed OZ and there is some risk
of glare and halos in case of large pupil diameter. Decentered pupil is an important issue. Full
dilatation of the pupil should be evaluated in clinic to avoid the surprise of partial dilatation in
the operation room.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Endothelial cell count is important since there will be a certain amount of loss (nearly 2%/
year) especially in anterior chamber lenses. Endothelial cell count should be followed yearly after
the operation.
Sulcus-supported IOLs need to be implanted in the ciliary sulcus which may have various
diameters among individuals; therefore, anterior chamber diameter needs to be measured with
a calliper or with the use of eye imaging systems such as Scheimpflug-based tomographers,
IOL Master, OCT or UBM. A calliper and imaging systems measure the external limbus-to-
limbus diameter of anterior chamber (white-to-white diameter) which provides an approximate
estimation of AC diameter, but the UBM offer a more adequate measurement of the sulcus
diameter (sulcus-to-sulcus diameter) and should be used when available.
Patient Education
Appropriate expectations of surgery and postoperative results should be explained. Risks of
the surgery should be discussed and included in the consent form. These risks include glare,
halo, residual refractive error, loss of best corrected visual acuity, corneal edema, hyphema,
infection, uveitis, cystoid macular edema, lens dislocation, cataract, secondary glaucoma, retinal
detachment and additional surgery to readjust a rotated toric PIOL, or to remove or to replace
the lens.
Aspheric PIOL
PIOLs can be customised; in other words an aspheric IOL can be implanted to correct refractive
error and counteract abnormal asphericity of the eye. As mentioned in chapters 1 and 2,
spherical aberrations can be positive or negative; therefore, a PIOL of positive asphericity can
be implanted to compensate for negative ocular spherical aberrations and vice versa. The ocular
spherical aberration is the one to be measured and compensated for rather than the corneal
spherical aberration.
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE
• PIOL implantation is indicated to correct refractive error in case of (≥ –5 D or ≥ +4 D), thin corneas, abnormal
tomography, or dry eye
• PIOL implantation is contraindicated when patient’s age is > 45 years; endothelial cell count < 2500 cells/mm2
at 20-year-old or <2000 cells/mm2 at 40-year-old; ACD < 3.0 mm; ACA <30°; IOP > 20 mmHg and any intraocular
pathology
• Work up for PIOL implantation consists of corrected and uncorrected visual acuity, manifest and cycloplegic
refraction, slitlamp biomicroscopy, tonometry, ocular motility, pupil size, shape and location, specular
biomicroscopy, corneal tomography, biometry, white-to-white measurement and fundus examination
REFRACTIVE LENS EXCHANGE (RLE)

CORE MESSAGE
• Refractive lens exchange (RLE) is extracting the clear crystalline lens and implantation of an IOL to compensate for
refractive errors
• It can be considered as one of the refractive options to treat refractive errors, but has very limited indications and
carries almost the same risks of cataract extraction
Refractive lens exchange (RLE) is usually considered only if alternative refractive procedures are
not feasible and there is a strong reason why spectacles or CLs are unacceptable alternatives. If
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
the cornea is too thin, too flat, or too steep, or if the refractive error exceeds the limit for corneal
refractive surgery, RLE with IOL implantation is an option. RLE may be preferable to a PIOL in the
presence of a lens opacity that is presently visually insignificant but that may soon progress and
cause visual loss, or in case of patients older than 45 years.
Patient Selection and Criteria

Age
Age represents the primary criterion for patient selection for RLE. Young individuals with intact
accommodation cannot understand what loss of accommodation may be like; even at the age of
39, individuals presenting for LASIK do not always imagine the requirement for reading glasses
after the surgery. Despite thorough counseling and informed consent, those who do not yet feel
the sufferings form presbyopia are rarely candidates for RLE.
Myopia
The axial length and risk for retinal detachment or other retinal complications should be
considered despite prophylactic treatment. With this in mind, other phakic refractive modalities
should be considered in extremely high myopic patients. If RLE is performed in these patients,
complete informed consent regarding the long-term risks for retinal complications should be
emphasized preoperatively.
Life Style and Personality

Optical aberrations, dysphotopsias and poorly defined states of asthenopia, the likelihood of
foreign body sensation, odd light reflections and unanticipated color perception are some of
the postoperative complaints. Obsessive-compulsive, depressed, highly motivated personality
types fare poorly with refractive surgery of all types. Utilization of accommodative or multifocal
IOLs in patients who complain excessively, are highly introspective, or obsess over body image
and symptoms should be avoided. In addition, conservative use of these lenses is recommended
when evaluating patients with occupations that include frequent night driving and occupations
that put high demands on vision and near work (e.g. artists, architects and engineers).
Preoperative Evaluation
Beside the thorough work up for refractive surgery that will be discussed in details in chapter 7,
the followings are important for RLE.
Biometry
Axial length measurement remains an indispensable technique for IOL power calculation. There
are several techniques for biometry, some are optically-based and others are ultrasound-based.
A commonly used optical biometry method called partial coherence interferometry (PCI).
It provides a measurement of axial length, lens thickness, ACD and corneal curvature. It also
includes software for the calculation of an intraocular lens power using a selection of formulae.
It is not appropriate for eyes with dense cataracts or severe corneal edema, in which case
ultrasonography is preferable. On the other hand, optical biometry may be superior in eyes with
posterior staphyloma because of more precise localization of the fovea. There are two types of
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
ultrasound-based methods, immersion technique and applanation technique. The former is more
accurate. A near-perfect correlation of immersion ultrasound and optical coherence biometry
measurement techniques indicates the high level of accuracy of both of these methodologies.
Corneal Tomography
Corneal tomography is necessary for the following reasons:
1. Diagnosing and planning for treating coexisting ectatic corneal disorders or corneal
irregularities.
2. Measuring corneal spherical aberration to choose the aspheric IOL that compensates for it.
3. IOL power calculations especially in case of irregular cornea, where keratometry readings do
not meet topography K-readings.
Keratometry and IOL Power Calculation

IOL power calculations for cataract and RLE surgery have become much more precise with the
current generation of theoretical formulas and newer biometry devices. However, IOL power
calculation remains a challenge in eyes with prior keratorefractive surgery. The difficulty in these
cases lies in accurately determining corneal refractive power.
• Calculating Corneal Refractive Power: In a normal cornea, standard keratometry and
•
computed corneal topography are accurate in measuring four sample points to determine
the steepest and flattest meridians of the cornea, thus yielding accurate values for the
central corneal power. In irregular corneas having undergone keratorefractive surgery or
keratoplasty, the four sample points are not sufficient to provide an accurate estimate of the
central corneal refractive power. Traditionally, there have been three methods to calculate
the corneal refractive power in these eyes. These include the historical method, the hard
CL method and values derived from standard keratometry or corneal topography. The
historical method remains limited by its reliance on the availability of refractive data prior
to the keratorefractive surgery. The CL method is not applicable in patients with significantly
reduced visual acuity. The use of simulated or actual keratometry values almost invariably
leads to a hyperopic refractive surprise. It has been suggested that using the average central
corneal power rather than topography-derived keratometry may offer improved accuracy in
IOL power calculation following corneal refractive surgery.
• Holladay II Formula: The IOL calculation formula plays a critical role in obtaining improved
•
outcomes. The Holladay II formula is designed to improve determination of the final effective
lens position by taking into account disparities in the relative size of the anterior and
posterior segments of the eye. To accomplish this goal, the formula incorporates the corneal
white-to-white measurement and the phakic lens thickness and uses the keratometry
(effective refractive power or EffRP) values not only to determine corneal power but also to
predict effective lens position. The use of the Holladay II formula has increased the accuracy
of our IOL power calculations. Many new formulas with improving accuracy in IOL power
determination have been published in recent years and it would be wise to compare the
results from multiple sources before choosing the lens implant.
• Informed Consent: It is wise to tell patients as part of the informed consent process that IOL
•
calculations following keratorefractive surgery remain a challenge and that refractive surprises
do occur. Explain that further surgery may be necessary in the future to enhance uncorrected
visual acuity. Defer any secondary procedures until a full three months postoperatively and
document refractive stability before proceeding.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Surgical Technique
RLE succeeds in creating spectacle independence only if the final postoperative refraction
includes less than 1 D of astigmatism. It is, thus, very important that incision construction be
appropriate with respect to size and location. A clear corneal incision at the temporal periphery
that is 3.5 mm or less in width and 2 mm long is highly recommended. The surgeon must also
be able to utilize one of the many modalities for addressing preoperative astigmatism. Although
arcuate keratotomies at the 7 mm OZ can be utilized, there is an increasing trend favouring 600
µm deep limbal relaxing incisions for the reduction or elimination of pre-existing astigmatism.
In preparation for phacoemulsification, hydro delineation and cortical cleaving hydro dissection
are important because they facilitate lens disassembly and complete cortical clean-up. Complete
and fastidious cortical clean-up will reduce the incidence of posterior capsule opacification
(PCO) whose presence, even in very small amounts, will inordinately degrade the visual
acuity with multifocal IOLs and impede the function of accommodative IOLs. It is because of
this phenomenon that patients implanted with multi focal lenses may require Nd:YAG laser
posterior capsulotomies earlier than patients implanted with monofocal IOLs. Key elements of
the surgical technique when implanting accommodative IOLs include temporal clear corneal
phacoemulsification, with construction of a 3.5 mm incision for implantation. A round, centred
4.0 mm capsulorrhexis ensures in-the-bag fixation of the IOL optic.
Intraocular Lens Selection

Monofocal IOLs
Designs of Monofocal IOLs
1. Flexible IOLs are now in general use and allow introduction into the eye through a very
small incision. For insertion they may be folded in half with special forceps or loaded into an
injector delivery system, then unfolded or unrolled inside the eye. Injector-based delivery
has become increasingly popular, as it allows introduction without lens contact with the
ocular surface, so reducing the risk of bacterial contamination. Injection also allows insertion
through a slightly smaller incision than folding. Flexible materials available are discussed
below; there seems to be no distinct superiority of one over another and a combination IOL
can also be used.
a. Silicone IOLs are available in both loop haptics (1- or 3-piece) and plate haptics
(1-piece) conformations. Silicone IOLs may exhibit greater biocompatibility, exciting less
inflammatory reaction, than hydrophobic acrylic IOLs. They may be particularly prone to
significant silicone deposition in silicone oil-filled eyes.
b. Acrylic IOLs, 3-piece or 1-piece, may be hydrophobic (water content <1%) or hydrophilic,
with much higher water content.
– Hydrophobic acrylic materials have a greater refractive index than hydrophilic lenses
and are consequently thinner. They tend to produce a greater reaction in uveitic eyes,
and some surgeons prefer not to use them in this scenario.
– Hydrophilic acrylic (hydrogel), in theory, offers superior biocompatibility and so
should be better tolerated by uveitic eyes. PCO rates are probably higher than with
other materials.
c. Collamer is composed of collagen, a poly-HEMA based copolymer and a UV-absorbing
chromophore.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
2. Rigid IOLs are made entirely from polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA). They cannot be folded
or injected so require an incision larger than the diameter of the optic, typically 5 mm, for
insertion. For economic reasons, they continue to be widely used in developing countries.
PCO rates are higher with PMMA lenses than silicone and acrylic. Some surgeons favor
heparin-coated (see below) IOLs in uveitic eyes, particularly in children.
3. Sharp/square-edged optics are significantly associated with a lower rate of PCO compared
with round-edged optics and the former is now the predominant design. Lens material
seems to have a less important effect than shape on PCO.
4. Blue light filters. Although essentially all IOLs contain ultraviolet light filters, a number also
include filters for blue wavelengths, in order to reduce the possibility of damage to the retina.
5. Aspheric optics counteract spherical aberration and improve contrast, particularly in
mesopic conditions and are available in some newer IOLs. Monofocal lenses can be spheric or
customized; they can be positive or negative aspheric to compensate for corneal abnormal
asphericity. Here, corneal asphericity is the concern rather than the ocular asphericity, which
is the concern in case of PIOL. That is because in RLE, the internal component of the ocular
asphericity has been removed and the major impact comes from the cornea. In other words,
in PIOL, ocular asphericity should be compensated for, while in RLE and IOL implantation,
corneal asphericity should be compensated for.
6. Heparin coating reduces the attraction and adhesion of inflammatory cells, and this may
have particular application in eyes with uveitis. However, there is no clear evidence about
whether heparin-surface modification is clinically beneficial and indeed about which IOL
material is superior for use in cataract surgery on eyes with uveitis.
7. Toric IOLs have an integral cylindrical refractive component to compensate for pre-existing
corneal astigmatism. The main potential problem is rotation within the capsular bag, which
occurs in 10–20%, following which surgical repositioning may be carried out.
8. Adjustable IOLs allow the alteration of refractive power following implantation. One version
uses low-level ultraviolet irradiation at the slit-lamp about a week after surgery to induce
polymerization of its constituent molecules in specific patterns with precise spherical and
cylindrical (astigmatism) correction.
Selection of Monofocal IOLs
1. Occasionally, implantation of bilateral distance focused monovision IOLs may represent an
appropriate choice for RLE. In particular, extremely hyperopic patients who require bilateral
piggyback IOL implantation may be satisfied with correction of their refractive error alone.
2. Patients with a history of successful monovision CL wear may find RLE with pseudophakic
monovision an appealing option.
3. Patients with a high degree of TA may require implantation of toric IOLs in addition to limbal
relaxing incisions to achieve adequate reduction of their refractive cylinder.
Multifocal Lenses (MFIOLs)

MFIOLs are designed to increase depth of focus and enhance near vision in eyes with cataract
and have been reported as effective. Different types of MFIOLs have been developed using
different optical design approaches. At present, there are two main types, refractive and a hybrid
mix of refractive–diffractive and each general type comprises different designs. The optics of
both types have concentric bifocal circular or annular regions and contain powers suitable for
distance or near correction. The pure diffractive MFIOL is rarely used due to its irregular surface
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
which enhances cell growth. At present, most so-called diffractive IOLs are in essence a hybrid
combination of refractive and diffractive lenses.
Types of MFIOLs
• Refractive MFIOL. In this type, refractive power changes from centre to periphery of the lens
•
and produces many foci; therefore, 100% of the light reaches the retina, in contrast to the
diffractive MFIOL. Refractive MFIOL has at least one aspherical surface; thus, there is a smooth
change in the zonal power of the lens from its center to its edge. The ReZoom lens (Advanced
Medical Optics [AMO]) is a refractive lens that has five anterior surface zones for distance and
near and the grading between the zones provides intermediate vision.
• Diffractive MFIOL. This type uses Fresnel diffractive optics; it uses light diffraction at an
•
interference grid to separate the incoming light into two focal points, one for near objects
and one for distance objects, which means they are effectively bifocal lenses. The overall
spherical shape of the surfaces produces an image for distance vision. The posterior surface
has a stepped structure and the diffraction from these multiple rings produces a second
image, with an effective add power. About 20% of the light entering the pupil is absorbed in
this process and optical aberrations with diffractive IOLs can be particularly troublesome. The
second generation of this type included two lenses, the AcrySof ReSTOR IOL (Alcon, Ft Worth,
TX) and the TECNIS ZM900 lens (AMO). The first one has the diffractive grating on its anterior
surface and it is apodized, which means there is a gradual tapering of the diffractive steps
from the centre to the outside edge of the lens to create a smooth transition of light between
the distance, intermediate and near focal points. The second one has the diffractive grating
on the entire back surface and adds an aspheric anterior surface, whereas the first lens does
not have aspheric surface.
Pupil Size Effect
The performance of MFIOLs depends on pupil size. A typical MFIOL comprises concentric
annular OZs; thus, pupil size influences the image quality at distance and near. To enhance near
vision with a MFIOL, the desirable effective pupil diameter is 3.4 mm or larger. Pupil size affects
the optical characteristics of refractive MFIOL. It can also affect the optical performance of the
refractive–diffractive IOLs. On the other hand, in principle, the basic optical characteristics of
pure diffractive MFIOLs are unaffected by changes in pupil diameter because according to their
design, distance and near correction are simultaneously present across the full area of the pupil.
Limitations
Preoperative astigmatism is one of the most important issues. It is the most common reason for
wearing glasses after MFIOL implantation; therefore, it is wise to avoid patients with more than
1 D of preoperative astigmatism.
MFIOL Selection
Selection of a multifocal IOL for a particular patient rests on several details of IOL design. One of
the key optical differences between the ReZoom lens and the ReSTOR lens, apart from the fact
that the former is a refractive lens while the later is a refractive-diffractive lens, is the strength of
the add power. The ReZoom lens provides 3.5 D of additional power for near while the ReSTOR
lens provides 4.0 D. At the spectacle plane these powers translate to approximately 2.5 D for the
ReZoom lens and 3.2 D for the ReSTOR lens. Therefore, the optimal near point for reading will be
about 16 inches for ReZoom lens and 14 inches for the ReSTOR lens. A patient who frequently
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
uses a computer monitor may find greater benefit with the slightly more distant near focal point,
while a patient who reads paperback books may have greater satisfaction with the closer focus.
Another key difference between these MFIOLs is their dependence on pupil size. With a pupil
of less than 3 mm the ReZoom lens becomes distinctly distant dominant (because the central
zone is distance-focused), while with a small pupil the ReSTOR lens splits light evenly between
distance and near (40% distance, 40% near, and 20% loss to destructive interference). On the
other hand, a larger pupil enhances the near function of the ReZoom lens and the distance
function of the ReSTOR lens. For a frequent night driver, there may be an advantage in the design
of the ReSTOR lens, while someone who needs to read in dim light may find an advantage in
the ReZoom lens. Because postoperative pupil size after lens extraction and IOL implantation is
somewhat unpredictable based on preoperative pupil size, it is important to know the technique
of photomydriasis. The argon or diode laser can be used to enlarge the pupil and provide near
function. It is often useful to demonstrate improved near function with a drop of phenylephrine
before undertaking this procedure. Additional points of distinction between the ReZoom lens
and the ReSTOR lens concern structural design differences of the optics and haptics. The acrylic
ReZoom lens optic is based on the AR40e platform, while the ReSTOR lens is currently available
on the SA60, SN60, or MN60 platform. The 3600 sharp posterior design of the AR40e inhibits the
development of PCO by creating a capsular bend. The SA60AT also features a sharp posterior
edge, but PCO may develop through lens epithelial cell migration at the haptic-optic junction.
The three-piece construction of the AR40e enables placement of the IOL in the ciliary sulcus, if
there is intraoperative compromise of capsular support. If the anterior capsule remains intact
in this situation, it is recommended to capture the optic posterior to the capsulorrhexis. While
the SA60AT or ReSTOR lens should not be placed in the sulcus, it is noted for its stability within
the capsular bag. These points of difference may influence IOL selection. Table 5.9 summarises
clinical difference between refractive and refractive-diffractive MFIOLs.
Accommodative Lenses
Accommodative IOLs offer to patients satisfactory near vision by restoring to some degree a
dynamic component of the ocular ability for near vision. By implementing several designs of the
haptic and the optic part of the IOL, the target is to take advantage of the axial movement of
the ciliary muscle and of the vitreous in order to change position and shape. The position of the
TABLE 5.9 Clinical difference between Refractive and Refractive-Diffractive Multifocal IOLs
Refractive Refractive-Diffractive
Pupil Size Effect +++ +
<3 mm Distance Distance + Near
>3 mm Distance + Near Distance > Near
Driving at night + +++
Reading in dim light +++ +
The Add Power +3.5 D +4.0 D
The Clinical Add Power +2.5 D +3.2 D
The optimal Near Point for Reading 16 inch 14 inch
PCO Most probably not May be
Placement in the Ciliary Sulcus Can be done Should not be done
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
TABLE 5.10 Phakic IOLs vs. Refractive Lens Exchange

Procedure Better for Worse for
Phakic IOLs High myopia Endothelial dysfunction
Ectasia susceptible Large pupils
Sever dry eye/surface issues Early lens changes
Refractive lens exchange Higher hyperopia Retinal detachment risk
Early lens changes Lower refractive errors
Presbyopic correction
accommodative IOL changes axially by 0.5–0.7 mm to achieve a change of the overall dioptric
power of the eye and the facilitation of near vision.
Precise biometry and IOL power calculation are mandatory for this type. Applanation biometry
is not sufficiently accurate and must be abandoned. Immersion A-scan is used as a confirmatory
test, if there are variable test results with the IOL Master (0.1 mm in one eye or 0.2 mm between
eyes). Autokeratometry from the optical biometers (IOL Master), supplemented by simulated
keratometry values from topography measurements, yields good results. In patients who have
had previous incisional keratorefractive surgery use the EffRP from the Holladay Diagnostic
Summary of the EyeSys Corneal Topographer, or consider using Scheimpflug tomographers
to determine corneaI power. Once accurate keratometry and axial length are obtained, the
Holladay II formula can be used to determine the IOL power. It takes into account seven variables
to determine the effective lens position. Haigis-L or other modern regression formula can also be
used.
Before going to the operating room, make sure the patient has reasonable expectations
and thoroughly understands the informed consent for this procedure. Hyperopic patients with
presbyopia may be extremely happy even with this worst-case scenario. High myopic patients
with presbyopia may be among the very happiest RLE patients and demonstrate remarkably
good uncorrected distance and near vision. Low myopic patients with presbyopia may not be
happy and should be approached a bit more cautiously. It is wise to ask these people about
their activities to determine if they live in a distant-dominant or near-dominant world before
choosing the appropriate refractive procedure for them.
Table 5.10 summarizes the indications of PIOLs vs. RLE.
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE
• RLE is indicated just where no other refractive options are indicated
• When RLE is an option, there are special considerations including age, myopia, lifestyle and personality
• RLE work up is similar to that for cataract extraction in addition to corneal tomography for diagnosing and
planning for treating coexisting ectatic corneal disorders or corneal irregularities, or if simultaneous astigmatic
keratotomy is indicated
• Selection of IOL is an important issue in RLE success
• Each type of IOLs has pros and cons and its selection depends on many considerations
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Alio JL and Azar DT (Eds.). Management of Complications in Refractive Surgery. Springer; 2008.
2. Alio JL, de La Hoz F, Perez-Santoja JJ, et al. Phakic anterior chamber lenses for the correction o myopia:
a 7-year cumulative analysis of complications in 26 cases. Ophthalmology. 1999;106(3):458-66.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
3. Alió JL, El Aswad A, Vega-Estrada, et al. Laser in situ keratomileusis for high hyperopia (>5.0 diopters)
using optimized aspheric profiles: Efficacy and safety. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2013;39(4):519-27.
4. Alio JL and Javaloy J. Corneal inflammation following corneal photoablative refractive surgery with
excimer laser. Surv Ophthalmol. 2013;58:11-25.
5. Alpins N and Stamatelatos G. Customized photo astigmatic refractive keratectomy using combined
topographic and refractive data for myopia and astigmatism in eyes with forme fruste and mild
keratoconus. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2007;33:591-602.
6. Ambrosio R Jr, Wilson S. LASIK vs. LASEK vs. PRK: advantages and indications. Semin Ophthalmol.
2003;18:2-10.
7. American Academy of Ophthalmology (2012-2013 edition). Basic and Clinical Science Course. Section
3: Clinical Optics.
9. Arne JL, Lesueur LC and Hulin HH. Photorefractive keratectomy or laser in situ keratomileusis for residual
refractive error after phakic intraocular lens implantation. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2003;29:1167-73.
10. Asano-Kato N, Toda l, Hori-Komai Y, et al. Experience with the Artisan phakic intraocular lens in Asian
eyes. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2005;31(5):910-5.
11. Azar DT, Gatinel D, Hoang-Xuan T. Refractive surgery. Philadelphia: Mosby Elsevier; 2007.
12. Barisic A, Dekaris I, Gabric N, et al. Comparison of Diffractive and Refractive Multifocal Intraocular
Lenses in Presbyopic Treatment. Coll. Antropol. 32 Suppl. 2008;2:27-31.
13. Bartels M, Santana N, Budo C, et al. Toric phakic intraocular lens for the correction of hyperopia and
astigmatism. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2006;32:243-9.
14. Battle J. Toric phakic IOL may be alternative for treating keratoconus. Ophthalmology Times Meeting
E-News. Available via http://www.ophthalmologytimes.com/ophthalmologytimes; 2004.
15. Bedei A, Marabotti A, Giannecchini l, et al. Photorefractive keratectomy in high myopic defects with or
without intraoperative Mitomycin C: 1-year results. Eur J Ophthalmol. 2006;16(2):229-34.
16. Benedetti S, Casamenti V, Marcaccio L, et al. Correction of myopia of 7 to 24 diopters with the Artisan
phakic intraocular lens: two-year follow-up. J Refract Surg. 2005;21(2):116-26.
17. Boxer Wachler BS, Scruggs RT, Yuen LH, et al. Comparison of the Visian ICL and Verisyse phakic
intraocular lenses for myopia from 6.00 to 20.00 diopters. J Refract Surg. 2009;25(9):765-70.
Elsevier; 2009.
19. Candal EM, Majmudar PA. Surface ablation with prophylactic MMC for high myopia and high-risk
patients. In: Probst L, ed. LASIK: advances, controversies and custom. Thorofare, NJ, Slack. 2004;325-32.
20. Carones F, Vigo L, Scandola E, et al. Evaluation of the prophylactic use of Mitomycin C to inhibit haze
formation after photorefractive keratectomy. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2002;28:2088-95.
21. Corbett MC, Verma S, O’Brart DP, et al. Effect of ablation profile on wound healing and visual performance
1 year after excimer laser photorefractive keratectomy. Br J Ophthalmol. 1996;80(3):224-34.
22. Davidorf JM, Eghbali F, Ondinx T, et al. Effect of varying the optical zone diameter on the results of
hyperopic laser in situ keratomileusis. Ophthalmology. 2001;108(7):1261-5.
23. Davison JA, Johnson Sc. Intraoperative complications of LASIK flaps using the Intralase femtosecond
laser in 3009 cases. J Refract Surg. 2010;26(11):851-7.
24. Dejaco-Ruhswurm I, Scholz U, Pieh S, et al. Long-term endothelial changes in phakic eyes with
posterior chamber intraocular lenses. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2002;28(9):1589-93.
25. Dementiev DD, Hoffer KJ, Sonecka A. PRL-Medennium posterior chamber phakic intraocular lens.
In: Alio JL, Perez-Santonja JJ (Eds) Refractive surgery with phakic IOLs. Fundamentals and practice.
Highlights of Ophthalmology International, El Dorado, Republic of Panama; 2004.
26. Dick H, Ali. J, Bianchetti M, et al. Toric phakic intraocular lens: European multicenter study.
Ophthalmology. 2003;110:150-62.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
27. Donnenfeld ED, Ehrenhaus M, Solomon R, et al. Effect of hinge width on corneal sensation and dry eye
after laser in situ keratomileusis. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2004;30(4):790-7.
28. Durrie DS (2011). Rapid vision recovery after PRK: The next frontier. Paper presented at: The American
Academy of Ophthalmology Subspecialty Day; October 22, 2011; Orlando, Fla. Reported at: http://
eyewiretoday.com/view.asp?20111022-corneal_shield_may_improve_visual_results_and_increase_
epithelial_healing_after_PRK.
29. Durrie DS, Kezirian GM. Femtosecond laser versus mechanical keratome flaps in wavefront guided laser
in situ keratomileusis: prospective contralateral eye study. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2005;31(1):120-6.
30. El Danasoury MA, eI Maghraby A, Klyce SO, et al. Comparison of photorefractive keratectomy
with excimer laser in situ keratomileusis in correcting low myopia (from - 2.00 to -5.50 diopters): a
randomized study. Ophthalmology. 1999;106(2):411-20.
31. Endl MJ, Martinez CE, Klyce SD, et al. Effect of larger ablation zone and transition zone on corneal optical
aberrations after photorefractive keratectomy. Archives of ophthalmology. 2001;119(8):1159-64.
32. Faktorovich EG and Basbaum AI. Effect of topical 0.5% morphine on postoperative pain after
photorefractive keratectomy. J Refract Surg. 2010;26:934-41.
33. Feder RS, Rapuano. The lasik handbook: a case-based approach. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2007.
34. Felipe A, Dı´az-Llopis M. Image quality with multifocal intraocular lenses and the effect of pupil
size Comparison of refractive and hybrid refractive–diffractive designs J Cataract Refract Surg.
2007;33:2111-7.
35. Fernandez AP, Jaramillo J, Jaramillo M. Comparison of photorefractive keratectomy and laser in situ
keratomileusis for myopia of -6 0 or less using the Nidek EC•5000 laser. J Refract Surg. 2000;16(6):711-5.
36. Fernandez-Vega L, Alfonso JF and Villacampa T. Clear lens extraction for the correction of high myopia.
37. Fink AM, Gore C, Rosen ES. Refractive lensectomy for hyperopia. Ophthalmology. 2000;107(8):1540- 8.
38. Gambato C, Ghirlando A, Moretto E, et al. Mitomycin C modulation of corneal wound healing after
photorefractive keratectomy in highly myopic eyes. Ophthalmology. 2005;112:208-18.
39. Guell J (2013). The use of a novel device for removal of the epithelium in surface ablation procedures.
Abstract presented at: Winter Meeting of the European Society of Cataract and Refractive Surgeons;
February 15-17, 2013; Warsaw, Poland. Available at: http://escrs.org/warsaw2013/programme/
posters-details.asp?id=15682. Accessed on May 3, 2013.

40. Guo H, Goncharov AV, Dainty C. Comparison of retinal image quality with spherical and customized
aspheric intraocular lenses. Biomed Opt Express. 2012;3(4):681-91.
41. Holz.er MP, Rabsilber TM, Auffarth Gu. Femtosecond laser- assisted corneal flap cuts: morphology
accuracy, and histopathology. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci. 2006;47(7):2828-3l.
42. Horgan N, Condon PI, Beatty S. Refractive lens exchange in high myopia: long term follow-up. Br J
Ophthalmol. 2005;89:670-2.
43. Huang D, Schallhorn SC, Sugar A, et al. Phakic intraocular lens implantation for the correction of myopia:
a report by the American Academy of Ophthalmology. Ophthalmology. 2009;116(11):2244- 58.
44. Kamiya K, Shimizu K, Igarashi A, et al. Komatsu M. Four-year follow-up of posterior chamber phakic
intraocular lens implantation for moderate to high myopia. Arch Ophthalmol. 2009;127(7):845-50.
45. Kanellopoulos AJ. Comparison of sequential vs. same-day simultaneous collagen cross-linking and
topography-guided PRK for treatment of keratoconus. J Refract Surg. 2009;25(9).
46. Kanellopoulos AJ, Binder PS. Collagen cross-linking (CCL) with sequential topography-guided PRK: a
temporizing alternative for keratoconus to penetrating keratoplasty. Cornea. 2007;26(7):891-5.
47. Kanellopoulos AJ, Binder PS. Management of Corneal Ectasia after LASIK with Combined, Same-Day,
Topography-Guided Partial Transepithelial PRK and Collagen Cross-Linking: The Athens Protocol. J
Refract Surg. 2010;5:1-9.
48. Keir NJ, Simpson T, Jones UV, et al. Wavefront-guided LASIK for myopia: effect on visual acuity, contrast
sensitivity, and higher order aberrations. J Refract Surg. 2009;25(6):524-33.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
49. Kezirian GM, Stonecipher KG. Comparison of the Intralase femtosecond laser and mechanical
keratomes for laser in situ keratomileusis. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2004;30:804-11.
50. Kohnen T, Bühren J, Kühne C, et al. Wavefront-guided LASIK with the Zyoptix 3.1 system for the
correction of myopia and compound myopic astigmatism with 1-year follow-up: clinical outcome and
change in higher order aberrations. Ophthalmology. 2004;111(12):2175-85.
51. Kohnen T, Knorz MC, Cochener B, et al. AcrySof phakic angle-supported intraocular lens for
the correction of moderate- to-high myopia: one-year results of a multicenter European study.
Ophthalmology. 2009;116(7):1314-21.
52. Koller T, Iseli HP, Hafezi F, et al. Q-factor customized ablation profile for the correction of myopic
astigmatism. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2006;32(4):584-9.
53. Krueger RR, Applegate RA, MacRae SM. Wavefront customized visual correction. Slack Inc; 2004.

54. Kumano y, Matsui H, Zushi I, et al. Recovery of corneal sensation after myopic correction by laser in situ
keratomileusis with a nasal or superior hinge. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2003;29(4):757-6l.
55. Kuo IC, Jabbur NS, O’Brien TP. Photorefractive keratectomy for refractory laser in situ keratomileusis
flap striae. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2008;34:330-3.
56. Kymionis GD, Portaliou DM, Diakonis VF, et al. Management of post laser in situ keratomileusis ectasia
with simultaneous topography guided photorefractive keratectomy and collagen cross-linking. Open
Ophthalmol J. 2011;11(5):11-3.
57. Kymionis GD, Portaliou DM, Kounis GA, et al. Simultaneous topography-guided photorefractive
keratectomy followed by collagen corneal cross-linking for keratoconus. Am J Ophthalmol.
2011;152(5):748-55.
58. Kymionis GD, Karavitaki AE, Kounis GA, et al. Management of pellucid marginal corneal degeneration
with simultaneous customized photorefractive keratectomy and collagen crosslinking. J Cataract
Refract Surg. 2009;35:1298-301.
59. Kymionis GD, Kontadakis GA, Kounis GA, et al. Simultaneous topography-guided PRK followed by
corneal collagen cross-linking for keratoconus. J Refract Surg. 2009;25:S807-11.
60. Lacayo GO 3rd and Randleman JB. Surface ablation. Int Ophthalmol Clin. 2008;48:17-28.
61. Law RW, Li RT, Ng IS, et al. Refractive lensectomy in extreme myopia. Cataract Refract Surg.
2001;27(12):1899-900.
62. Lee DH, Chung HS, Jeon YC, et al. Photorefractive keratectomy with intraoperative Mitomycin C
application. J Cataract Refract Surg 31. 2005;(12):2293-8.
63. Lichtinger AA, Schanzlin DJ, Purcell T, et al. The use of gabapentin for postoperative pain after
photorefractive keratectomy. Poster 482. Presented at: Annual Meeting of the American Academy of
Ophthalmology; October 16-19; Chicago, III; 2010.
64. Lim T, Yang S, Kim M, et al. Comparison of the Intralase femtosecond laser and mechanical
microkeratome for laser in situ keratomileusis. Am J Ophthalmol. 2006;141(5):833-9.
65. Lovisolo CF, Giacomotti E. Implantation of phakic intraocular lenses for hyperopia correction. In: Ali. JL,
Perez-Santonja JJ (Eds) Refractive surgery with phakic IOLs. Fundamentals and practice. Highlights of
Ophthalmology International, El Dorado, Republic of Panama; 2004.
66. Lovisolo CF, Pesando PM. Posterior chamber phakic intraocular lenses. In: Ali. JL, Perez-Santonja JJ
(Eds) Refractive surgery with phakic IOLs. Fundamentals and practice. Highlights of Ophthalmology
International, El Dorado, Republic of Panama; 2004.
67. Lovisolo CF, Reinstein DZ. Phakic intraocular lenses. Surv Ophthalmol. 2005;50(6):549-87.
68. Majmudar PA, Forstot SL, Nirankari VS, et al. Topical Mitomycin C for subepithelial fibrosis after corneal
surgery. Ophthalmology. 2000;107:89-94.
69. Marinho A ARTIFLEX: a new phakic IOL. In: Garg A, Pandey S, Chang D et al (Eds) Advances in
ophthalmology 2. Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi; 2005.
70. Menezo JL, Peris-Mart.nez C, Cisneros AL, et al. Phakic intraocular lenses to correct high myopia:
Adatomed, STAAR, and Artisan. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2004;30(1):33-44.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
71. Moshirfar M, Gardiner JP, Schliesser JA, et al. Laser in situ keratomileusis complications using
mechanical microkeratome versus femtosecond laser: retrospective comparison. J Cataract Refract
Surg. 2010;36:1925-33.
72. Mrochen M, Donitzky C, Wüllner C, et al. Wavefront-optimized ablation profiles: theoretical
background. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2004;30(4):775-85.
73. Muller LT, Candal EM, Epstein RJ, et al. Transepithelial phototherapeutic keratectomy/photorefractive
keratectomy with adjunctive Mitomycin C for complicated LASIK flaps. J Cataract Refract Surg.
2005;31:291-6.
74. Muñoz G, Cardoner A, Albarrán-Diego C, et al. Iris-fixated toric phakic intraocular lens for myopic
astigmatism. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2012;38(7):1166-75.

75. Nachiketa N and Munshi V. Refractive lensectomy in extreme myopia. J Cataract Refract Surg.
2001;27(12):1900-1.
76. Nanavaty MA, Spalton DJ, Boyce J, et al. Wavefront aberrations, depth of focus, and contrast
sensitivity with aspheric and spherical intraocular lenses: fellow-eye study. J Cataract Refract Surg.
2009;35(4):663-71.
77. Neuhann T, Neuhann IM, Hassel JM. Aspheric profiles for refractive laser ablation of the cornea.
Ophthalmologe. 2008;105(3):241-7.
78. Nissman SA, Tractenberg RE, Babbar-Goel A, et al. Oral gabapentin for the treatment of postoperative
pain after photorefractive keratectomy. Am J Ophthalmol. 2008;145:623-9.
79. O’Keefe M, Kirwan C. Laser epithelial keratomileusis in 2010 - a review. Clinical and experimental
ophthalmology. 2010;38(2):183-91.
80. Packer M, Fine IH, Hoffman RS. Refractive lens exchange. Focal points: American academy of
ophthalmology; 2007.
81. Patel SV, Maguire LJ, McLaren JW, et al. Femtosecond laser versus mechanical microkeratome for
LASIK: a randomized controlled study. Ophthalmology. 2007;114(8):1482-90.
82. Price FW. LASIK. Clinical Modules for Ophthalmologists. Focal Points: American Academy of
Ophthalmology; 2000.
83. Rajan MS, Jaycock P, O’Brart D, et al. A long-term study of photorefractive keratectomy: 12-year follow-
up. Ophthalmology. 2004;111(10):1813-24.
84. Randleman JB, Perez-Straziota CE, Hu MH, et al. Higher-order aberrations after wavefront-optimized
photorefractive keratectomy and laser in situ keratomileusis. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2009;35(2):260- 4.
85. Rekas M, Krix-Jachym K, Zelichowska B. Comparison of high order aberrations with spherical and
aspheric IOLs compared to normal phakic eyes. Eur J Ophthalmol. 2008;18(5):728-32.
86. Richoz O, Mavrakanas N, Pajic B, et al. Corneal collagen cross-linking for ectasia after LASIK and
photorefractive keratectomy: long term results. Ophthalmology. 2013;120(7):1354-9.
87. Sanders D, Vukich JA. Comparison of implantable collamer lens (ICL) and laser-assisted in situ
keratomileusis (LASIK) for low myopia. Cornea. 2006;25:1139-46.
88. Sanders DR. Matched population comparison of the Visian Implantable Collamer Lens and standard
LASIK for myopia of –3.00 to –7.88 Diopters. J Refract Surg. 2007;23:537-53.
89. Sanders DR, Doney K, Poco M. ICL in Treatment of Myopia Study Group. US FDA clinical trial of the
Implantable Collamer Lens (ICL) for moderate to high myopia: three-year follow-up. Ophthalmology.
2004;111:1683-92.
90. Sanders DR, Schneider D, Martin R, et al. Toric Implantable Collamer Lens for moderate to high myopic
astigmatism. Ophthalmology. 2007;114:54-61.
91. Sanders DR, Vukich JA, Doney K, et al; Implantable Contact Lens in Treatment of Myopia Study Group.
U.S. Food and Drug Administration clinical trial of the Implantable Contact Lens for moderate to high
myopia. Ophthalmology. 2003;110(2):255-66.
92. Sarver EJ, Sanders DR, Vukich JA. Image quality in myopic eyes corrected with laser in situ keratomileusis
and phakic intraocular lens. J Refract Surg. 2003;19:397-404.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
93. Schallhorn SC, Amesbury EC, Tanzer DJ. Avoidance, recognition, and management of LASIK
complications. Am J Ophthalmol. 2006;141(4):733-9.
94. Schallhorn SC, Farjo AA, Huang D, et al. Wavefront-guided LASTK for the correction of primary
myopia and astigmatism: a report by the American Academy of Ophthalmology. Ophthalmology.
2008;115(7):1249-61.
95. Schwartz GS, Park DH, Lane SS. Custom Cornea wavefront retreatment after conventional laser in situ
keratomileusis. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2005;31:1502-5.
96. Shortt AJ, Allan BD, Evans JR. Laser-assisted in-situ keratomileusis (LASIK) versus photorefractive
keratectomy (PRK) for myopia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 1:CD005135; 2013.
97. Sinjab MM. Quick Guide to the management of keratoconus. Springer; 2012.
98. Slade SG, Durrie OS, Binder PS. A prospective, contralateral eye study comparing thin-flap LASIK (sub-
Bowman keratomileusis) with photorefractive keratectomy. Ophthalmology. 2009;116(6):1075-82.
99. Smadja D, Reggiani-Mello G, Touboul D, et al (2012). [Ablation profiles in refractive surgery. Part 1: in
search of excellence]. J Fr Ophthalmol. 35(2):126-35. doi: 10.1016/j.jfo.2011.09.004. Epub 2012 Jan 4.
[Article in French]
100. Solomon R, Eric D, Donnenfeld ED. Innovations in Advanced Surface Laser Refractive Surgery. Focal
Points: American Academy of Ophthalmology. 2010;28(2):1-14.
101. Stein HA, Salim AG, Stein RM, et al. Corneal cooling and rehydration during photorefractive
keratectomy to reduce postoperative corneal haze. J Refract Surg. 1999;15:S232-33.
102. Steinert RF, Ashrafzadeh A, Hersh PS. Results of phototherapeutic keratectomy in the management of
flap striae after LASIK. Ophthalmology. 2004;111:740-6.
103. Stonecipher K, Ignacio TS, Stonecipher M Advances in refractive surgery: microkeratome and
femtosecond flap creation in relation to safety, efficacy, predictability, and biomechanical stability.
Curr Opin Ophthalmol. 2006;17:368-72.
104. Stonecipher KG, Kezirian GM. Wavefront-optimized versus wavefront-guided LASIK for myopic
astigmatism with the ALLEGRETTO WAVE: three-month results of a prospective FDA trial. J Refract
Surg. 2008;24(4):S424-30.
105. Stulting RD, John ME, Maloney RK, et al U.S. Verisyse Study Group. Three-year results of Artisan/Verisyse
phakic intraocular lens implantation. Results of the United States Food and Drug Administration
clinical trial. Ophthalmology. 2008;115(3):464-72.
106. Sugar A, Rapuano CJ, Culbertson WW, et al. Laser in situ keratomileusis for myopia and astigmatism:
safety and efficacy: a report by the American Academy of Ophthalmology. Ophthalmology.
2002;109(1):175-87.
107. Taieb M, Bar-On Y, Fink A, et al. Epi-Bowman keratectomy: an alternative method for corneal epithelial
removal. Cataract and Refractive Surgery Today, Europe 30-31; 2013.
108. Titiyal JS, Sharma N, Mannan R, et al. Iris-fixated intraocular lens implantation to correct moderate to
high myopia in Asian-Indian eyes: Five-year results. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2012;38(8):1446-52.
109. Tole OM, McCarty OJ, Couper T, et al. Comparison of laser in situ keratomileusis and photorefractive
keratectomy for the correction of myopia of -6.00 diopters or less. Melbourne Excimer Laser Group. J
Refract Surg. 2001;17(1):46-54.
110. Torun N, Bertelmann E, Klamann M, et al. Posterior chamber phakic intraocular lens to correct myopia:
Long-term follow-up, J Cataract Refract Surg (article in press); 2013.
111. Tuwairqi WS and Sinjab MM. Safety and efficacy of simultaneous corneal collagen cross-linking
with topography-guided PRK in managing low-grade keratoconus: 1-year follow-up. J Refract Surg.
2012;28(5):341-5.
112. United States Food and Drug Administration. Summary of Safety and Effectiveness Data. Artisan
Phakic Lens. PMA: P030028. Date of approval: 9/10/04.
113. United States Food and Drug Administration. Summary of Safety and Effectiveness Data. STAAR Visian
ICL (Implantable Collamer Lens). PMA: P030016. Date of approval: 2/22/05.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
114. Varley GA, Huang 0, Rapuano CJ, et al. LASIK for hyperopia, hyperopic astigmatism, and mixed astigmatism:
a report by the American Academy of Ophthalmology. Ophthalmology. 2004;111(8):1604-17.
115. Verma A. Phakic IOL Myopia. At http://emedicine.medscape.com/article/1221908-overview; 2008.
116. Virasch VV, Majmudar PA, Epstein RJ, et al. Reduced application time for prophylactic Mitomycin C in
photorefractive keratectomy. Ophthalmology. 2010;117(5):885-9.
117. Watson SL, Bunce C, Alan BDS. Improved safety in contemporary LASIK. Ophthalmology.
2005;112(8):1375-80.
118. Zolotaryov AV. Prophylactic intraoperative MMC: on the way to haze-free PRK? Am Acad
Ophthalmology, annual meeting; 2002.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Step Three
Rules and Guidelines in

Refractive Surgery
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
CHAPTER 6
Rules and Guidelines in Refractive Surgery
CORE MESSAGE
• There are no strict rules in refractive surgery as much as they are recommendations and guidelines
• There are 9 rules related to corneal thickness
• There are 4 rules related to K readings and astigmatism
• There is a rule for sub optimal correction, a rule for Q-value and a rule for pupil centre coordinates and angle
kappa
• There are considerations related to pupil size
• There are recommendations for cyclotorsion and recommendations for amblyopia
• Enhancement if required, special concepts should be well known
Although, there are no definite rules in refractive surgery as much as there are general guidelines
that should be followed and certain limits that should not be exceeded, in order to avoid
complications. In this chapter, I tried to simplify and clarify the rules, although some are still
controversial.
THICKNESS RULES
To understand thickness rules and imagine what the excimer laser does, Munnerlyn formula and
thickness ablation profiles should be understood first.
Munnerlyn formula for myopic and myopic astigmatism states that AD (µm) = 1/3 x (OZ
diameter [mm])2 x (intended correction [D]).
For instance, correcting –4 D for an OZ = 6.5 mm indicates an AD = 1/3 x (6.5)2 x 4 = 56 µm.
This formula is very helpful in calculating the amount of AD for different OZs; i.e. when the
scotopic pupil is small, a small OZ can be chosen to save tissue. For example, if the scotopic pupil
size is 5 mm, an OZ of 5.5 mm can be chosen and the corresponding AD is almost 10 µm per 1 D
of correction. However, a 6.5 mm OZ will be used in the calculations and decision-making in this
book.
Figure 6.1 is the ablation profile for myopia. The maximum AD is at the centre of the cornea.
It resembles removing a positive meniscus from corneal tissue.
Figure 6.2 is the ablation profile for hyperopia. The maximum AD is at corneal periphery. It
resembles removing a negative meniscus where no tissue is removed at the centre.
Figure 6.3 is the ablation profile for myopic astigmatism. The AD is maximum on the steeper
meridian (including the centre) and minimum on the perpendicular flatter meridian. It resembles
removing a positive meniscus from corneal tissue with different amount according to the
meridian, but in all situations it is maximum at the centre.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 6.1 Ablation profile to correct myopia.
Fig. 6.2 Ablation profile to correct hyperopia.
Figure 6.4 is the ablation profile for hyperopic astigmatism. The AD is maximum at the
periphery on the flatter meridian and no tissue is ablated at the perpendicular steeper meridian
or centre. It resembles removing a negative meniscus at one meridian.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Rules and Guidelines in Refractive Surgery 175
Fig. 6.3 Ablation profile to correct myopic astigmatism.
Fig. 6.4 Ablation profile to correct hyperopic astigmatism.
Figure 6.5 is the ablation profile for mixed astigmatism. It resembles removing a positive
meniscus at the steeper meridian and a negative meniscus at the flatter meridian. The amount
of ablation at the centre is related to the amount of spherical component of the refractive error
using the plus cylinder equation.
In the following: rules 1 to 6 are for myopic and myopic astigmatism, rule 7 is for hyperopia
and hyperopic astigmatism, rule 8 is for mixed astigmatism and rule 9 is for correcting refractive
errors and HOAs.
Finally, it is advised to measure pachymetry intraoperatively and not to rely on pachymetry
measurement made on a different day.
RSB Rule 1
In LA, thickness of the RSB should be at least 55% of the original corneal thickness at the thinnest
location AND to be at least 250 μm (preferably 270 μm).
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 6.5 Ablation profile to correct mixed astigmatism.
Example 1: an original corneal thickness of 500 μm means a RSB of 500 x 55 = 275 μm, which
is >270 μm.
Example 2: an original corneal thickness of 480 μm means a RSB of 480 x 55 = 264 μm, which
is not favourable.
RSB Rule 2
In LA, at most 20% of the original corneal thickness at the thinnest location can be ablated.
Example 3: an original corneal thickness of 500 μm means a recommended AD of at most 500 x
20 = 100 μm. In case of 100 μm flap, the RSB will be: 500 (thickness) – 100 (flap) – 100 (AD) = 300
μm.
Example: 4: an original corneal thickness of 600 μm means an AD of at most 600 x 20 = 120
μm. In case of 100 μm flap, the RSB will be: 600 (thickness) – 100 (flap) – 120 (AD) = 380 μm.
RSB Rule 3
In LA, the AD differs according to OZ diameter and profile. In general, correcting –1 D sph ablates
an average of 14 μm and 16–17 μm for 6 mm and 6.5 mm OZ, respectively. For easy calculations,
15 μm will be used.
Example 5: an original corneal thickness of 500 μm with –5 D sph and 100 μm flap means a
RSB of: 500 – (5 x 15) – 100 = 325 μm.
Example 6: an original corneal thickness of 600 μm with –8 D sph and 100 μm flap means a
RSB of: 600 – (8 x 15) – 100 = 380 μm.
RSB Rule 4
Use the most conservative rule from rules 1, 2 and 3.
Example 7: an eye with an original corneal thickness of 500 μm and –6 D sph refractive error:
1. RSB rule 1: RSB = 500 x 55% = 275 μm; therefore, the recommended AD for a 100 μm flap is
500 – 100 – 275 = 125 μm
2. RSB rule 2: AD = 500 x 20% = 100 μm; therefore, the RSB for a 100 μm flap = 500 – 100 – 100
= 300 μm
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
3. RSB rule 3: AD = 6 x 15μm = 90 μm; therefore, the RSB for a 100 μm flap = 500 – 100 – 90 = 310
μm
4. To be conservative, ablate 90μm and leave 310 μm RSB (rule 3).
Example 8: an eye with an original corneal thickness of 520 μm and –8 D sph refractive error:
1. RSB rule 1: RSB = 520 x 55% = 286 μm; therefore, the recommended AD for a 100 μm is 520 –
100 – 286 = 134 μm
2. RSB rule 2: AD = 520 x 20% = 104 μm; therefore, the RSB for a 100 μm flap = 520 – 100 – 104
= 316 μm
3. RSB rule 3: AD = -8 x 15 μm = 120 μm; therefore, the RSB for a 100 μm flap = 520 – 100 – 120
= 300 μm
4. To be conservative, ablate 104 μm and leave 296 μm RSB (rule 2); therefore, only 104/15 ≈
–7.0 D sph can be corrected and a residual refractive error of –1.0 D sph will remain.
RSB Rule 5
In SA, it is recommended not to exceed 80–90 μm of AD in order to avoid haze; therefore, in case
of 6.5 mm OZ, about 6 D can be corrected. On the other hand, a minimum of 400 μm of final RSB
including the epithelium should be left. For example, an eye with an original corneal thickness of
490 μm can be ablated for 80–90 μm, while an eye with an original corneal thickness of 470 μm
can be ablated for 70 μm. The AD is thereafter divided by 15 μm to calculate the recommended
refractive correction.
Example 9: an eye with an original corneal thickness of 490 μm and –5 D sph; the AD = 5 x 15
= 75 μm, this is within the recommended range either for the RSB (490 – 75 = 415 μm) or for the
maximum recommended AD (≤ 90 μm).
Example 10: an eye with an original corneal thickness of 480 μm and –6.5 D sph; the AD
(6.5 mm OZ) = 6.5 D x 15 μm = 97.5 μm, which is not recommended.
RSB Rule 6
In PRT, use the absolute sum of the refractive error in calculating the RSB.
Example 11: the amount of AD for a refractive error of –4 D sph/–3 D cyl @120 is (4 + 3) x 15 =
105 μm.
RSB Rule 7
In hyperopic treatment (either pure hyperopia or hyperopic astigmatism), the central ablation is
zero, whereas the maximum AD is peripheral where the cornea is thick. Therefore, the previous
rules cannot be applied. However, the trend nowadays is to correct no more than + 4 D by PRT in
order to minimize biomechanical responses which may impact the results.
In general, the preoperative thinnest location should be > 470 µm.
RSB Rule 8
For calculations in mixed astigmatism, the equation should be converted into plus cylinder
formula.
Example 12: in a refractive error of +2 D sph/–4 D cyl, the plus cylinder equation should be
used: –2 D sph/+4 D cyl. Thereafter, the RSB rules are applied for –2 D sph.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
RSB Rule 9
In WFGT profiles, the AD differs according to the type and severity of HOA(s). Therefore, it is
difficult to establish a rule for HOA correction; for instance look at table 6.1 to see how AD differs.
In this example, the patient has –2 D sphere with HOAs. As shown in this table, the AD
increases by almost 20% when only spherical aberration is add to treatment profile, whereas the
AD increases by almost 60% when all HOAs are added (mainly spherical, coma and trefoil).
Therefore, it is recommended to chose the proper profile and let the excimer machine
software calculate the central AD and the rules can be followed accordingly.

Example 13: Figure 6.6 represents the wavefront-guided ablation profile for an eye with +2 D
sphere, coma = 4 µm, trefoil = 1.97 µm, spherical aberration = –0.29 µm, and RMS related to HOAs
= 4.85 µm. The central AD is 22.13 µm and the maximum AD is 103 µm.
In the previous example, if the eye is myopic, more central ablation will be needed.
TABLE 6.1 AD (µm) for –2 D myopic treatment

Profile OZ
6 mm 6.5 mm
Aspheric 27 34
Aspheric with correction of spherical aberration 32 40
Aspheric with correction of all HOAs 43 55
Fig. 6.6 Wavefront-guided ablation profile to correct an eye with +2 D sphere, coma = 4 µm, trefoil = 1.97 µm,
spherical aberration = –0.29 µm, and RMS related to HOAs = 4.85 µm.
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE
In LA and LSA:
• RSB 1: Keep at least 270 µm of RSB
• RSB 2: Ablate at most 20% of original corneal thickness at thinnest location
• RSB 3: Actual AD differs according to the diameter of the OZ. In average, 15 μm per -1 D for an OZ = 6.5 mm
• RSB 4: Follow the most conservative rule among rules 1, 2 and 3
Contd...
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Contd...
In SA:
• RSB 5: Ablate at most 80–90 µm and keep at least 400 µm of RSB including epithelium
In PRT:
• RSB 6: Use the absolute sum of the refractive error in calculating RSB
In hyperopic treatment:
• RSB 7: The preoperative thinnest location should be ≥ 470 µm and it is recommended not to go beyond +4 D of
correction
In mixed astigmatism:
• RSB 8: convert the equation to use the plus cylinder formula
In WFGT:
• RSB 9: the AD differs according to the type and severity of HOA(s); the rules should be followed on site
K-READING RULES
The recommended amount of correction should be calculated according to RSB rules first and
according to K-readings rules thereafter.
Flat K Rule
In myopic ablation, look at flat K. Correction of –1 D reduces flat K by 0.75 D. Calculate the final
flat K according to the amount of myopic ablation. The final flat K should be > 34 D.
Example 14: an eye with flat K = 43 D and –6 D sph; final flat K = 43 – (6 x 0.75) = 39 D
(recommended).
Example 15: an eye with flat K = 40 D and –8 D sph; final flat K = 40 – (8 x 0.75) = 34 D (not
recommended).
Steep K Rule
In hyperopic ablation, look at steep K. Correction of +1 D increases steep K by 1.2 D. Calculate the
final steep K according to the amount of hyperopic ablation. The final steep K should be <49 D.
Example 16: an eye with steep K = 43 D and +4 D sph; final steep K = 43 + (4 x 1.2) = 47.8 D
(recommended).
Example 17: an eye with steep K = 44 D and +5 D sph; final steep K = 44 + (5 x 1.2) = 50 D (not
recommended).
N.B: when there is > 1 D difference between K-max and steep K, the former should be used in
the calculations.
Average K (mean K or Km)

There are two main flap complications related to K-readings: the free flap and the button hole or
pseudo button hole. When Km is <40 D, a free flap may happen regardless of the type of MMK
or femtosecond used. When Km is >46 D, a button hole or pseudo button hole may happen
regardless of the type of MMK or femtosecond used. Figures 6.7 and 6.8 show the mechanism of
formation of a button hole or pseudo button hole, respectively. During application of the MMK
or the femtosecond cone or handpiece, the central cornea will be applanated. When the cornea
is steep (Km > 46 D), the apex of the cornea will indent inwards resulting in irregular cut and
a button hole or pseudo button hole formation. The difference between the button hole and
pseudo button hole is that the latter still has a thin layer of epithelium occluding the hole.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 6.7 Mechanism of button hole formation.
Fig. 6.8 Mechanism of pseudo button hole formation.
To avoid such complications, three parameters should be adjusted: flap diameter, hinge
width and hinge length. However, hinge width and hinge length are correlated in a proportional
relationship. Figure 6.9 illustrates the relationship among K-readings, flap diameter and hinge
width. The flatter the cornea, the smaller the diameter of the flap should be and vice versa. The
flatter the cornea, the wider the hinge of the flap should be and vice versa. For example, if Km
is 42 D, 8.5 mm flap diameter and 0.6 mm hinge width should be adjusted to avoid free flap
complication. However, manufacturers usually provide nomogram for such a purpose.
Use a larger flap when treating a patient with mixed astigmatism, hyperopic astigmatism or
hyperopia.
Corneal diameter must be considered when a large flap is required. It should be noticed that
edges of large flaps may be near the limbus; therefore, the flap may be more difficult to lift and
small vessels bleeding may be bothersome.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Astigmatism Rules
Figure 6.10 describes the principle of corneal astigmatism; “a” is the steep meridian, “b” is the flat
meridian, and “ab” represents corneal or topographic astigmatism (TA).
There are three principles in treating corneal astigmatism with photorefractive surgery.
1. Flattening the steep meridian by ablating this meridian for the same amount of corneal
astigmatism (Fig. 6.11). The computer applies this profile when treating myopic astigmatism.
2. Steepening the flat meridian by ablating the periphery of this meridian for the same amount
of corneal astigmatism (Fig. 6.12). The computer applies this profile when treating hyperopic
astigmatism.
3. Performing both 1 and 2 in half steps. The computer applies this profile when treating mixed
astigmatism (Fig. 6.13).
Fig. 6.9 Relationship among K-readings, flap diameter and hinge width.
Fig. 6.10 Corneal (topographical) astigmatism. It is the difference “ab” between the steep “a” and flat “b” meridians.
Fig. 6.11 Principle of correcting myopic astigmatism.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 6.12 Principle of correcting hyperopic astigmatism.
Fig. 6.13 Principle of correcting mixed astigmatism.
Myopic Astigmatism Rule

If an eye has myopic astigmatism, look at the steep K for the astigmatic correction and at the flat
K for the myopic spherical correction.
Example 18: an eye with a refractive error of –4 D sph/–2 D cyl and K readings of 44 D and 45.5
D. To have accurate calculations fill in a table and see Table 6.2 as an example.
Explanation: in this example, the astigmatic correction flattens the steep K and brings it to
flat K, which is not affected by the astigmatic correction. Thereafter, the spherical correction
flattens all.
Hyperopic Astigmatism Rule

If an eye has hyperopic astigmatism, look at the flat K for the astigmatic correction and at the
steep K for the hyperopic spherical correction.
Example 19: an eye with a refractive error of +4 D sph/+2 D cyl and K readings of 40 D and
42.4 D. To have accurate calculations fill in a table and see table 6.3 as an example.
Explanation: in this example, the astigmatic correction steepens the flat K and brings it to
steep K, which is not affected by the astigmatic correction. Thereafter, the spherical correction
steepens all.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
TABLE 6.2 Final K in Myopic Correction

Original K Astigmatic correction Myopic correction Final K
(–2 D) (–4 D)
Kf 44 D (0) (4 x 0.75 = 3 D) 41 D
Kf = 44 D Kf = 44 – 3 = 41 D
Ks 45.5 D (2 x 0.75 = 1.5 D) (4 x 0.75 = 3 D)
Ks = 45.5 – 1.5 = 44 D Ks = 44 – 3 = 41 D
Kf : flat K
Ks : steep K
TABLE 6.3 Final K in Hyperopic Correction

Original K Astigmatic correction Hyperopic correction Final K
(+2 D) (+4 D)
Kf 40 D (2 x 1.2 = 2.4) (4 x 1.2 = 4.8 D) 47.2 D
Kf = 40 + 2.4 = 42.4 D Kf = 42.4 + 4.8 = 47.2 D
Ks 42.4 D (0) (4 x 1.2 = 4.8 D)
Ks = 42.4 D Ks = 42.4 + 4.8 = 47.2 D
Kf : flat K
Ks : steep K
Mixed Astigmatism Rule

In mixed astigmatism, use the plus cylinder equation, look at flat K for the astigmatic correction
and look at steep K for the myopic spherical correction.
Example 20: an eye with a refractive error of +2 D sph/–4 D cyl @180 and K readings of 40 D
and 44.8 D. To have accurate calculations, use the plus cylinder equation: –2 D sph/+4 D cyl @ 90,
fill in a table and see table 6.4 as an example.
Explanation: in this example, the astigmatic correction steepens the flat K and brings it to
steep K, which is not affected by the astigmatic correction. Thereafter, the spherical correction
flattens all.
N.B: As you noticed in the previous three examples, the spherical correction affected both K
readings after the astigmatic correction had affected one of them.
TABLE 6.4 Final K in Hyperopic Correction

Original K Astigmatic correction Myopic correction Final K
(+4 D) (–2 D)
Kf 40 D (4 X 1.2 = 4.8 D) (2 x 0.75 = 1.5 D) 43.3 D
Kf = 40 + 4.8 = 44.8 D Kf = 44.8 – 1.5 = 43.3 D
Ks 44.8 D (0) (2 x 0.75 = 1.5 D)
Ks = 44.8 D Ks = 44.8 – 1.5 = 43.3 D
Kf : flat K
Ks : steep K
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE
• Flat K: look at flat K in myopic correction. Correcting –1 D flattens the K by 0.75 D. Final K should be >34 D
• Steep K: look at steep K in hyperopic correction. Correcting +1 D steepens the K by 1.2 D. Final K should be <49 D
• Average K (Km): flap complications are found in Km <40 D and Km >46 D. In general, the flatter the cornea the
smaller the diameter of the flap and the wider the hinge of the flap should be
• Myopic astigmatism: look at the steep K for astigmatic correction, and at the flat K for myopic spherical correction
• Hyperopic astigmatism: look at the flat K for astigmatic correction and at the steep K for hyperopic spherical
correction
• Mixed astigmatism: use the plus cylinder equation, look at flat K for astigmatic correction and look at steep K for
myopic spherical correction
DISPARITY BETWEEN TOPOGRAPHIC ASTIGMATISM (TA) AND

MANIFEST ASTIGMATISM (MA)
Clinical MA occasionally differs from the TA. This disparity may be either in values, axes or both.

Etiology
1. Misalignment during the capture.
2. Corneal irregularity. It is more obvious on the tangential curvature map.
3. Hot spot.
4. Tear film disturbance.
5. Corneal opacities, particularly central.
6. Lenticular astigmatism. Corneal astigmatism may be accompanied with lenticular
astigmatism and in some cases, the whole clinical astigmatism may be lenticular. One of the
important causes of the lenticular astigmatism is lens subluxation or dialysis; but the most
important thing is when there is a subtle cataract, particularly, posterior subcapsular cataract,
it may present itself with astigmatism before it becomes clear on the slit lamp, hence the
importance of studying Scheimpflug image, lens densitometry and re-examining the patient
more carefully with the pupil dilated. Figure 6.14 is Scheimpflug image showing lens opacity
causing MA and TA disparity.
Management
There are 9 probabilities in this regard. They are as follows:
1. TA and MA are WTR and the amount of the former is more than the latter.
2. TA and MA are WTR and the amount of the former is less than the latter.
3. TA and MA are ATR and the amount of the former is more than the latter.
4. TA and MA are ATR and the amount of the former is less than the latter.
5. TA is WTR and MA is ATR with the amount of the former is more than the latter.
6. TA is WTR and MA is ATR with the amount of the former is less than the latter.
7. TA is ATR and MA is WTR with the amount of the former is more than the latter.
8. TA is ATR and MA is WTR with the amount of the former is less than the latter.
9. TA and/or MA are oblique with more than 15° difference between their axes.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 6.14 Scheimpflug image showing lens opacity. On the right side, densitometry shows a corresponding peak
(white arrow) with a 31.8 reading. Readings > 30 are significant.
Table 6.5 summarizes the 9 probabilities.

N.B 1: When axes of TA and MA are perpendicular, usually there is no much difference in their
amounts.
Let us explain the nine probabilities by examples. To simplify the cases, MA will be myopic.
Example 21: TA is –3 D @ 180 and MA is –2 D @ 180 (Fig. 6.15)
Correcting the MA completely leaves a residual TA of about –1 @ 180. This will be acceptable
by the patient since it is WTR and it is consistent with the pre-op WTR astigmatism.
Example 22: TA is –2 D @ 180 and MA is –3 D @ 180 (Fig. 6.16)
Correcting the MA completely induces an ATR TA of about –1 @ 90. This will not be acceptable
by the patient since it is ATR and not consistent with his/her pre-op WTR astigmatism even with
post-op UDVA 1.0 (Snellen). In such a case, it is better to be limited to the amount of the TA and
depend on the spherical equivalent (S.E). For example: a patient with –2 D sph –3 D cyl @ 180,
and the TA is –2 D @ 180, it is recommended to treat –2.5 D sph –2 D cyl @ 180.
TABLE 6.5 Probabilities of the Disparity Between Topographic Astigmatism (TA) and Manifest

Astigmatism
Amount MA TA Probability
TA > MA WTR WTR 1
TA < MA WTR WTR 2
TA > MA ATR ATR 3
TA < MA ATR ATR 4
TA > MA ATR WTR 5
TA < MA ATR WTR 6
TA > MA WTR ATR 7
TA < MA WTR ATR 8
? Oblique Oblique 9
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 6.15 MA and TA disparity. First probability.
Fig. 6.16 MA and TA disparity. Second probability.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Example 23: TA is –3 D @ 90 and MA is –2 D @ 90 (Fig. 6.17).
Correcting the MA completely leaves a residual TA of about –1 @ 90. This will be acceptable
by the patient since it is consistent with the pre-op ATR astigmatism.
Example 24: TA is –2 D @ 80 and MA is –3 D @ 80 (Fig. 6.18).
Fig. 6.17 MA and TA disparity. Third probability.
Fig. 6.18 MA and TA disparity. Fourth probability.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Correcting MA completely induces WTR TA of about –1 @ 170. This will be acceptable by

the patient since it is WTR although it is not consistent with the pre-op ATR astigmatism. If the
induced WTR TA is within 1 D, it will be tolerable, otherwise it will not be; in such a case the

proposed induced WTR TA should be limited to 0.5 D to 1 D and the S.E should be modified
accordingly. For example: a patient with –2 D sph –4 D cyl @ 80, and the TA is –2 D cyl @ 80, it
is recommended to treat –2.5 D sph –3 D cyl @ 80. In this case, the induced TA is not more than
–1 D cyl @ 170.
Example 25: TA is –1.5 D @ 180 and MA is –1 D @ 90 (Fig. 6.19)
First, we have to look for any cause behind this disparity especially in the crystalline lens.
Correcting MA completely induces WTR TA of about –2.5 D cyl @ 180! This will be completely
very odd. In such a case, it is recommended to re-check the manifest refraction and try to modify
it to be with at least astigmatism as possible. For example: a patient with –2 D sph –0.75 D cyl
@ 90, the CDVA is 0.9 (Snellen), and the TA is –1.5 D @ 180, it is recommended to adjust the
refraction to be, for example, –2.25 D sph without cylindrical correction although the CDVA may

be 0.8 (Snellen). As mentioned before, it is unusual to see much difference between MA and TA
amounts when their axes are completely perpendicular.
Example 26: TA is –1 D @ 180 and MA is –1.5 D @ 90 (Fig. 6.20)
What applies on example 25 applies here also.
Example 27: TA is –1.5 D @ 80 and MA is –1 D @ 170 (Fig. 6.21)
Fig. 6.19 MA and TA disparity. Fifth probability.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 6.20 MA and TA disparity. Sixth probability.
Fig. 6.21 MA and TA disparity. Seventh probability.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
The problem encountered in examples 25 and 26 will be exaggerated in this example; the TA
is ATR and will be increased by the operation if the MA has been completely corrected. Thus, we
have two factors in this example that make the patient disturbed with the correction; the ATR
factor and the amount of this astigmatism. In such a case, it is recommended to re-check the
manifest refraction and try to modify it to be with at least astigmatism as possible. For example:
a patient with –2 D sph –0.75 D cyl @ 80, the CDVA is 0.9 (Snellen), and the TA is –1.5 D @ 170,
it is recommended to adjust the refraction to be, for example, –2.25 D sph without cylindrical
correction although the CDVA may be 0.8 (Snellen).
What applies on example 27 applies here also.
It is not uncommon to encounter such an example in our clinical practice. Suspicion in
cataract or corneal irregularities especially faint scaring should be very high. If such causes and
other possible causes were excluded, it is wise to take time in thinking about the final correction.
Re-examining the patient with fine tuning of the MA axis and amount is very necessary. If the
difference persists, the MA should be chosen. It is also wise to tell the patient that there might be
a need for future enhancement.
Fig. 6.22 MA and TA disparity. Eighth probability.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 6.23 MA and TA disparity. Ninth probability.
SUBOPTIMAL CORRECTION RULE

In case of suboptimal correction due to limitations in thickness, the expected residual refractive
error should be planned to be on the account of the spherical component rather than the
astigmatic component of the refractive error.
Example 30: an eye has –5 D sph/–2 D cyl. According to thickness rule, this is considered (–5
+ –2) = –7 D. Assuming that only –6 D can be corrected due to thickness limitations, it is wise to
correct –4 D sph/–2 D cyl rather than correcting –5 D sph/–1 D cyl. The residual refractive error
will be –1 D sph.
Example 31: an eye has +1 D sph/–4 D cyl. According to mixed astigmatism rule and thickness
rule, this is considered –3 D sph/+4 D cyl. Therefore, the –3 D is taken into consideration for
thickness rules. Assuming that only –2 D sph can be corrected, the correction will be –2 D sph/
+4 D cyl. The residual refractive error will be –1 D sph.
Example 32: an eye has –4 D sph/–3 D cyl and significant HOAs. Assuming that the wavefront-
guided treatment requires an AD that exceeds thickness limits by 1.5 D, one of two options can
be applied: reducing the amount of spherical correction to be –2.5 D sph, or reducing the amount
of astigmatic correction to be –1.5 D cyl. It is wise to correct –2.5 D sph/–3 D cyl especially that
most HOAs are induced by irregular astigmatism.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE
• In case of suboptimal correction, it is recommended for the residual refractive error to be sphere rather than to be
astigmatism
Q-VALUE RULE AND ASSIS NOMOGRAM

As mentioned in chapter 1, Q-value represents the asphericity of the cornea; it has a positive
value (>0) when the cornea is oblate, zero value when the cornea is spheric and negative value
(<0) when the cornea is prolate (see figures 1.54 to 1.57). Myopic correction shifts the cornea
towards being oblate, where Q becomes less negative or more positive (Fig. 6.24) which usually
leads to positive spherical aberrations. On the other hand, hyperopic correction shifts the cornea
towards being hyperprolate, where Q becomes more negative (Fig. 6.25) which leads to negative
spherical aberrations. This problem may be insignificant in small refractive errors (myopia < 3 D,
astigmatism < 2 D or hyperopia < 3 D). In case of higher corrections, Q value will go beyond the
accepted range [–1 , 0] leading to spherical aberrations.
Studies have shown that even with the use of aspheric or wavefront-guided profiles, there
was a +0.18 change in the Q value (more positive) for each diopter of myopic treatment, whereas
there was an induction of – 0.17 of asphericity (more negative) for each diopter of hyperopic
treatment. Table 6.6 shows the effect of myopic correction on Q-value assuming that the original
Q = –0.4, and Table 6.7 shows the effect of hyperopic correction on Q-value assuming that the
original Q = –0.4.
This table shows that at almost –3 D and more of myopic treatment, Q-value is shifted to be
positive.
This table shows that at almost +3 D and more of hyperopic treatment, Q-value is shifted to
be very negative.
Fig. 6.24 Corneal asphericity. After myopic ablation, the cornea becomes oblate and Q becomes more positive (less
negative). (A) before treatment; (B) after treatment.
Fig. 6.25 Corneal asphericity. After hyperopic ablation, the cornea becomes hyperprolate and Q becomes more
negative. (A) before treatment; (B) after treatment.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
TABLE 6.6: Effect of Myopic Correction on Q-value (Aspheric or Wavefront-guided Profiles) for an

Original Q = –0.4
Myopic Correction (D) Resultant Q
–1 –0.22
–2 –0.04
–3 +0.14
–4 +0.32
–5 +0.50
–6 +0.68
–7 +0.86
–8 +1.04
TABLE 6.7 Effect of Hyperopic Correction on Q-value for an Original Q = –0.4

Hyperopic Correction (D) Resultant Q
+1 –0.57
+2 –0.74
+3 –0.91
+4 –1.08
+5 –1.25
+6 –1.42
Although the aspheric or wavefront-guided profiles are used, these two tables show that Q
value is still affected by high corrections. However, if Q adjustment is indicated for monovision or
treating abnormal Q-value ± refractive errors, the following steps should be followed assuming
that the aspheric or wavefront profiles will be used:
1. Calculate the Q-value that will result from the treatment (assumed resultant Q).
2. Suggest a target Q, preferably –0.4.
3. Calculate ΔQ = assumed resultant Q – target Q.
4. Use ASSIS Nomogram (see below) to calculate the amount of sphere adjustment.
5. Adjust the refractive error to be treated.
ASSIS found that each 0.1 change in Q-value is associated with an amount of change in
refractive error as shown in Table 6.7.
We will study some examples.
Example 33: an eye with –6 D of myopia. Preoperative Q at 6 mm is –0.2.
1. Correcting each –1 D reduces Q by 0.18: –6 x 0.18 = –1.08. The assumed resultant Q = –0.2 –
(–1.08) = +0.88.
2. Target Q = –0.4.
3. ΔQ = +0.88 – (–0.4) = 1.28, which is 12.8 folds of 0.1 ΔQ.
4. In ASSIS Nomogram, when treating -6 D: –0.2 x 12.8 = –2.56 D should be adjusted.
5. The refractive error that should be treated –6 – (–2.56) = –3.44 D. This will achieve emmetropia
in addition to –0.4 Q-value.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
TABLE 6.8 ASSIS sphere adjustment nomogram for customized Q (for 6.5 mm OZ)
Hyperopia
Add +0.16 D per 0.1 ΔQ for any sphere
Myopia (D)
Subtract –0.20 Per 0.1 ΔQ –1.00
When correcting:
–0.30 –2.00
–0.27 –3.00
–0.25 –4.00
–0.22 –5.00
–0.20 –6.00
Example 34: an eye with –4 D of myopia. Preoperative Q at 6 mm is –0.1.

1. Correcting each –1 D reduces Q by 0.18: –4 x 0.18 = –0.72. The assumed resultant Q = –0.1 –
(–0.72) = +0.62.
2. Target Q = –0.4.
3. ΔQ = +0.62 – (–0.4) = 1.02, which is 10.2 folds of 0.1 ΔQ.
4. In ASSIS Nomogram, when treating –4 D: –0.25 x 10.2 = –2.55 D should adjusted.
5. The refractive error that should be treated –4 – (–2.55) = –1.45 D. This will achieve emmetropia
Example 35: an eye with +4 D of hyperopia. Preoperative Q at 6 mm is –0.3.
1. Correcting each +1 D increases Q by 0.17: +4 x 0.17 = +0.68. The assumed resultant Q = –0.3
– (+0.68) = –0.98.
2. Target Q = –0.4.
3. ΔQ = –0.98 – (–0.4) = –0.58, which is 5.8 folds of 0.1 ΔQ.
4. In ASSIS Nomogram, when treating +4 D: = 0.16 x 5.8 = +0.93 D should adjusted.
5. The refractive error that should be treated +4 + (+0.93) = +4.93 D. This will achieve emmetropia
Example 36: an eye with +5 D of hyperopia. Preoperative Q at 6 mm is –0.2.
1. Correcting each +1 D increases Q by 0.17: 5 x 0.17 = 0.85. The assumed resultant Q = –0.2 –
0.85 = –1.05.
2. Target Q = –0.2 (maintain same Q).
3. ΔQ = –1.05 – (–0.2) = –0.85, which is 8.5 folds of 0.1 ΔQ.
4. In ASSIS Nomogram, when treating +5 D: 0.16 x 8.5 = +1.36 D should adjusted.
5. The refractive error that should be treated +5 + (+1.36) = +6.36 D. This will achieve emmetropia
in addition to maintaining the native –0.2 Q-value.
Nevertheless, as mentioned in chapter 5, Q-adjustment is indicated to maintain the
preoperative normal Q and to improve a preoperative abnormal Q. Maintaining normal Q is
achieved by targeting Q to be equal to the preoperative value of the flattest meridian of the
cornea (example 37). Improving an abnormal Q is achieved by targeting Q to be as the closest
value which lies in the normal range [–1 , 0]; this is indicated when preoperative Q > 0.0 (oblate
cornea) (examples 38 and 39), or when there is a difference of >0.1 between the flattest and
steepest meridians values (examples 40 and 41). However, it should be noted that in such cases,
the refractive status will be altered and should therefore be adjusted accordingly.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 6.26 Q-value demonstrated in two meridians with average vertical and average horizontal.
Finally, target Q value should not be so far from the preoperative Q value for two reasons: to
avoid so much ablation of tissue (the farer the target Q, the larger the amount of AD) and to avoid
much alteration of the refractive status of the eye, which may need a big adjustment in case of
far target Q.
Example 37: Figure 6.26 shows Q value of the flattest and the steepest meridians. As shown
in this figure, the flat Q = –0.12 and the steep Q = –0.22; both are normal and target Q can be
adjusted to be –0.12.
Example 38: A cornea has flat Q = +0.3, steep Q = +0.2 and average Q = +0.25; all are abnormal
indicating an oblate cornea. The closest normal Q = 0.0 or –0.1; therefore, target Q = 0.0 or –0.1
(preferably –0.1).
indicating very oblate cornea. The closest normal Q = 0.0 or –0.1; therefore, target Q = 0.0 or –0.1
(preferably 0.0).
Example 40: A cornea has flat Q = –0.2, steep Q = –0.4 and average Q = –0.3; all are normal but
the difference between flat and steep is 0.2 (>0.1). Q can be targeted to be as the flat = –0.2.
and the difference between flat and steep is 0.2 (>0.1). Q cannot be targeted to be as the flat, but
to be the closest normal = 0.0 or –0.1 (preferably –0.1).
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE
• Q-value is affected by PRT even when aspheric or wavefront-guided profiles are used; however, such affection is
minor with the use of these profiles
• Myopic treatment shifts Q towards more positive and vice versa for the hyperopic treatment. The higher the
magnitude of corrected refractive error, the higher the shift will be
• Q is shifted towards positive by +0.18 increments per diopter of myopic treatment and is shifted towards negative
by –0.17 decrements per diopter of hyperopic treatment
• It is recommended to use the aspheric profile even for small refractive errors in virgin eyes
• It is recommended to adjust a target Q to maintain the original native Q
• When adjusting abnormal Q, target Q should be the closest to normal range
• Q-adjustment showed follow 5 steps: calculate the assumed resultant Q, suggest a target Q, calculate ΔQ, use
ASSIS Nomogram for sphere adjustment and adjust the sphere
PUPIL CENTRE AND ANGLE KAPPA RULE

Angle Kappa is the angle between the visual axis and the axis that passes through pupil centre
(Fig. 6.27). Unlike Scheimpflug-based topographers, Placido-based topographers measure
angle kappa. This raises the need to find a way to estimate this angle in Scheimpflug-based
topographers. However, clinical trials have shown that visual axis passes somewhere in between
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 6.27 Angle kappa.
pupil centre and apex of the cornea and might be half the distance. Therefore, it is reasonable
to consider half values of x and y pupil centre coordinates in Scheimpflug based as if they were
angle kappa in Placido based topographers.
Angle kappa is considered significant when it exceeds 0.1 mm (100 µm) or > 5°. This is
important for the following reasons:
• When angle kappa is >0.1 mm (>100 μm), the capture should be repeated to exclude misalignment.
•
• When a patient has a wide angle kappa, his/her topography may display false positives or
•
false negatives such as the skewed pattern of elevation maps.
• When treating refractive errors with PRT (particularly hyperopia and astigmatism), optimal
•
results can be achieved when the centre of ablation coincides with the optical axis of the
patient. This can be achieved by decentring the ablation profile for the amount of angle
kappa; this is called “offset pupil” or “decentration” as mentioned in chapter 5.
Finally, decentred pupil (corectopia) is a case of concern especially when PIOL implantation
is indicated.
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE
• Angle kappa is measured by Placido-based topographers and estimated by pupil coordinates in Scheimpflug-
based tomographers
• When angle kappa is significant (>100 µm), the capture should be repeated to exclude misalignment
• It is recommended to compensate for significant angle kappa in PRT by decentration (offset pupil) in case of
hyperopic or astigmatic treatment
• Decentration (offset pupil) can be achieved by manual input of angle kappa coordinates (in Placido-based) or half
values of pupil coordinates (in Scheimpflug-based)
• Decentration (offset pupil) is automatically performed when using wavefront-guided profile
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
PUPIL DIAMETER CONSIDERATIONS

In PRT, there are special considerations in adjusting OZ treatment:
1. The diameter of the OZ should be at least 0.5 mm larger than the scotopic pupil in order to
avoid night glare.
2. Light-colored iris usually has a pupil diameter larger than that of dark-colored one.
3. The higher the amount of corrected refractive error the smaller the actual resultant OZ
(efficient OZ). For example, when treating –8 D sph with an OZ of 6.5 mm, the efficient OZ will
be about 5.5 mm. Therefore, choosing a small OZ to gain more correction in high refractive
errors carries the risk of night glare.
4. In SA, OZ < 6 mm increases the risk of postoperative haze.
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE
• OZ in PRT should be 0.5 mm larger than scotopic pupil
• Correction of high refractive error results in an efficient OZ smaller than the assumed one
• Colored iris usually has a pupil size larger than that of dark-colored one
CYCLOTORSION
Cyclotorsion in corneal meridians usually happens with change of head position or when
transferring from the setting position (status of capturing tomography) to the supine position
(status of operation). It has been shown that eyes can undergo up to 9.5° of cyclotorsion (usually
ex-cyclotorsion) when a patient goes from the setting position measured on the aberrometer to
the supine position under the excimer laser.
Cyclotorsion impacts correction of astigmatism and HOAs; in such cases, treatment profile
derived from imaging machines should exactly match where it should be applied on the cornea,
otherwise a tortional effect will result leading to what is known as surgically induced astigmatism
in case of astigmatism, or surgically induced aberrations in case of aberrations.
To understand this concept, Figure 6.28 illustrates the relationship between resultant
astigmatism magnitude as a percentage of preoperative magnitude and angle of error
(misalignment or cyclotorsion). As shown in this figure, an almost 3°, 8° and 15° of misalignment
results in 10%, 25% and 50% of reduction of effect respectively; whereas, 30° of misalignment
results in no effect (same amount) but on different axis and a 90° of misalignment results in
doubling of initial cylinder.
Compensation for cyclotorsion is indicated in case of >1 D astigmatism and in case of WFGT.
Several systems have been developed to ensure alignment. The most basic technique is to
mark the limbus, typically at the 3 o’clock and 9 o’clock positions, while the patient is seated
immediately prior to surgery. These marks are then used to align the head when the patient
is lying under the laser. A more sophisticated system ensures that the eye alignment during
aberrometry matches the alignment under the laser. Limbal marks are captured and recorded by
the aberrometer immediately prior to surgery. An ablation profile is then computed. Under the
laser, the same limbal marks are used to manually match the alignment to the wavefront image.
The most recent technology advancement, iris registration, has further improved and
automated the alignment process. Unique iris details are recorded by the aberrometer and
relayed to the laser. A sophisticated camera and computer system in the excimer machine records
and matches iris details to the aberrometer. Scleral registration is another technique to ensure
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 6.28 Error in astigmatic correction due to cyclotorsion.
proper cyclo-alignment. This system recognizes unique limbal vessels at both the aberrometer
and laser and automatically compensates for misalignment.
There are two types of cyclotorsion compensation, static cyclotorsion compensation (SCC)
and dynamic cyclotorsion compensation (DCC). SCC is performed at the beginning of the surgery,
where the profile is adjusted according to the preoperative registered landmarks. SCC should be
done before epithelium removal or flap creation. DCC is automatically performed during the
surgery by continuous adjustment of the profile according to the registered landmarks.
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE
• Compensation for cyclotorsion is necessary in treating > 1 D of astigmatism and HOAs
• A cyclotorsion of 8° results in a residual astigmatism which magnitude equals 25% of the original astigmatism but
on a new meridian
AMBLYOPIA
Do not assume the patient has refractive amblyopia unless a careful refraction has been done.
Wavefront technology can help with refraction even if custom surgery is not being done.
In case of amblyopia, the patient should know that the expected post operative UDVA may
not be better than the preoperative CDVA.
Treatment decision depends on the severity of amblyopia and the refractive status of both
eyes. As shown in Figure 6.29, the decision depends on CDVA in the amblyopic eye. When the CDVA
in the amblyopic eye is <0.2 (Snellen), refractive surgery is contraindicated in both eyes. When
the CDVA is 0.2 to 0.5, decision depends on the refractive status; in case of intolerable anisoconia
due to anisometropia, refractive surgery is indicated, otherwise the case is questionable and
should be discussed carefully with the patient. When the CDVA is ≥0.5, refractive surgery can be
performed. Some surgeons may prefer to operate on the amblyopic eye first, but this may induce
tropia.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 6.29 Flow chart of decision making for refractive surgery in amblyopia.
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE
• In case of amblyopia, decision of treatment depends on the severity of amblyopia and the refractive status of both
eyes
• In case of mild amblyopia, refractive surgery is not contraindicated
• In case of moderate amblyopia with anisometropia, refractive surgery is not contraindicated
• In case of moderate amblyopia without anisometropia, refractive surgery is questionable
• In case of severe amblyopia, refractive surgery is contraindicated
ENHANCEMENT CONCEPTS
Thickness Concept
After calculation, make certain that the patient will have enough RSB for enhancement.
K-readings Concept
Try not to come to the end of borderline K from the first surgery; i.e. make certain that the patient
will be able for enhancement without compromising the K. For example, do not go below 36 D
or over 46 D of flat K and steep K, respectively, by the first surgery.
Time Concept
Allow adequate time for the cornea to stabilize, particularly when the patient cannot be refracted
to 1.0 (Snellen) and there is no other cause. Three to six months are usually sufficient for the
refractive status to stabilize.
Refraction Concept
The CR and MR may be significantly different despite 1.0 (Snellen) vision with each. The
retreatment should be based on the CR.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
WGT Concept
Custom enhancement may be considered in patients who have subjective complaints out of
proportion to the measured refractive error. This is true regardless of whether the patient had
custom LASIK, initially.
Multiple Enhancements
A patient can be retreated more than once if the refractive error, corneal tomography, slit lamp
examination of the cornea and wavefront maps are stable. Pachymetry must be adequate.
Enhancement by LA vs. SA
If further laser enhancement is required due to regression, surface ablation of the flap may be
a better alternative. MMC prophylaxis may be required in order to prevent significant haze but
with adjustment of sphere to compensate for the flattening effect of MMC.
Surface enhancement is usually a better alternative than re-cutting when working with poor-
quality flaps and no information about the original LASIK surgery.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Alio JL, Azar DT (Eds.). Management of Complications in Refractive Surgery. Springer; 2008.
2. Al-Mezaine HS, Al-Amro SA, Al-Obeidan S. Incidence, management, and visual outcomes of
buttonholed laser in situ keratomileusis flaps. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2009;35(5):839-45.
4. Amoils SP, Deist MB, Gous P, et al. Iatrogenic keratoectasia after laser in situ keratomileusis for less than
-4.0 to -7.0 diopters of myopia. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2000;26:967-77.
5. Arbelaez MC, Vidal C, Arba-Mosquera S (2008). Clinical outcomes of corneal vertex versus central pupil
references with aberration-free ablation strategies and LASIK. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci. 49(12):5287-
94. doi: 10.1167/iovs.08-2176. Epub 2008 Jul 24.
6. ASSISS Nomogram. Available on line http://ebookbrowse.com/nomogram-assis-sphere-adjustment-
for-custom-q-pdf-d233602880.
7. Belin MW, Ambrosio R, Jr. Corneal ectasia risk score: statistical validity and clinical relevance. J Refract
Surg. 2010;26(4):238-40.
8. Binder PS. Analysis of ectasia after laser in situ keratomileusis: risk factors. J Cataract Refract Surg.
2007;33:1530-8.
9. Binder PS. Risk factors for ectasia after LASIK. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2008;34:2010-1.
10. Binder PS, Lindstrom RL, Stulting RD, et al. Keratoconus and corneal ectasia after LASIK [letter]. J
Cataract Refract Surg. 2005;31:2035-8.
11. Bottos KM, Leite MT, Aventura-Isidro M, et al. Corneal asphericity and spherical aberration after
refractive surgery. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2011;37:1109-15.
Elsevier; 2009.
13. Bühren J, Kühne C, Kohnen T. Influence of pupil and optical zone diameter on higher-order aberrations
after wavefront-guided myopic LASIK. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2005;31(12):2272-80.
14. Caster Ai, Friess DW, Potvin RJ. Absence of keratoectasia after LASIK in eyes with preoperative central
corneal thickness of 450 to 500 microns. J Refract Surg. 2007;23(8):782-8.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
15. Chan CC, Hodge C, Sutton G. External analysis of the Randleman Ectasia Risk Factor Score System: a
review of 36 cases of post LASIK ectasia. Clinical and Experimental Ophthalmology. 2010;38(4):335-40.
16. Dawson DG, Randleman JB, Grossniklaus HE, et al. Corneal ectasia after excimer laser keratorefractive
surgery: histopathology, ultra structure, and pathophysiology. Ophthalmology. 2008;115:2181-91.e1
18. Geggel HS, Talley AR. Delayed onset keratoectasia following in situ keratomileusis. J Cataract Refract
Surg. 1999;25:582-6.
19. Jain V, Mhatre K, Shome D. Flap buttonhole in thin-flap laser in situ keratomileusis: case series and
review. Cornea. 2010;29(6):655-8.
20. Krueger RR, Applegate RA, MacRae SM. Wavefront customized visual correction. Slack Inc; 2004.

21. Kymiosis GD, Bouzoukis D Diakonis V, et al. Long-term results of thin corneas after refractive laser
surgery. Am J Ophthalmol. 2007;144(2):181-5.
22. Kremer I, Bahar I, Hirsh A, et al. Clinical outcome of wavefront-guided laser in situ keratomileusis in
eyes with moderate to high myopia with thin corneas. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2005;31(7):1366-71.
23. Lifshitz T, Levy J, Klemperer I, et al. Late bilateral keratoectasia after LASIK in a low myopic patient. J
24. Majmudar PA. LASIK complications. Focal Points: American Academy of Ophthalmology. 2004;12(13):1-14.
25. Okamoto S, Kimura K, Funakura M, et al. Comparison of wavefront-guided aspheric laser in situ
keratomileusis for myopia: Coaxially sighted corneal-light-reflex versus line-of-sight centration. J
26. Pallikaris IG, Kymionis GD, Astyrakakis NI. Corneal ectasia induced by laser in situ keratomileusis. J
27. Rad AS, Jabbarvand M, Saifi N. Progressive keratoectasia after laser in situ keratomileusis. J Refract
Surg. 2004;20(5 Suppl):S718-22.
28. Randleman JB. Post-laser in-situ keratomileusis ectasia: current understanding and future directions.
Current opinion in ophthalmology. 2006;17(4):406-12.
29. Randleman JB. Evaluating risk factors for ectasia: what is the goal of assessing risk? J Refract Surg.
2010;26(4):236-7.
30. Randleman JB, Banning CS, Stulting RD. Corneal ectasia after hyperopic LASIK. J Refract Surg.
2007;2:98-102.
31. Randleman JB, Russell B, Ward MA, et al. Risk factors and prognosis for corneal ectasia after LASIK.
32. Randleman JB, Trattler WB, Stulting RD. Validation of the Ectasia Risk Score System for preoperative
laser in situ keratomileusis screening. Am J Ophthalmol. 2008;145:813-8.
33. Randleman JB, Woodward M, Lynn MJ, et al. Risk assessment for ectasia after corneal refractive surgery.
34. Rao SN, Epstein RJ. Early onset keratoectasia following laser in situ keratomileusis: case report and
literature review. J Refract Surg. 2002;18:177-84.
35. Saad A, Gatinel D. Bilateral corneal ectasia after laser in situ keratomileusis in patient with isolated
difference in central corneal thickness between eyes. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2010;36:1033-5.
36. Seiler T, Quurke AW. Iatrogenic keratoectasia after LASIK in a case of forme fruste keratoconus. J
37. Sinjab MM. Step by Step Reading Pentacam Topography (Basics and Case Study Series). Jaypee -
Highlights Medical Publishers, New Delhi; 2010.
38. Sinjab MM. A guide to interpreting corneal tomography. J Cataract Refract Surg Today 20-24; 2012.
39. Sinjab MM. A Quick Guide to the Management of Keratoconus: A Systematic Step-by-Step Approach.
Springer, Heidelberg; 2012.
Interpretation. Jaypee-Highlights Medical Publishers, Inc; 2012.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
41. Solomon R, Eric D. Donnenfeld ED. Innovations in Advanced Surface Laser Refractive Surgery. Focal
42. Tabbara KF, Kotb AA. Risk factors for corneal ectasia after LASIK. Ophthalmology. 2006;113(9):1618-22.
43. Khachikian SS, Belin MW and Ciolino JB. Intrasubject corneal thickness asymmetry. J Refract Surg.
2008;24(6):606-9.
44. Tobias Koller T, Iseli HP, Hafezi F, et al. Q-factor customized ablation profile for the correction of myopic
astigmatism. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2006;32:584-9.
45. Winkler von Mohrenfels C, Salgado JP, et al. [Keratoectasia after refractive surgery]. Klinische
Monatsblatter fur Augenheilkunde. 2011;228(8):704-11.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Step Four
Start Off
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
CHAPTER 7
Clinical Approach
CORE MESSAGE
• Candidate for refractive surgery should be evaluated psychologically and medically
• Patient history taking should include social history, ocular history, general history and family history
• Ocular history should include refractive history, use of CLs, tear film disturbance including dry eye syndrome (DES)
and tearing, chronic allergy and infections, ocular trauma, previous surgeries, KC and ectatic corneal disorders,
glaucoma and previous glaucoma surgery and other pathologies
• General history should include diabetes, hypertension, allergy and atopic disease, collagen vascular diseases and
inflammatory disorders, keloid formation diseases, pregnancy and nursing, immunodeficiency, medications, and
other conditions
• Examination of the candidate should include visual acuity, clinical refraction, pupillometry, tear film tests, IOP
measurements, determination of the non-dominant eye, ocular motility, orbital and eye anatomy, external
examination and slitlamp biomicroscopy and fundoscopy
A thorough preoperative evaluation of the refractive surgery candidate is critically important

for successful refractive outcomes. Clinical evaluation should include psychosocial and medical
evaluation. The latter consists of ocular, general and family history taking in addition to clinical
examination.
PSYCHOSOCIAL APPROACH
Two of the most important criteria in determining candidates for refractive surgery are the patients’
personalities and expectations for the procedure. Patients need to have reasonable expectations
and understand that there is no guarantee that vision correction surgery will improve vision.
There is no guarantee that patients will not need eyeglasses or CLs after surgery to perform daily
activities. Even when an excellent outcome is achieved, eyeglasses for night driving and reading
may be needed. In addition, eyes may change over time whether patients have vision correction
surgery or not and if patients have surgery, they may require additional surgery to continue to
have their best vision, just as they might need to change their eyeglasses or CL prescription
over time. Patients who are difficult or demanding in scheduling their appointment, stopping
their CL wear, or discussing finances may be demonstrating warning signs that they are not ideal
candidates for an elective procedure like refractive surgery. In addition, very exacting, “type-A,”
compulsive personalities may also be less than ideal candidates because of their unrealistic
expectations and potential problems dealing with the surgeon and the surgeon’s staff, especially
if the results are less than perfect, or the patients are slow in healing. Patient’s psychosocial
candidacy should also be assessed during history taking as well as during examination.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
A good candidate for refractive surgery should:

1. Be capable of understanding the risks of the procedure and that risk-free surgery does not
exist.
2. Be able to follow instructions before, during and after surgery.
3. Be able to be available for postoperative follow-up.
4. Have personal characteristics of the best PRT patients including an easygoing nature, a
positive outlook, a well-adjusted personality, currently using less than a full refractive error
correction and a willingness to wear glasses for reading or night driving.
A good surgeon should:
1. Avoid making grandiose statements regarding the surgical outcome or even promises about
the quality of vision that will be achieved after surgery.
2. Tell the patient what level of visual acuity is reasonable to expect after surgery, with a
subsequent enhancement procedure if needed.
3. Mention the surgeon’s rate of enhancement for patients with similar refractive error.
4. Not confuse visual acuity with visual function. A patient with 1.0 (Snellen) may be unhappy
due to loss of near vision, ghosting, decreased contrast sensitivity, glare, or other problems
that affect the quality of vision.
5. Know that refractive surgeries are elective and a patient properly advised against surgery
can be a potential referral source, while a patient made unhappy with refractive surgery will
usually speak negatively about the surgeon and the office.
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE
• Patients with unreasonable high expectations and those with very exacting, type-A, compulsive personalities are
not good candidates for refractive surgery
• A good candidate is that who understands that the refractive surgery is not risk-free, follows instructions, is willing
to wear glasses after the surgery
• A good surgeon is that who does not give unreal promises, tells that patient the reasonable expected visual acuity
and visual function and discusses the issue of enhancement
MEDICAL APPROACH
In general, the most reproducible results are obtained when refractive surgery is performed on
a healthy patient with healthy eyes.
Patient History
Social History
Visual requirements of the patient’s profession should be determined since certain jobs require
that best vision be at a specific distance. For example, a highly myopic jeweller, who is used
to examining objects without glasses a few inches from the eyes, may not be happy with
postoperative emmetropia, while soldiers, fire fighters, or police may have restrictions on the
type of refractive surgery they can have. On the other hand, the type of sports and recreational
activities a patient prefers may help select the best refractive procedure or determine whether
that patient is even a good candidate for refractive surgery. For example, a SA may be preferable
to a LA for a patient who wrestles, boxes, or rides horses and is at high risk of ocular trauma.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Clinical Approach 207
Ocular History
A patient’s ocular history helps to identify any potential postoperative problems that may
arise and allows for adjustment, postponement, or cancellation of the procedure in question if
necessary.
The ocular history should include refractive history, dry eye, tearing, chronic infections,
chronic allergies, use of CLs, ocular trauma, previous surgeries, ectatic corneal disorders and
other pathologies.
1. Refractive History:
r/
a. Onset of refractive error:
.i
1. If started around puberty, think of KC.
2. If started after 30, think of PMD.
s
b. Stability of refractive error: While PRT is approved for patients at least 18 to 21 years of age,
s
many patients will not have attained refractive stability by this age. The refractive history
should contain questions about refractive stability. Ideally, the refraction should be stable
n
for at least one year before refractive surgery is considered. If glasses or CLs change by
is a
more than 0.50 D within one year, the patient should be re-evaluated at 6-month intervals
until the measurement is stable. More rapid changes should be questioned.
c. Anisometropia: An anisometropia of > 1 D is significant and ectatic corneal diseases should
r
be excluded. On the other hand, if a large degree of anisometropia is fully corrected,
diplopia is a risk. Motility function should be evaluated with full CL correction to be sure
e
the patient is asymptomatic.
p
d. Age and Presbyopia:
.
1. Age of the candidate is important for predicting postoperative satisfaction. Loss of
p
near vision with aging should be discussed with the candidate. Generally, patients
iv
younger than 40 years do not need reading adds for near targets. Patients older than
40 years should understand that if they are made emmetropic with refractive surgery,
/: /
they will require reading glasses. On the other hand, myopic patients approaching
age 40 may require reading glasses postoperatively even that they were able to see
near targets with their myopic glasses or CLs, preoperatively. Such patients should
tt p
understand this phenomenon and be willing to use reading glasses after surgery. A
trial with CLs will approximate the patient’s reading ability after surgery.
2. Monovision should be discussed with patients who are presbyopic or in the presbyopic
h
age group (including myopic patients approaching the age of 40). Monovision is
achieved by targeting the non-dominant eye for near and the dominant eye for
distance. The non-dominant eye can be targeted to be –0.75 D (mini monovision),
–1.5 D (monovision), or –2.5 D (high monovision); this depends on surgeon’s
preferences and patient’s demands. While improving the near vision, loss of perception
and anisometropia may be unwanted side effects from the high monovision in some
patients. However, simulating post operative monovision should be done with CLs for
a period of time at home, at work and during leisure activities. This will be also helpful
for determining the preferred eye for near, which may rarely be the dominant eye
rather than the non-dominant eye.
In the last few years, models of monovision were developed such as adjusting Q value,
multifocal cornea and small aperture inlays. All these options should be discussed
with the patient.
3. Determination of the non-dominant eye will be discussed later in clinical examination.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
2. Use of Contact Lens: Contact lens history should be obtained. Important information
includes the type of lens (e.g., PMMA, rigid gas permeable or soft); the wearing schedule
(e.g., daily wear disposable, daily wear frequent replacement, overnight wear indicating
number of nights worn); the type of cleaning, disinfection and enzyming; and how old the
lenses are. Occasionally, a patient may have been happy with CL wear and only needs a
change in lens material or wearing schedule to eliminate the recent onset of discomfort
symptoms.
Using CLs should be stopped 2–4 weeks prior to examination since it:
/
– alters the topographic features of corneal surface (corneal warpage) and may be the
r
cause of apparent irregular astigmatism
.i
– changes the amount, type and axis of astigmatism
– is one of the causes of the hot spot formation on the anterior surface of the cornea
s
– can alter corneal thickness; it is more accurate to measure corneal thickness after the
s
patient has stopped using CLs for at least 1–2 weeks
n
3. Dry Eye Syndrome (DES):
a. Definition: Dry eye syndrome (DES) is defined as a multifactorial disease of tears and ocular
is a
surface that results in symptoms of discomfort, visual disturbance and tear film instability,
with potential damage to ocular surface. It is accompanied by increased osmolarity of the
tear film and inflammation of the ocular surface.
r
Due to the very important impact of DES on refractive surgery results, it will be discussed
e
in details.
b. Pathophysiology: In DES, tear water evaporation and tear osmolarity increase. Tear water
.p
evaporation composes 33% of the total tear flow in normal eyes; whereas, it composes
75% in DES. Tear film osmolarity is an expression of the balance between normal tear
iv p
production and normal tear evaporation. In case of normal tear production and normal
tear evaporation, osmolarity is 296–308 mOsm/L. In case of normal tear production and
/: /
increased evaporation, osmolarity increases to cause hyperosmolarity; but the most
increase is in case of reduced tear production and increased evaporation. Hyperosmolarity
is able to produce an inflammatory response in ocular surface evidenced by inflammatory
tt p
cell infiltrate and CD54 expression on conjunctival epithelium. Epithelium is thereafter
damaged by apoptosis which also involves loss of goblet cells leading to disturbance
of mucin expression leading to tear film instability. This instability exacerbates ocular
h
surface hyperosmolarity and completes a vicious cycle. Tear film instability can also be
initiated by several etiologies, including xerosing medication, xerophthalmia, ocular
allergy, topical preservative use and CL wear. The major causes of tear hyperosmolarity are
reduced aqueous tear flow, resulting from lacrimal failure and/or increased evaporation
from tear film.
c. Classification: DES may result from one or more factors.
Figure 7.1 is a flow chart representing the etiologic classification of DES.
d. Investigations: The aim of investigation is to confirm and quantify the diagnosis of dry
eye. Unfortunately, although the repeatability of symptoms is good, that of clinical tests
is poor, as is the correlation between symptoms and tests. The reliability of tests improves
as the severity of dry eye increases. The tests measure the following parameters:
• Stability of the tear film. Tear film break-up time (BUT).
• Tear production. Schirmer, flourescein clearance and tear osmolarity.
• Ocular surface disease. Corneal stains and impression cytology.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
r/
s .i
n s
is a
Diagnostic classification scheme for DES.

e r
.p
iv p
/: / Fig. 7.1
tt p
h
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
There is no clinical test to confirm the diagnosis of evaporative dry eye. It is therefore
a presumptive diagnosis based on the presence of meibomian gland disease. Tarsal
transillumination to visualize the meibomian glands, can give an indication of gland
drop-out. It is suggested that BUT should be performed first, Schirmer second and
staining third, because the Schirmer strip paper can damage ocular surface and cause
staining.
e. DES and PRT: DES is one of the major challenges in refractive surgery since several factors
contribute in DES and in many cases treatment is not straight forward. In addition, it:
/
– affects refractive error determination
r
– affects visual outcome
.i
– may be the cause of intra- or postoperative complications especially with LA
– exaggerates the normal transient dryness that happens after keratorefractive surgery
s
– may be severe enough to make keratorefractive surgery contraindicated and to go for
s
alternatives such as PIOLs.
n
On the other hand, it is important to differentiate between DES and dry eye symptoms.
The latter is just mild symptoms without significant signs and does not interfere with
is a
PRT decision. However, dry eye symptoms after LA are common, generally respond
to treatment, and usually return to the preoperative state after three to six months
postoperatively.
r
f. Predisposing factors for DES after PRT:
e
1. High refractive error correction.
2. High ablation depth.
.p
3. Low preoperative Schirmer’s test.
4. Pre-op DES.
iv p
5. Sex. Females are more prone than males. The incidence of DES in females and males >
55 y/o is 5.7–9.8% and 3.5%, respectively.
/: /
6. Hypermetropia treatment.
7. Wearing CLs for many hours a day.
g. Prevention and Treatment:
tt p
1. Preoperative evaluation:
i. Ask about dry eye symptoms (e.g. CL intolerance).
ii. Investigate.
h
2. Preoperative treatment: In case of DES, it is recommended to avoid PRT. However, in
mild cases, get the best ocular surface as long as possible before surgery by:
i. Avoiding CL.
ii. Using one or more of the following measures: artificial tears, steroids, lid hygiene,
punctual plugs, oral tetracyclines, 0.05% cyclosporine, omega 3 and autologous
serum (see below).
iii. Treatment of blepharitis or meibomian gland dysfunction. Blepharitis should be
diagnosed and treated aggressively because the adnexa, especially the lids are
nearly always the source of the offending organisms in endophthalmitis and post-
LASIK infections. In case of recalcitrant DES and/or blepharitis, look for Demodex
Mites.
iv. Encouraging good oral hydration. This is important in patients who exercise
heavily. Low ambient humidity in the patient’s work or home environment will be
unfavorable for the borderline dry eye patient.
v. Waiting six months before excluding patients as LA candidates.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
vi. Thereafter, if there are no symptoms and examination is normal, offer surgery and
continue treatment for at least six months after the surgery.
vii. If significant tear deficiency remains despite these measures, LA should be avoided.
However, in severe cases, even SA may be contraindicated. PIOL implantation is a
good alternative.
3. Intraoperative preventive measures:
There are three recommendations to reduce DES following LA:
i. Perform small flaps with large hinges to save as much of the entering nerves as
/
possible.
r
ii. Perform thin planner flaps since deep cuts cause transection of deeper corneal
.i
nerves during flap creation.
iii. Perform bevelled-in side cut to improve corneal nerve apposition.
s
4. Postoperative treatment:
s
i. Keep the eyes closed as long as possible during the early hours.
n
ii. Continue preoperative medication for at least six months after the surgery.
h. General Treatment of DES:
is a
1. Tear Substitutes:
i. Drops and Gels:
– Cellulose derivatives are appropriate for mild cases.
r
– Carbomers adhere to the ocular surface and so are longer lasting.
e
– Polyvinyl alcohol increases the persistence of the tear film and is useful in mucin
deficiency.
.p
– Sodium hyaluronate may be useful in promoting conjunctival and corneal
epithelial healing.
iv p
– Autologous serum may be used in very severe cases.
– Povidone and sodium chloride.
/: /
ii. Ointments containing petrolatum mineral oil can be used at bedtime, as daytime
use is precluded by marked blurring.
iii. Minims are preservative free. Preservatives are a potential source of toxicity,
tt p
especially after punctal occlusion. Non-preserved drops should therefore be used
whenever possible.
2. Mucolytic Agents: Acetylcysteine 5% drops q.i.d. may be useful in patients with
h
corneal filaments and mucous plaques. It may cause irritation following instillation.
Debridement of filaments may also be useful.
3. Punctal Occlusion: Punctal occlusion reduces drainage and thereby preserves natural
tears and prolongs the effect of artificial tears. It is of greatest value in patients with
moderate to severe DES who have not responded to frequent use of topical treatment.
On the other hand, punctal occlusion may provoke bacterial conjunctivitis especially
with lack of immune natural tear film and accumulation of fluids rich in debris.
i. Temporary occlusion can be achieved by inserting collagen plugs into the
canaliculi; these dissolve in 1–2 weeks. The main aim is to ensure that epiphora
does not occur following permanent occlusion.
– Initially, the inferior puncta are occluded and the patient is reviewed after 1 or 2
weeks.
– If the patient is now asymptomatic and without epiphora, the plugs can be
removed or kept until resolved and the inferior canaliculi permanently occluded.
– In severe DES, both the inferior and superior canaliculi can be plugged.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
ii. Reversible prolonged occlusion can be achieved with silicone or long-acting (2–6
months) collagen plugs.
– Problems include extrusion, granuloma formation and distal migration.
– Plugs that pass into the horizontal portion of the canaliculus cannot be
visualized, but when it causes epiphora, it might not be possible to flush it out
with saline.
iii. Permanent occlusion should be undertaken only in patients with severe DES with
repeated Schirmer test values of 5 mm or less and who have had a positive response
/
to temporary plugs without epiphora. It should not be performed if possible in
r
young patients who may have reversible pathology. All four puncta should not be
.i
occluded at the same time.
– Permanent occlusion is performed following punctal dilatation by coagulating
s
the proximal canaliculus with cautery; following successful occlusion, it is
s
important to watch for signs of recanalization.
n
– Diode laser cautery is less effective than thermal coagulation, with higher rates
of recanalization.
is a
4. Anti-inflammatory Agents:
i. Low dose topical steroids are effective supplementary treatment for acute
exacerbations. The risks of long-term treatment must be balanced against the
r
potential benefits of increased comfort.
e
ii. Topical ciclosporin (0.05%, 0.1%) reduces T-cell mediated inflammation of lacrimal
tissue, resulting in an increase in the number of goblet cells and reversal of
.p
squamous metaplasia of the conjunctiva.
iii. Systemic tetracyclines may control associated blepharitis and reduce inflammatory
iv p
mediators in the tears.
5. Contact Lenses: Special designs of CLs may play a role in treatment by the reservoir
/: /
effect of fluid trapped behind the lens.
i. Low water content HEMA lenses may be successfully fitted to moderately dry eyes.
ii. Occlusive gas permeable scleral CLs provide a reservoir of saline over the cornea.
tt p
They can be worn on an extremely dry eye with exposure.
6. Conservation of Existing Tears:
i. Reduction of room temperature to minimize evaporation of tears.
h
ii. Room humidifiers, moist chamber goggles and side shields to glasses.
4. Tearing: Tearing can be a result of hyperlacrimation or hypersecretion. It is important since:
a. It affects visual outcome and may cause complications.
b. Tear pooling during the operation is a cause of infection and DLK.
5. Chronic Allergy and Infection: There are three things related to other three things in this
regard:
a. Constant rubbing and development of keratoconus.
b. Constant rubbing and post LASIK complications such as flap dislocation, macrostriae and
microstriae.
c. Chronic infections and post surgery complications.
6. Ocular Trauma: Asking the patient about previous ocular trauma (even minor) is necessary
because it may explain:
a. Pathological findings such as retinal tears or atrophy, or optic nerve head atrophy.
b. Corneal opacities and scars.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
c. Iridodenesis.
d. Lens subluxation.
7. Previous Surgeries: Identification and evaluation of a patient’s previous ocular surgery
status are critical to the success of subsequent refractive surgery.
The patient may forget to mention previous ocular surgeries such as squint surgery especially
if this surgery was performed in early childhood. On the other hand, some patients may think
that what they underwent (such as phacoemulsification) was not a surgery and therefore do
not mention that to the doctor!
/
It is necessary to ask about previous ocular surgeries for the following reasons:
r
a. A previous PRT will change the decision and the plan of treatment and may explain the
.i
complaints; e.g. post operative aberrations (not the residual refractive error) may be the
cause behind reduced visual acuity.
s
b. In case of a previous cataract surgery:
s
i. The type of incision should be noted since it affects corneal tomography.
n
ii. The approximate date of the surgery should be known, since at least six months
post phacoemulsification and twelve months post extra capsule cataract extraction
is a
should pass until the refractive status of the eye (in general) and the cornea (in
particular) stabilizes.
iii. The type of the implanted IOL should be known if possible; e.g. spheric, aspheric,
r
toric, etc., since it guides us to the proper next intervention and to the type of the
e
additive IOL, if this is the decision.
c. Previous retinal surgery: The refractive status of the eye differs according to the type of
.p
surgery; e.g. buckle, vitrectomy. etc. The refractive index is altered by the silicone oil, if it
is inside. The kind of the silicon oil should be known and whether there is a future plan to
iv p
extract it. On the other hand, the buckle may interfere with suction ring application.
d. Previous squint surgery: A history of a previous squint surgery indicates a presence of
/: /
muscular imbalance and carries the risk for phoria to become tropia, hence the need for
a squint consultation. On the other hand, limbal conjunctival scars may be the cause of
irregular corneal astigmatism and may interfere with suction ring application.
tt p
e. Previous pterygium surgery: The patient who underwent a pterygium surgery should be
informed that the pterygium may recur, which will affect the refractive surgery results.
On the other hand, the scar left after pterygium removal may be the cause of irregular
h
astigmatism and may interfere with suction ring application.
8. KC and Ectatic Corneal Disorders: It is logic to ask the patient: do you have keratoconus?
The patient may know that he has KC and may think that LASIK is helpful! On the other hand,
some of the modern modalities of KC management are refractive such as wavefront-guided
PRT.
The patient should also be asked about a family history of ectatic corneal disorders.
9. Glaucoma and Previous Glaucoma Surgery: Glaucoma patients or those with a pre-
existing optic neurotrophy might be better served with SA.
Using steroids after refractive surgery may impact the IOP, especially when used for a long
period (after PRK for example).
The bleb may be the cause of irregular astigmatism and may interfere with suction ring
application.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
During application of the suction ring, IOP is raised to unfavourable levels for relatively
significant period of time; this has an impact on optic nerve fibres and causes additional
damage in case of glaucoma.
10. Other Pathologies: A history of recurrent corneal erosion, corneal ulceration or ocular
infections may have an impact on patient’s candidacy for PRT and put other options of
refractive surgeries on the horizon.
Patients who have neurotrophic corneas are not candidates for PRT because of problems
with healing.
/
Patients with a history of herpes simplex or herpes zoster keratitis are not good candidates
r
for SA because of a significant risk of recurrence of keratouveitis and they also often have
.i
underlying neurotrophic corneas.
s
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE
s
• Visual requirements determine the amount and type of refractive correction
• New onset of refractive error around puberty alerts for KC
n
• New onset of refractive error after thirty alerts for PMD
is a
• An anisometropia should alert for ectatic corneal disorders
• Refraction should be stable at least 1 year before refractive surgery is considered
• Presbyopia is a major concern in refractive surgery
• CLs should be stopped 2–4 weeks before evaluation and investigation
r
• Dry eye syndrome (DES) is a major concern in refractive surgery and should b diagnosed, classified and treated for
at least six months before considering PRT
e
• Look and ask for previous surgeries including refractive surgeries
• KC and ectatic corneal disorders should be diagnosed and classified since they have their own managements
p
• Glaucoma may contraindicate refractive surgery
General History
p .
iv
Any underlying systemic disease associated with corneal healing abnormalities should be
/: /
considered. In addition, some systemic diseases have an impact on refractive surgery. They
include diabetes, hypertension, medications, allergy and atopic diseases, keloid formation
diseases, collagen vascular diseases and rheumatologic diseases, pregnancy and nursing, and
tt p
immunodeficiency.
1. Diabetes: Regardless of its type, uncontrolled diabetes is a contraindication to refractive
surgery. Diabetics, in addition to retinal ischemia and edema, may have poor healing process,
h
poor epithelial adhesion, increasing the risk of erosion. They may also be more likely to have
cataract and infections. Diabetes has also an impact on the stability of refractive error and
the refractive status after surgery. In general, the percentage of post refractive surgery
complications increases from 7% in non diabetics to 47% in diabetics.
2. Hypertension: Refractive surgery is contraindicated when hypertension is uncontrolled or
malignant.
3. Allergy and Atopic Disease: Systemic atopy is a relative contraindication to PRT in general
and to refractive management of KC (intracorneal ring segments [ICRs] implantation,
CXL, topography-guided PRK, etc.). This is because it may increase the risk of corneal haze
following SA and it is usually accompanied with constant eye rubbing, which is one of the
main causes for:
a. Postoperative flap complications
b. Post surgical ectasia
c. Complications of ICRs implantation
d. CXL failure
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
4. Collagen Vascular Diseases and Inflammatory Disorders: A relative contraindication to SA
is a history of autoimmune or connective tissue disease such as systemic lupus erythematosus,
rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, hyperthyroidism and Crohn’s disease. Most patients
with collagen vascular diseases have very mild symptoms and use very little medication.
Such diseases are associated with less predictable wound healing and greater potential
for corneal melting. In case of positive rheumatoid factor and the patient has uncontrolled
collagen vascular disease, refractive surgeries are contraindicated. However, patients with
well-controlled autoimmune diseases have been reported to achieve excellent outcomes
/
without complications after refractive surgery, especially LASIK.
r
5. Keloid Formation Diseases: Keloid formation diseases such as sclerosis, Marfan syndrome,
.i
dysosteosis and Ehler-Danlos were initially considered a contraindication to ICR implantation
and to PRT (particularly PRK); however, recent investigations have determined that this is no
s
longer the case.
s
6. Pregnancy and Nursing: Pregnant or nursing candidates may have unstable refractions
n
and transitory topographical variations. It is best to delay surgery until six to twelve weeks
after nursing has ended. Females who become pregnant after PRT should understand that
is a
a refractive error change may result from the pregnancy and may not be a postoperative
regression. This should be discussed preoperatively. The change may resolve after delivery
without retreatment.
r
On the other hand, it is recommended that a plan of pregnancy should be delayed for six to
e
twelve months, post PRT.
7. Immunodeficiency: Patients who are immunecompromised may be at greater risk of
.p
infection.
8. Medications:
iv p
a. Anticoagulants: They predispose to conjunctival hemorrhage or expulsive choroidal
hemorrhage during intraocular refractive surgery.
/: /
b. Isotrentoin (Roccutaine), Amiodaron (Cordarone), hormone replacement therapy and
antihistamines. These medications have an impact on corneal epithelial healing and may
cause poor results with PRT. In addition, isotrentoin causes a significantly decreased tear
tt p
production. This drug should be stopped for at least six months before surgery.
c. Immunosuppressants and high dose systemic steroids. They predispose to infections.
d. 5-Hydroxy-tryptamine (Sumatriptin). There is an increased risk of vascular occlusion when
h
IOP is raised during application of suction ring. This drug should be stopped for at least
one month before treatment.
9. Other Conditions:
a. Caution should be taken in performing any excimer laser surgery in patients with cardiac
pacemakers and implanted defibrillators, due to the unknown effects of the laser’s
electromagnetic emissions.
b. Epilepsy: The patient must be able to remain relatively still during the PRT procedure.
Therefore, only patients that have not had an epileptic episode for twelve months or
more may be considered for treatment.
c. History of frequent fainting: These patients may have a low threshold for vasovagal attack.
Patients that have a low oculocardiac reflex would also be unsuitable.
d. Hepatitis B and C: Patients with these conditions will not be considered for surgery in
many clinics due to the potential risk to surgical staff.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Family History
A thorough family history may elucidate potential contraindications or concerns with refractive
surgery and long-term visual prognosis. A positive history of any of the followings warrants
further careful ocular evaluation prior to surgical intervention:
a. KC and ectatic corneal disorders.
b. Glaucoma.
c. Past history of high intraocular pressure after topical steroid application.
d. Corneal dystrophy or degeneration.
r/
e. Retinal pathology (e.g. retinal holes, tears, or detachment).
.i
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE
s
• Uncontrolled diabetes contraindicates refractive surgery
• Complications of refractive surgery have higher incidence with uncontrolled diabetes
s
• Allergy and atopic diseases should be controlled before PRT
n
• Uncontrolled collagen vascular diseases contraindicate refractive surgeries
• Keloid formation diseases are not contraindications for refractive surgeries
is a
• Refractive surgeries are contraindicated during pregnancy until 2 to 12 weeks after end of nursing
• Immunodeficient people are at great risk of post surgical infections
• Medications of concern are anti coagulants, Isotrentoin, Amiodaron, hormone replacements, antihistamines,
immunosuppressants and 5-hydroxy-tryptamine
r
• Great caution should be taken with candidates using pacemakers and implanted defibrillators and those with
epilepsy, a history of frequent fainting and hepatitis B and C
e
• Family history is important
EXAMINATION
.p
iv p
A thorough ocular evaluation should be performed for both eyes. This includes uncorrected
and best corrected visual acuity for distance, intermediate and near, refraction, pupillometry,
/: /
tear film tests, IOP measurement, determination of dominant and non-dominant eyes, studying
ocular motility, orbital anatomy, slitlamp biomicroscopy and fundoscopy.
A standardized refractive surgery form, designed for recording the history and examination,
tt p
can assist the surgeon in documenting pertinent information in an orderly manner. The chance
of inadvertent oversight in the evaluation can be reduced by using such a form. There is an
advantage to using a form in which the results of multiple postoperative visits can be recorded
h
on a single page. This format facilitates the ability to track postoperative findings.
Visual Acuity
Visual acuity at distance, intermediate (75cm) and near should be measured with and without
correction. The preoperative CDVA should be at least 1.0 (Snellen). If it is less than 1.0 (Snellen),
the surgeon must seek an explanation. If the acuity is reduced because of refractive amblyopia
the patient may still be a candidate for surgery, provided the patient has realistic expectations for
postoperative vision (see chapter 6 for amblyopia). Reduced preoperative visual acuity related to
irregular corneal astigmatism is a contraindication for conventional refractive surgeries and an
indication for WFGT.
Potential visual acuity should be measured with CLs in case of high refractive errors to avoid
the effect of magnification of glasses on visual acuity. On the other hand, measuring potential
visual acuity in patients with irregular corneas using hard CLs is necessary to estimate visual
function and put a good plan and prognosis for any treatment.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Clinical Refraction
At the beginning, if the patient uses CLs, lens wear needs to be discontinued. The surgery cannot
safely be done until the refraction becomes stable. In general, refractive stability for hard CL
(HCL) users takes a longer period than that for soft CL (SCL) users. The duration of lens wear
and the intensity of lens wear are also important factors affecting the time to achieve refractive
stability after lens removal. A rule of thumb for patients wearing SCL or HCL for ten years would
be to discontinue lens wear for two or four weeks, respectively. Longer duration of lens wear will
likely require longer periods of abstinence.
r/
Clinical refraction includes two types: the manifest refraction (MR) and the cycloplegic
.i
refraction (CR).
1. MR: it is also known as dry refraction or subjective refraction. In determination of MR, the
s
following rules are to be followed:
s
a. Determine the least myopic correction that gives the best corrected visual acuity, but do
not over minus.
n
b. Do not use the Duochrome test since it usually leads to over minus the examined eye.
is a
c. Determine the most hyperopic correction that gives the best corrected visual acuity.
2. Cycloplegic refraction (CR): it is also known as objective refraction.
In myopia, the MR should not differ from the CR by more than 0.50 D, and the axis of cylinder
r
should not differ by more than 15 degrees.
In hyperopia, the difference should not be more than 0.75 D, otherwise the MR should be
e
repeated after the cycloplegia has resolved and this is known as post medriatic test (PMT).
p
Hyperopic patients need to be educated about the possible need for distance glasses after
.
surgery and that it may take up to six months for the refraction to stabilize.
p
Anisometropia is one of the preoperative risk factors for ectasia, especially, if it is on the
iv
account of astigmatism.
/: /
Pupillometry
Accurate pupil measurement is an absolute necessity prior to corneal laser surgery as 1 mm can
tt p
make a huge difference to the amount of tissue that needs to be ablated. For example, using the
Munnerlyn formula, a – 5.00 D error requires a 60 µm AD for 6 mm OZ, whereas a 7 mm zone
requires an AD of 81.7 µm. The evaluation of pupil size should be carried out under mesopic and
h
scotopic light conditions. The size of the treatment zone is usually set so that the efficient OZ
diameter is 0.5 mm greater than the scotopic pupil diameter. This is necessary to minimise the
risk of glare, ghost images and halos after treatment. The bigger the pupil size, the larger the OZ
and the larger the amount of corneal tissue removed. This may render some eyes unsuitable for
treatment as a stromal bed thickness of at least 270 µm must remain after treatment to minimise
the risk of ectasia.
Candidate should also be examined for a relative afferent pupillary defect.
Pupil measurement can be done either by topography, direct comparison (Morton’s
pupillometer), projected method (Magnani’s pupillometer), light amplification pupillometry
(Clovard pupillometer) or infrared dynamic pupillometer (Procyon dynamic pupillometer).
Tear Film Tests

Have been described in DES.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
IOP Measurements
PRT thins the cornea and typically causes a falsely low measurement of IOP postoperatively.
The most accurate method to measure the IOP pre- and postoperatively is Pascal since it is not
affected by the change in central corneal thickness (CCT). On the other hand, if Pascal is not
available, Goldman readings should be modified according to CCT as given by the Pentacam. The
Tonopen is also useful should the measurement be taken at corneal mid periphery to avoid the
central part of the cornea which has been altered by PRT.
Measuring the IOP before PRT is essential for the following reasons:
1. In case of glaucoma, doing LA is questioned since suction ring application raises IOP to
unfavorable levels leading to more injury to optic nerve fibres.
2. The use of steroids postoperatively most often has an impact on IOP, especially when used
for a long period of time to avoid haze after SA, hence the need for a regular monitoring of
IOP.
3. When there is a myopic shift, some surgeons may prefer to extend the use of topical steroids,
which may have an impact on IOP.
The Non-dominant Eye

Ocular dominance can be determined by asking the patient to wink. Generally, patients have
difficulty winking the dominant eye. Hand the patient a disposable camera and ask the patient
to pretend to take a picture. The camera will be held in front of the dominant eye. Finally, the
patient can be asked to make the okay sign with the fingers of either hand. He or she is then
asked to sight on a distant object through the circle formed with the thumb and forefinger. The
hand is then brought toward the eyes and usually the hand will move toward the dominant eye.
Determination of the non-dominant eye is necessary in case of presbyopic treatment, such as
monovision or corneal inlay techniques; in such cases the non-dominant eye is targeted for near
vision. But it has to be noticed that true monovision may not be comfortable for some patients
and a CL trial will help determine the eye and the appropriate lens power. Do not just assume
that the non-dominant eye is the best eye for reading correction.
Ocular Motility
Patients with an asymptomatic tropia or phoria may develop symptoms after refractive surgery,
if the change in refraction causes the motility status to break down. If a patient, for example,
has myopia and esophoria, and he/she underwent PRT and he/she had been overcorrected,
his/her accommodation will be triggered and he/she will have decompensation and may have
intermittent esotropia. If there is a history of strabismus or there is a concern regarding ocular
alignment postoperatively, a trial with CLs before surgery should be considered. An orthoptic
evaluation can be obtained preoperatively, if strabismus is an issue. Confrontation test should
be performed in all patients.
On the other hand, patients who have accommodative esotropia and are prepared to PRT
should know that they may still have esotropia after the surgery. One of the methods to avoid
such situation is to perform the correction based on CR since even one diopter of residual
refractive error may trigger esotropia, but this option will induce myopia especially in young
patients. At the same time, if correction is done based on MR in order to avoid overcorrection,
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
there will be a possibility of postoperative esotropia or even recurrence of esotropia after it has
been surgically corrected.
Nevertheless, motility function should be assessed to rule out a latent condition that might
become symptomatic in the event of significant postoperative anisometropia. This is especially
true in the patient considering monovision treatment or a patient with a past history of strabismus
surgery. A patient able to control a significant phoria may develop diplopia, if fusion has been
disturbed. A patient with a moderate to large-angle alternating tropia may tolerate monovision,
because this individual currently fails to use the eyes together and is capable of using either eye
independently. Monovision may not be suitable for a patient with a constant tropia and a strong
fixation preference for one eye. Monovision would force this patient to use the deviated, non-
dominant eye for near vision, which might seem unnatural.
Orbital and Eye Anatomy

There is less risk when the orbital and lid anatomy allow adequate exposure for the MMK.
The surgeon should determine if the degree of lid laxity, orbital aperture, prominence of the
brow, position of the globe and palpebral fissure height are adequate to accommodate the MMK.
Deep set eyes, narrow palpebral fissure or protruded superior orbital rim will interfere with
the application of the suction ring; in such cases, SA (except Epi-LASIK) may be preferable.
External Examination and Slitlamp Biomicroscopy

A careful external examination is required to rule out external eye diseases such as acne rosacea,
which can be associated with inflammatory eye disease and may require treatment before
surgery.
Slitlamp examination should begin with an assessment of the lids and lashes. Inflammation
in this area such as blepharitis and meibomitis should be controlled prior to surgery. It is
critically important to rule out the presence of corneal pathology. CL wearing patients may
have peripheral corneal neovascularization, punctate keratopathy, sterile keratitis, or peripheral
subepithelial fibrosis. Keratitis and punctate keratopathy may be reversible and clear after a
period of time with no lens wear. Active keratitis is a contraindication to refractive surgery. If
it does not clear spontaneously, a treatment regimen should be initiated and the patient re-
evaluated. Subepithelial fibrosis and neovascularization are permanent changes that may
impact the decision to do surgery or the planning related to proposed surgery.
1. Lids: Significant lagophthalmos and associated exposure may be problematic post LA given
the temporary neurotrophic status of the flap. On the other hand, lid abnormalities such as
ectropion, entropion, trichiasis, dystichiasis and ptosis impact refractive surgery in general
and PRT in particular and should be evaluated and treated before any assessment.
As mentioned before, blepharitis and meibomitis should be addressed prior to any refractive
surgery, since they cause complications and impact visual outcomes, especially, when they
are associated with DES.
2. Cornea:
a. Superficial corneal blood vessels can bleed during surgery and interfere with the laser
ablation. LA has the added risk of blood accumulating beneath the flap, causing DLK or
affecting healing. Although deep corneal vessels are less likely to be transected or bleed
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
with SA, compared to LA, this finding should prompt the surgeon to investigate for any
underlying cause of chronic inflammation that might preclude one’s candidacy for any
form of refractive surgery. When pannus or neovascularization is present, consider flap
diameter and its implications since the risk of bleeding increases with small corneas
and large flaps. Balance the need to protect the peripheral cornea with the need to
accommodate a large treatment zone. Femtosecond, if available, can be helpful.
b. Corneal scarring within the treatment zone is a contraindication to refractive surgery
unless it was superficial and can be treated by PTK. Scarring in the periphery with minimal
thinning may be acceptable, provided the cause is not a prior herpes simplex keratitis.
Herpes viral infections can be reactivated by the ultraviolet radiation of the excimer laser
or even by the surgical trauma of any refractive surgery.
c. The presence of epithelial basement membrane dystrophy or recurrent corneal erosion
syndrome may indicate a possible defect in epithelial adhesion. Such patients are more
likely to experience epithelial sloughing due to MMK and possibly having DLK or epithelial
ingrowth after lamellar ablation. These patients are better served with PRK, because the
abnormal epithelium is removed as part of the procedure and the new epithelium has
better adherence to the cornea.
d. Females older than 40 years are at increased risk of epithelial defects during creation of
LASIK flap. Femtosecond is safer than MMK in this regard.
e. The endothelium should be examined carefully, looking for signs of Fuchs dystrophy,
cornea guttata and other dystrophies. Patients with confluent guttata or Fuchs dystrophy
may be at risk for poor flap adhesion postoperatively, if the endothelial pump functions
poorly. An abnormally thick cornea, especially in the early morning, may be a sign of
abnormal endothelial pump function. In general, confluent guttata and Fuchs dystrophy
are contraindications to refractive surgery.
3. Conjunctiva: Conjunctival scars may indicate previous ocular surgeries that the patient may
have not mentioned. On the other hand, such scars may interfere with the application of the
suction ring and make SA a better choice. The same can be said for a pre-existing glaucoma
filtering blebs or scleral buckles.
4. Anterior Segment: All abnormalities of the anterior segment should be noted.
a. The lens: Careful undilated and dilated evaluation of the crystalline lens for clarity is
essential especially in patients over age 50. The presence of a cataract is a contraindication
to any refractive surgery except RLE. It is best to avoid PRT in patients with a visually
significant or progressive cataract.
Lens-induced myopia from a nuclear cataract can be misinterpreted as a regression. A
patient could mistakenly believe that progressive vision loss or glare due to cataract is
due to PRT failure.
If a small peripheral cataract is found in the preoperative examination, it is wise to follow
up the patient until it can be determined whether or not the cataract is progressive. The
patient who decides to proceed with PRT should be informed that, although the cataract
may appear to be stable and not visually significant, it could unexpectedly progress and
undermine the photorefractive result.
Postoperatively, if a cataract surgery is needed, determination of the IOL power will
be more challenging than it otherwise would be. If standard keratometry is used in
biometry for a cataract patient after PRT has been done, the selected lens implant may
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
be underpowered. Therefore, it is wise to provide the patient with his/her preoperative
and intraoperative refractive and keratometric data to be used when cataract surgery is
needed in the future.
b. ACD: It is necessary for PIOL implantation. However, the ACD cannot be determined by
slitlamp; it should be measured accurately using several methods such as ultrasound,
OCT, IOL Master or tomography.
Fundoscopy
The dilated fundus examination is an essential part of the preoperative evaluation. While it
need not be done during an initial screening examination, it must be done prior to surgery. If
significant abnormalities are found, the patient should be informed.
Fundus examination is particularly important for a myopic patient who is at greater risk
for retinal detachment. In the presence of peripheral retinal pathology, a consultation from a
retinal specialist is advisable. The result of this consultation should be included in the record.
Preoperative prophylactic treatment can be delivered, if required. The retina surgeon should
determine the timing of refractive surgery, following any treatment. If a retinal problem were to
develop postoperatively, the patient will already have a relationship with a specialist.
Diabetic retinopathy if present may impact the decision to do refractive surgery. Patients with
evidence of significant retinal ischemia may be at risk for an ischemic event related to extreme
IOP elevation. Macular edema, epiretinal membranes and degenerative changes in the macula
may limit the postsurgical visual outcome. These issues should be discussed with the patient.
It is not uncommon for a previously undiagnosed retinal disease to be uncovered during the
refractive evaluation.
If the optic disc does not appear normal, an evaluation of optic nerve function should be
conducted. This evaluation will include measurement of central acuity, pupil reactivity, color
vision, brightness comparison and visual field. Obviously, some of this evaluation may already
have been done before fundus examination. Highly myopic patients often have tilted discs with
peripapillary atrophy.
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE
• Potential visual acuity is as much important as visual acuity
• Determine manifest refraction (MR), cycloplegic refraction (CR) and post medriatic test (PMT)
• Anisometropia is one of the preoperative risk factors for ectasia
• Scotopic pupillometry is important to determine OZ and AD
• OZ should be 0. 5mm larger than scotopic pupil size
• BUT and Schirmer’s test should be routinely done, other investigations for DES can by performed accordingly
• The best to measure IOP is Pascal since it is not affected by CCT
• IOP taken by Applanation tonometer should be modified according to CCT
• Tonopen gives an idea should the IOP be taken at corneal midperiphery
• IOP should be monitored postoperatively in case of prolonged use of steroids
• The non-dominant eye should be determined for monovision treatment and for other treatments of presbyopia
• A complete evaluation of ocular motility is mandatory especially in case of significant phoria, intermittent tropia,
or prominent tropia and a trial of CL should be done before the decision of surgery is taken
• Orbital and eye anatomy has an impact of surgical choice
• Detailed external and internal eye examination is mandatory since any pathology may lead to significant
complications
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Artola A, Gala A, Belda JI, et al. LASIK in myopic patients with dermatological Keloids. J Refract Surg.
2006;22(5):505-8.
3. Alio JL, Perez-Santonja JJ Rodriguez-Prats J. LASIK in patients with rheumatic diseases: a pilot study.
4. American Academy of Ophthalmology. Is LASIK for me? A Patient’s Guide to Refractive Surgery; 2008.
5. American Academy of Ophthalmology. Preferred Practice Patterns Committee, Cornea/External
Disease Panel. Dry Eye Syndrome; 2008.
6. American Academy of Ophthalmology. Preferred Practice Patterns Committee, Cornea/External
Disease Panel. Blepharitis; 2008.
3: Clinical Optics.
9. Barbazzetto IA, Pizzarello LD. Ocular changes during pregnancy. Compr Ophthalmol Update.
2007;8(3):155-67.
10. Bilgihan K, Hondur A, Sul S, Ozturk S. Pregnancy-induced progression of keratoconus. Cornea.
2011;30(9):991-4.
11. Binder PS, Lindstrom RL, Stulting RD, et al. Keratoconus and corneal ectasia after LASIK. J Cataract
Refract Surg. 2005;31(11):2035-8.
12. Brightbill FS, McDonnell PJ, McGhee CNJ, et al (2009, 4th edition). Corneal Surgery: Theory, Technique
and Tissue. Mosby Elsevier.
13. Bron AJ, Tiffany JM. The contribution of meibomian disease to dry eye. Owl Surf. 2004;2(2):149- 65.
14. Cobo-Soriano R, Beltran J, Baviera J. LASIK outcomes in patients with underlying systemic
contraindications: a preliminary study. Ophthalmology. 2006;113:e1-8.
15. Cua IY, Pepose JS. Late corneal scarring after photorefractive keratectomy concurrent with
development of systemic lupus erythematosus. J Refract Surg. 2002;18:750-2.
16. Diaz-Valle D. Late-onset severe diffuse lamellar keratitis associated with uveitis after LASIK in a patient
with ankylosing spondylitis. J Refract Surg. 1995;25:623.
17. Driver PL, Lemp MA. Meibomian gland dysfunction. Surv Ophthalmol. 1996;40(5):343-67.
18. Edwards JD. Burka JM, Bower KS, et al. Effect of brimonidine tartrate 0.15% on night-vision difficulty
and contrast testing after refractive surgery. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2008;34(9):1538-41.
19. Ersanli D, Akin T, Karadayi K. Aggravation of proliferative diabetic retinopathy after LASIK (letter). J
21. Fraunfelder FW, Rich LF. Laser-assisted in situ keratomileusis complications in diabetes mellitus.
Cornea. 2002;21:246-8.
22. Ghanbari H, Ahmadieh H. Aggravation of proliferative diabetic retinopathy after laser in situ
23. Golas L, Manche EE. Dry eye after laser in situ keratomileusis with femtosecond laser and mechanical
keratome. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2011;37(8):1476-80.
24. Halkiadakis I, Belfair N, Gimbel HV. Laser in situ keratomileusis in patients with diabetes. J Cataract
Refract Surg. 2005;31:1895-8.
25. Herse PR. A Review of manifestations of diabetes mellitus in the anterior eye and cornea. Am J Optom
Physiol Opt. 1988;224-30.
26. Hoogewoud F, Gatzioufas Z, Hafezi F. Transitory topographical variations in keratoconus during
pregnancy. J Refract Surg. 2013;29(2):144-6.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
27. International Dry Eye WorkShop. The definition and classification of dry eye disease: report of the
Definition and Classification Subcommittee of the International Dry Eye WorkShop. Ocul Surf.
2007;5(2):75-92.
28. Kadyan A, Edmunds MR (2010). Intraocular surgery with warfarin anticoagulation. J Cataract Refract
Surg 36(4):701; author reply 701-2. DOI:10.1016/j.jcrs.2010.01.008.
29. Kanski JJ, Bowling B (2011, 7th edition). Clinical Ophthalmology: A Systematic Approach. Ch. 4: Dry
Eye Disorders. Elsevier.
30. Kenyon K, Wafai Z, Michels R, et al. Corneal basement membrane abnormality in diabetes mellitus
[ARVO abstract]. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci (suppl). 1978;17:245.
31. Kohnen T. Excimer laser refractive surgery in autoimmune disease (Letter to the Editor). J Cataract
Refract Surg. 2006;32:1241.
32. Lee JH, You YS, Choe EM, Lee ES. Efficacy of brimonidine tartrate 0.2% ophthalmic solution in reducing
halos after laser in situ keratomileusis. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2008;34(6):963-7.
33. Lemp MA. Advances in understanding and managing dry eye disease. Am J Ophthalmol.
2008;146(3):350-6.
34. Levinson EA, Rapuano CJ, Cohen EJ, et al. Referrals to the Wills Eye Institute Cornea Service after laser
in situ keratomileusis: reasons for patient dissatisfaction. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2008;34(1):32-9.
35. Li Y, Li HY. [Analysis of clinical characteristics and risk factors of corneal melting after laser in situ
keratomileusis]. [Chinese]. Zhonghua Yan Ke Za Zhi. 2005;41:330-4.
36. Lopez-Prats MJ, Hidalgo-Mora JJ, Sanz-Marco E, et al. [Influence of pregnancy on refractive parameters
after LASIK surgery]. Arch Soc ESsp Oftalmol. 2012;87(6):173-8.
38. Moshirfar M, Feiz V, Feilmeier MR, et al. Laser in situ keratomileusis in patients with corneal guttata and
family history of Fuchs endothelial dystrophy. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2005;31(12):2281-6.
39. Pflugfelder SC, Beuerman RW, Stern ME (Eds). Dry Eye and Ocular Surface Disorders. New York: Informa
Healthcare; 2004.
40. Pop M, Payette Y. Risk factors for night vision complaints after LASIK for myopia. Ophthalmology.
2004;111(1):3-10.
41. Preferred Practice Pattern® Guidelines. www.aao.org/ppp.
42. Rezende RA, Uchoa UC, Cohen EJ, et al. Complications associated with anterior basement membrane
dystrophy after laser in situ keratomileusis. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2004;30:2328-31.
43. Rosario Cobo-Soriano R, Jaime Beltrán J, Baviera J. LASIK Outcomes in Patients with Underlying
Systemic Contraindications: A Preliminary Study Ophthalmology. 2006;113(7):1118.e1–1118.e8.
44. Saini JS, Khandalavia B. Corneal epithelial fragility in diabetes mellitus. Can J Ophthalmol. 1995;30:142-
6.
45. Salib GM, McDonald MB, Smolek M. Safety and efficacy of cyclosporine 0.05% drops versus
unpreserved artificial tears in dry-eye patients having laser in situ keratomileusis. J Cataract Refract
Surg. 2006;32(5):772-8.
46. Salomão MQ, Ambrósio R Jr, Wilson SE (2009). Dry eye associated with laser in situ keratomileusis:
Mechanical microkeratome versus femtosecond laser. J Cataract Refract Surg 35(10):1756-60. doi:
10.1016/j.jcrs.2009.05.032.
47. Samuelson TW. Refractive surgery in glaucoma. Curr Opill Ophthalmol. 2004;15(2):112-8.
48. Sanchez-Thorin JC. The Cornea in Diabetes Mellitus. Int Ophthalmol Clin. 1998;38:19-36.
49. Schallhorn SC, Kaupp SE, Tanzer DJ, et al. Pupil size and quality of vision after LASIK. Ophthalmology.
2003;110(8):1606-14.
50. Schmidt GW, Yoon M, McGwin G, et al. Evaluation of the relationship between ablation diameter, pupil
size, and visual function with vision-specific quality-of-life measures after laser in situ keratomileusis.
Arch Ophthalmol. 2007;125(8):1037-42.
51. Schultz RO, Peters MA, Sobocinski K, et al. Diabetic corneal neuropathy. Trans Am Ophthalmol Soc.
1983;81:107-24.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
52. Seiler T, Wollensak J. Complications of laser keratomileusis with the excimer laser. Klin Monatsbl
Augenheilkd. 1992;200:642-53.
53. Smith RJ, Maloney RK. Laser in situ keratomileusis in patients with autoimmune diseases. J Cataract
Refract Surg. 2006;32(8):1292-5.
54. Solomon R, Eric D, Donnenfeld ED. Innovations in Advanced Surface Laser Refractive Surgery. Focal
55. Stern ME, Pflugfelder Sc. Inflammation in dry eye. Ocul Surf. 2004;2(2):124-30.
56. Toda I, Asano-Kato N, Hori-Komai, et al. Laser-assisted in situ keratomileusis for patients with dry eye.
Arch Ophthalmol. 2002;120(8):1024-8.
57. Toda T, Vagi Y, Hata S, et al. Excimer laser photorefractive keratectomy for patients with contact lens
intolerance caused by dry eye. Br J Opl1thafmol. 1996;80(7):604-9.
58. Weintrob AC, Sexton DJ. Susceptibility to infections in persons with diabetes mellitus. UpToDate.
Updated 2012; (2012).
59. Wilson SE, Klyce SD. Screening for corneal topographic abnormalities before refractive surgery.
Ophthalmology. 1994;101(1):147-52.
60. Wilson SE. Laser in situ keratomileusis-induced (presumed) neutrophilic epitheliopathy.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
CHAPTER 8
Avoidable Refractive
Surgery Complications
CORE MESSAGE
• Refractive surgery complications are not rare but many of them can be avoided
• There are complications related to PRT, some are related to flap, interface or stroma
• There are complications related to PIOL
• There are complications related to CLE, most important are retinal detachment and choroidal neovascularization
Refractive surgery is not risk-free. There are many complications may happen during and after
refractive surgery; but many of them can be avoided.
This chapter will discuss main refractive complications, their causes and how to avoid them.
COMPLICATIONS RELATED TO PRT

Intraoperative and Early Postoperative Complications
Before discussing intraoperative complications, it is wise to know that when an untoward event
happens in the first eye, it is often best not to proceed with surgery on the fellow eye at the same
day, because there may be delayed visual rehabilitation with suboptimal final results and there is
a higher risk of a similar problem in the fellow eye.
Flap Complications
1. Thin, Irregular, Buttonhole Flap (Fig. 8.1):
a. Predisposing Factors:
– Preoperative Km >46 D (see Fig. 6.9).
– History of collagen vascular disease.
– Conjunctival scarring after previous ocular surgery.
– Previous incisional keratotomy.
– Previous ocular, specifically cornea injury.
– Previous scleral buckling surgery.
– Patient with unusually thick epithelial layer (>90 μm).
b. Etiology:
– Attempted creation of very thin corneal flap (<100 μm).
– Poor applanation with MMK or femtosecond contact glass.
– Loss of suction during flap cut.
– Patient movement during the procedure.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 8.1 Button hole flap. White arrows point at borders of the button hole.
– Low or reduction in patient IOP.

– Poor lubrication of corneal surface or MMK malfunction.
– Excess tissue being compressed beyond applanation by the MMK foot plate, causing
indentation of the cornea (see Figs 6.7 and 6.8). Indentation may happen also in case
of multiple applications of the suction ring which lead to IOP reduction, or in case of
fast MMK movement.
c. Prevention and Treatment:
– Identify patients at risk for flap complications.
– Carefully set up and review your microkeratome, laser and surgical protocol.
– Secure a wide and safe path for the MMK head until it reaches the intended hinge
position by careful draping, using adjustable speculum in patients with tight eyelids,
and gently lifting the globe after suction activation.
– Be aware of these complications and suspect them in any uncertain situation.
– Do not ablate a poor quality bed.
– Replace the flap, put a BCL, use topical antibiotics and steroids for few days and then
remove BCL.
– Wait for a stable refraction before the second intervention (at least 3 months, some
surgeons wait for 6 months). Thereafter:
- If a second flap cut is planned, it should be at a deeper level and with a larger flap
diameter than the first attempt.
- If SA is planned, MMC 0.02% (0.2 mg/ml) should be applied after the ablation for
up to 2 min to reduce haze and scarring. A reduction in the amount of minus
sphere treatment also must be considered to compensate for the diminished
healing response due to MMC.
2. Incomplete Flap (Fig. 8.2):
a. Predisposing factors: It happens due to premature stopping of the MMK head before
reaching the intended hinge position. This is commonly due to:
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Avoidable Refractive Surgery Complications 227
Fig. 8.2 Incomplete flap. White arrows point at borders of the defect.
– Mechanical obstacles such as lashes, drapes, loose epithelium and precipitated salt
from the irrigating solution.
– MMK malfunction.
– Facial features such as deep-seated eyes, tight lids or blepharospasm.
b. Prevention and treatment:
Same as the previous complication added that:
– Do not lock the MMK until you are sure that the surgical area is wide enough and free
of any thing that may obstacle the microkeratome.
– The MMK should be locked easily, otherwise there is something inside.
– Press gently on the eye during fixing the suction ring, slightly raise the suction ring
with the eye after being sure of good suction, lock the MMK smoothly, press the eye
gently again during MMK pass.
3. Free Flap:
a. Predisposing factors: The main predisposing factor is flat cornea (Km <40 D). Small
interpalpebral fissure and poor patient cooperation are also important contributing
factors.
b. Etiology: Inconsistent flap diameter, hinge width and Km (see Fig. 6.9).
c. Prevention and treatment:
– In case of flat cornea, make sure that MMK or femtosecond parameters are adjusted to
create a flap of a small diameter and a wide hinge.
– Make sufficiently long-lasting ink marks.
– Make marks sufficiently long, to allow the edge of the flap to be crossed by the marks.
– Make asymmetric marks that are distinguishable in the event that the flap is
repositioned inversely (epithelium vs. stroma).
– When removing the microkeratome from the eye, make sure the flap is on the cornea.
– In the case of a free flap, reinforce the marks or even make stromal incisions.
– If the marks are lost completely, then try to reposition the free flap using the epithelial
details from the edge of the flap.
– Inadequate repositioning (rotation) leads to mixed astigmatism, generally
accompanied by reduced CDVA.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
– In case of induced mixed astigmatism discovered after the operation due to

intraoperative free flap rotation, solve the problem by repositioning the flap. Calculate
the angle for which the flap should be rotated by the following steps:
- Measure the induced (postoperative) refractive error (manifest mixed astigmatism).
- Use the plus astigmatism equation.
- Use the axis of the plus astigmatism in one of the following two equations to
calculate the angle of error of the recent position of the flap:
1. Equation one. Flap error angle of rotation = 2 x postoperative axis –90. It is used
when the flap has been cut horizontally (horizontal MMK).
2. Equation two. Flap error angle of rotation = 2 x postoperative axis –270. It is
used when the flap has been cut vertically (rotational MMK).
- If the resulting angle of error is positive, turn the flap clockwise, otherwise turn it
counterclockwise.
- Example 1: post surgical induced refractive error is –1 D sph/+2 D cyl @ 30° and
the flap has been cut vertically. Angle of error = 2 x 30 – 270 = –210°. Since it is a
negative value, rotate the flap counterclockwise for 210°.
- Example 2: post surgical induced refractive error is –1.5 D sph/+3 D cyl @ 100° and
the flap has been cut horizontally. Angle of error = 2 x 100 – 90 = +110°. Since the
angle is positive, rotate the flap clockwise for 110°.
4. Distorted (Displaced) Flap (Fig. 8.3):
a. Presentation: Intraoperatively, it appears as wrinkled flap with a gap at an edge.
Postoperatively, the epithelium fills the gap and the case presents either like macrostriae
or microstriae. The former can be seen clearly by slitlamp biomicroscopy without staining,
while the latter can be missed unless seen with staining, where it takes a negative staining
as shown in Figure 8.4.
Traumatic flap displacement can occur long after surgery. LASIK patients need to be
examined at a slit lamp after ocular trauma to make sure the flap was not disturbed.
Fig. 8.3 Distorted flap. Notice the vertical striate.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
b. Etiology:
– Intraoperatively:
- Copious irrigation under the flap leads to viscous interface and predisposing to
flap slippage.
- Improper replacement of the flap, especially if no adequate time was given to the
flap to dry and adhere.
- A superior hinge, 70-degree side cut angle may reduce the incidence.
– Postoperatively:
- Rubbing the eye.
- Dryness during the first 3–4 hours due to anesthesia and reduced blinking reflex.
- Closing the eyes for 2–3 hours postoperatively, frequent lubrication, especially in
the first few hours after surgery and avoidance of brimonidine perioperatively, will
reduce the incidence.
c. Management:
– Early postoperatively (first 24 hours):
- If the case is mild (microstriae) with no visual impact, nothing should be done
since the epithelium has the filling property (remodeling).
- If the case is moderate to severe (macrostriae) with visual impact, refloating the
flap accompanied with debridement of the epithelium and hydration, is usually
successful. It is important to brush back epithelium that has grown onto the
stromal bed and under surface of the flap to reduce the risk of epithelial ingrowth.
– Late postoperatively:
- If the case is mild (microstriae) with visual impact, mild PTK is sufficient (see
chapter 5).
- If the case is moderate to severe (macrostriae), refloating the flap accompanied
with debridement of the epithelium and suturing, is usually successful.
Fig. 8.4 Microstriae. They can be visible by flourescein negative staining.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Flap-Interface Complications
After flap repositioning at the end of the surgery, endothelial pump starts its function within few
minutes to adhere the flap. On OCT view, normal interface appears as a silver line differentiating
the stromal bed from the flap. Ideal interface should be regular with no gap or debris as shown
in Figure 8.5. The following are the most common (although rare) complications related to the
interface.
1. Infectious Keratitis (Fig. 8.6):
a. Etiology:
– Infections presenting early after LASIK (within 1 week) are commonly caused by gram-
positive organisms.
– Delayed onset (2–3 weeks) is commonly due to atypical mycobacterium.
– Fungal infections are suspected in those cases lacking improvement after early broad-
spectrum therapy and associated with severe visual loss.
b. Differential Diagnosis: Persistence of interface inflammation or appearance of corneal
infiltrate after LASIK should be presumed infectious unless proven otherwise. Differential
diagnosis consists of the followings:
– DLK.
– Pressure induced interface stromal keratitis (PISK).
– Central toxic keratitis (CTK).
– Interface debris.
– Edema:
- Due to bandage contact lens.
- Due to trauma.
- Due to epithelial effect.
– Sterile peripheral infiltrate (staphylococcus marginal).
– Epithelial ingrowth.
– Post-viral reactivation.
c. Preventive measures:
– Preoperatively:
- Avoid makeup for at least 1 week.
- Sterilization and good scrubbing.
– Intraoperatively:
- Sterilization.
- Avoid entrance of meibomian gland secretions under the flap.
- Avoid pooling of liquids during the surgery (speculum with suction is preferable).
Fig. 8.5 Normal flap-bed interface after LASIK.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 8.6 Post-LASIK infectious keratitis.
– Postoperatively:
- Plastic cover over night for five days.
- Avoid rubbing.
- Avoid makeup, swimming, sleeping with cats and puppies, or working with plants
for at least one week.
- Proper use of topical antibiotics.
- Proper treatment of dry eye.
d. Management:
– Early lifting of corneal flap for microbiological tests (smear and culture) for bacteria,
fungus and atypical mycobacterium followed by aggressive topical broad spectrum
antibiotic therapy.
– Initial therapy may be modified based on culture results and clinical response.
2. Diffuse Lamellar Keratitis (DLK):
a. Definition: It is a rare early postoperative complication appearing as an inflammatory
response of the corneal lamellae.
b. Predisposing factors and prevention: Entrance of toxic and oxidative materials during
the surgery under the flap is the main cause. Materials may be oil, wax, talc powder (in
gloves), mascara (eye makeup), metallic material and bacterial cell proteins that have
accumulated on the autoclaved instruments. Epithelial defects during the surgery may
trigger the inflammation.
Treatment of blepharitis and avoiding makeup preoperatively, is critical for prevention.
Wiping the MMK with alcohol, then rinsing with BSS before mounting may also prevent
DLK.
In some cases, DLK may be non toxic; it may occur as an inflammatory reaction to intra- or
postoperative trauma. Intraoperative trauma happens due to aggressive manipulation of
the flap or due to epithelial defects on the flap. It is, therefore, recommended to replace
loose epithelium to its original location at the end of the LA.
Late-onset DLK can occur from ocular surface problems such as corneal abrasions,
recurrent erosions and HSV dendritic keratitis, but it can also be a sign of indolent flap
interface infection, such as with atypical mycobacterium or fungus.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
c. Grading and Treatment:

i. Grade I (Fig. 8.7): Seen within 24 hours postoperatively. Fine, white cells in the stroma,
usually in the inferior periphery. No clumping of cells in the interface or in the central
portion of the cornea. Visual axis is free. Treatment is by extensive topical steroids.
ii. Grade II (Fig. 8.8): Usually seen within 48–72 hours postoperatively but may be seen
within 24 hours. Fine, white cells in the stroma extending to the center of the cornea.
Yet, no clumping of cells in the interface is present. Treatment is by extensive topical
steroids.
iii. Grade III (Fig. 8.9): Usually seen with 48–72 hours postoperatively. Fine, white cells in
the stroma and clumped slightly in the interface slightly central or just inferior to the
center of the cornea. Requires flap lifting, scrubbing of the bed and the inner face of
the flap and flap repositioning to prevent permanent scarring.
iv. Grade IV (Fig. 8.10): Seen after one week postoperatively. Results from stromal melting
and scarring. It appears as mud cracks and central scar leading to loss of central
Fig. 8.7 Grade I DLK.
Fig. 8.8 Grade II DLK.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 8.9 Grade III DLK. Fig. 8.10 Grade IV DLK.
volume, hyperopic shift and flattening of central cornea; this can be seen clearly on
the OCT pachymetry map (Fig. 8.11, red circle). Treatment is of little help. Three to six
months should pass to decide for lamellar keratoplasty. In some cases, melting may be
very severe and appears on OCT as a thickened cornea, infiltrated stroma and flap and
a gap filled with dead tissue in the interface as shown in Figure 8.12.
Fig. 8.11 OCT pachymetry map of a cornea with grade IV DLK. The red circle indicates a flat thin area.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 8.12 OCT view of corneal melting in severe DLK. The red circle indicates the melted area, and on the right
appears a thickened cornea with a fibrinous exudate within the interface.
3. Pressure Induced Interface Stromal Keratitis (PISK) (Fig. 8.13):

a. Etiology: Steroid induced accumulation of fluid in the interface due to increased IOP.
Fluid accumulation may be space occupying and results in falsely low IOP measurements
on applanation tonometry (4 or 5 mmHg), or may be non-space occupying leading to
accurate IOP measurements. In case of space occupying type, a fluid cleft behind the flap
can be seen by slit lamp and OCT.
b. Differential diagnosis and treatment:
PISK should be differentiated from DLK. The main differences between both are:
– DLK usually starts within 24 hours postoperatively, but late onset after weeks or
months may happen in the setting of trauma, corneal abrasions or erosions, while
PISK starts after a week.
– DLK responds to topical steroids, while PISK worsens.
– PISK responds to discontinuation of steroids and using IOP lowering agents.
– OCT view. In DLK grade I to III, the stroma and interface are infiltrated without a gap
in the interface (Fig. 8.14, white arrow). In the space occupying type of PISK, there is a
gap filled with fluids in the interface (Fig. 8.15, white arrows).
Fig. 8.13 PISK.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 8.14 OCT view of infiltrated interface in DLK. The white arrow points at the interface.
Fig. 8.15 OCT view of space occupying PISK.
4. Central Toxic Keratitis (CTX) (Fig. 8.16): It is a toxic inflammatory reaction which has the
same etiology and predisposing factors of DLK. It is a DLK-grade-IV-like entity which (unlike
grade IV DLK) presents within 1-5 days postoperatively. On the other hand, CTX does not
respond to steroids and needs only observation. OCT view is same in both complications,
where a central area of very high reflectivity extends through all corneal thickness as shown
in Figure 8.17. The process may take several months to resolve or may leave a scar just like
DLK grade IV. The decision of treatment can be made thereafter.
Fig. 8.16 CTX.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 8.17 OCT view of CTK.
5. Marginal Sterile Corneal Infiltrates (Fig. 8.18):

a. Definition: A bilateral noninfectious inflammatory process that is characterized by multiple
marginal subepithelial white infiltrates with intact epithelium localized peripheral to
flap edge. Similar to catarrhal infiltrate, there is an intervening clear zone between the
involved area and the limbus.
b. Clinical presentation: The case presents within the first few days postoperatively with a
sluggish onset of clinical signs with mild to lack of symptoms. Visual acuity is not affected.
Fig. 8.18 Marginal sterile corneal infiltrates. The white arrows point at the infiltrates.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
There is a mild to moderate redness with no anterior chamber reaction. The patient may
complain of mild pain, foreign body sensation and tearing.
c. Predisposing factors:
– In LA: blepharitis.
– In SA: use of tight contact lenses, use of NSAIDs without topical steroids and
blepharitis.
d. Treatment and Differential Diagnosis:
– Intensive high penetration topical steroids every 1–2 hour while the patient is awake.
– Re-evaluation of the case every day until the condition is under control.
– Short doses of systemic steroids are to be considered, if the inflammation is not
responsive to topical intense treatment and as long as there are no severe signs or
epithelial defect.
– In situations, where the clinical presentation is more severe (as with dense infiltrates,
edema, epithelial defect, purulent discharge, considerable pain and decreased vision),
it is advised to get material for microbiological cultures and laboratory workup, as
well as to treat these cases empirically as bacterial infections until the cultures come
back negative, to increase the use of topical and systemic steroids.
– Myopic regression is often seen after proper treatment.
– If enhancement is needed, recurrence rate of infiltrates is high in those who had them
after the first treatment. Therefore, a prophylactic treatment with high penetration
steroids should be initiated days before enhancement.
– Differential diagnosis also includes herpes simplex keratitis.
Corneal Melting
a. Corneal melting is the final common response of the stroma to a variety of insults.
b. Predisposing factors include:
– DES.
– Autoimmune diseases.
– Epithelial defects during the operation.
– Use of NSAIDs.
– Epithelial ingrowth.
– Interface infections
– Epithelial and stromal herpes.
– Adenoviral infection.
– The classic course of the disease is a self-limited phenomenon, but treatment is indicated
in severe cases to avoid scarring.
Late Postoperative Complications

DES
It has been discussed in chapter 7.
Epithelial Ingrowth (Fig. 8.19)

It is one of the interface complications. It occurs when epithelium finds a port to go through
under the flap. The ingrowth consists of two portions, the tunnel, which is the pathway of the
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
feeding epithelium, extending from corneal periphery into under the flap and the nests and
islands of epithelium which are fed by corneal epithelium through the tunnel as shown in Figure
8.20. OCT view shows a gap in the interface being occupied by the ingrowing epithelial cells (Fig.
8.21); it also detects the gap at the flap edge through which the ingrowing cells find their way in
(Fig. 8.22). Figure 8.23 shows well-opposed edges after flap repositioning.
Fig. 8.19 Epithelial ingrowth. The white arrow points at nests of epithelium.
Fig. 8.20 Epithelial ingrowth. This diagram shows etiology of the complication; a defect in the flap edge forms an
entrance for cell migration into the interface via a tunnel.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Fig. 8.21 Epithelial ingrowth. OCT view along the tunnel showing a space occupying defect with nests of epithelial
cells at its end.
A B
Figs 8.22A and B Epithelial ingrowth. OCT shows the defect at flap edge. (A) is the intact flap edge; (B) is the defected
flap edge with the gap filled by epithelium.
Fig. 8.23 OCT section taken after flap repositioning shows well-opposed edge.
a. Predisposing factors and prevention:

– Flap striae or folds, as when the flap dislocates after surgery due to trauma or poor adhesion.
– Excessive manipulation of the flap with forceps or with sponges.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
– Excessive irrigation or careless surgery without enough time dedicated to the flap
desiccation, resulting in poor adhesion of the flap. This leaves a virtual space between the
flap and the residual stroma that is infiltrated by epithelial cells.
– Any complication that occurs during flap creation may lead to epithelial ingrowth, such
as buttonhole, irregular flaps, decentered flaps, or flaps with an irregular gutter.
– Use of defective MMK with uneven and or irregular advancement, with poor or
intermittent suction, blades with non-smooth or sharp borders. All of these can cause
irregular stromal bed or a defect in Bowman layer at the edge of the flaps, a known cause
of epithelial ingrowth.
– Aggressive relifting of the flap carries a higher incidence of epithelial ingrowth.
– Epithelial defects created by the surgery, such as “fluffy epithelium” caused by a defected
MMK, or bad manipulation of the flap, especially in patients older than 40 years of age.
– When the flap is smaller than the ablation zone, a part of the laser beam will fall out of
stromal bed which may create a gap that could be an open window for the epithelium to
enter and grow.
– Surgery over previous surgeries such as LASIK over radial keratotomy cuts.
b. Classification:
Grade I: Epithelium under the flap as localized island at the periphery. It does not block the
red reflex.
Grade II: Epithelium grows diffusely at the periphery of the flap, with a faint line in front of it.
It distorts red reflex.
Grade III: Diffuse epithelium under the flap with total blockage of the red reflex.
c. Management: The main stay of the treatment is observation since management of this
complication is difficult and has a high incidence of recurrence (10%). On the other hand,
lifting the flap introduces the danger of spreading the cells under the flap or even activating
epithelial cell growth.
Surgical treatment is indicated in the following situations:
1. When epithelial ingrowth progresses toward the visual axis and CDVA is in danger.
2. When epithelial ingrowth is not progressing, but the cyst forms an elevation that causes
irregular and un-correctable astigmatism.
3. When the flap starts to melt.
The principle of the treatment is to close the tunnel and remove the nests. The suggested
surgical technique is as follows:
– Debride the epithelium from bed and the inner face of the flap.
– Irrigate with sterile distilled water to turn the epithelial ingrowth cells white for better
visualization.
– Close and seal the tunnel by one of the followings:
- Ethyl Alcohol 100% to 18%.
- Tissue glue (super glue).
- Suture with 10-0 or 11-0 Nylon.
- Cryopexy of tunnel opening.
- PTK to the bed and flap at the tunnel.
- Cocaine 4%.
- ND: YAG Laser.
- Use SCL until tunnel closed.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Ectasia
Definition
Corneal ectasia is an iatrogenic keratoconus triggered by keratorefractive surgery, especially
by LASIK. It is characterized by a progressive thinning, unstable refraction and a topographic
evidence of asymmetric inferior corneal steepening on the anterior sagittal curvature map, or a
tomographic evidence of abnormal elevations on either of corneal surfaces. It is a progressive
disorder. The progression is monitored by one or more of the followings:
1. Increase in Kmax > 1 D per 6 months.
2. Increase in TA > 1 D per 6 months.
3. Increase in MA > 1 D per 6 months.
4. Thinning of the cornea at the thinnest location >30 µm per 6 months.
5. Increase of HOAs per 6 months (as mentioned in chapter 2).
Risk Factors
Since the first reports in 1998, a variety of risk factors have been identified; however, patients
have also developed ectasia without any of these predisposing risk factors.
Risk factors for ectasia include preoperative abnormal corneal tomography, FFKC, frank KC
and PMD; high ablation depth; low preoperative corneal thickness; low RSB thickness; young
age; and high myopia. Abnormal preoperative tomography is associated with the greatest
relative risk for ectasia.
High Myopia
High myopia (> –12 D) has been reported to be a risk factor for ectasia; however, ectasia can
also occur in eyes with low preoperative myopia and myopia is a poor predictor of ectasia in
multivariate analysis. However, it is widely recommended to avoid correction of > –8 D by PRT.
Thin Corneas
In comparative studies, ectasia cases had significantly thinner corneas preoperatively than did
controls. A thin cornea may be a marker for subclinical ectatic corneal disorders and it increases
the risk of low RSB and thicker than expected flaps. The cornea is considered thin when it is
< 450 µm if no other risk factors exist; otherwise <500 µm is considered thin.
Low RSB
Ectasia cases have had a significantly lower RSB than controls in comparative studies. Low RSB
has always been thought to be one of the most significant risk factors for postoperative ectasia
and a generally accepted minimum RSB of 250 µm has been established. In spite of this, many
surgeons prefer not to go below 270 µm, or even 300 µm.
Factors contributing to low RSB include treatment of high refractive errors, thin preoperative
corneas, excessively thick flaps and deeper than expected stromal ablations. There can be
significant variability in the thickness of corneal flaps depending on microkeratome technology.
While most of the microkeratome plate markings overestimate average actual flap thickness,
flap thickness can vary widely with MMK and to less extent with femtosecond lasers. Previous
studies have also demonstrated that actual AD is usually greater than estimated AD.
While a 250 µm RSB is commonly accepted as a safe cut-off for LASIK, ectasia has occurred
after LASIK in numerous eyes with calculated RSB greater than 250 µm, including eyes with RSB
greater than 300 µm confirmed by intraoperative pachymetry and after PRK in eyes with RSB
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
greater than 350 µm. Conversely, many eyes have undergone successful LASIK with RSB less than
225 µm. Thus, decreasing RSB likely represents a continuum of postoperative ectasia risk rather
than a definitive safety cut-off.
Only 31% of respondents to the ISRS/AAO survey, routinely measure flap or RSB thickness
intraoperatively. Using a probability model that accounts for imprecision in corneal thickness,
flap thickness and laser ablation depth measurements, Reinstein and colleagues determined
that, depending on the microkeratome used, up to 33% of eyes with calculated RSB thickness
of 250 µm could have actual RSB less than 200 µm. Therefore, It is recommended that surgeons
initially perform intraoperative pachymetry to become familiar with the performance of their
microkeratomes and at least for those patients at risk for low RSB, if not for all LASIK cases. It is not
necessary to perform intraoperative pachymetry on a routine basis once initial microkeratome
evaluation has been performed.
Multiple enhancements further reduce RSB. Corneal thickness measurements taken months
after initial LASIK usually overestimate RSB thickness especially with corneal tomography devices,
hence, the importance of anterior OCT. If preoperative information is not available, accurate
assessment of actual RSB prior to retreatment is critical to avoid excessive ablation of the posterior
stroma. This can be accomplished by utilizing intraoperative pachymetry measurements prior to
laser ablation at the time of retreatment, or by utilizing confocal microscopy or OCT prior to
retreatment, as these instruments can accurately measure RSB thickness without ever lifting the
flap.
Young Age
Patients who develop ectasia, especially those without classical, recognized risk factors, tend
to be younger than average patients undergoing LASIK. This observation may be explained by
the fact that younger corneas are more susceptible to structural deformation due to decreased
collagen crosslinking that naturally increases with age, or the fact that some younger patients
are destined to develop clinical KC in their 4th to 6th decades of life, but have not yet manifested
any of the clinical or topographic findings of the disease process.
Ectatic Corneal Disorders and Forme Fruste Keratoconus
Ectatic disorders, including KC, PMD and defined abnormal topographic patterns, such as FFKC,
are the most significant risk factors for postoperative ectasia. Corneal tomography should be
carefully studied in both eyes before proceeding with surgery. Many surgeons rely heavily
on objective classification given by software indices adopted in devices programs. However,
sensitivity and specificity of such indices are not 100% and there might be false positives as well
as false negatives which means that there might be subtle changes that cannot be estimated by
the software. Therefore, subjective skillful reading of the maps is very important.

Other factors, such as contact lens warpage and keratoconjunctivitis sicca, can create
tomographic changes that resemble those of FFKC. These factors may make it more challenging
to differentiate normal from abnormal tomographies. It is therefore recommended to repeat
tomographic examinations at a later time in questionable cases, and if available, utilizing multiple
technologies, since a variety of imaging systems can provide unique information and decrease
the odds of artifactual readings.
Other Potential Risk Factors
In addition to the aforementioned risk factors, other factors should be considered, including
HOA especially coma, multiple enhancements, chronic trauma (eye rubbing), family history of
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
KC and refractive instability (increasing refractive cylinder) with preoperative CDVA worse than
1.0 (Snellen).
General risk factors are also as important as ocular ones. Collagen disorders that have
high incidence of accompanying KC or keratoglobus are contraindications for keratorefractive
surgeries even with apparently normal corneal tomography. Such disorders include Ehler-
Danlos, osteogenesis imperfecta, mitral valve prolapse, joint hypermobility, Marfan disease and
others. In such cases, corneal hysteresis is usually abnormal.
Ectasia Risk Score System
Randleman et al. established “Ectasia Risk Score System” to score the candidate of refractive
surgery and help the surgeon in taking the decision. This system consists of two steps.
Step number 1 (Table 8.1) gives an accumulative score of the case depending on five factors:
preoperative topography pattern, assumed postoperative RSB, age, preoperative CCT and
preoperative manifest refractive spherical equivalent (MRSE).
Step 2 (Table 8.2) grades the risk of the case for PRT.
Example 1: a case with normal topography, a calculated RSB = 290 µm, age of the candidate
= 20 y/o, CCT = 500 µm, and MRSE = –6 D. The score of this case is 0+1+3+2+0 = 6. According to
Table 6.2, PRT should be avoided.
Example 2: a case with asymmetrical bowtie, RSB = 310 µm, age = 31 y/o, CCT = 520 µm and
MRSE = –6 D. The score of this case is 1+0+0+0+0 = 1. According to Table 6.2, both LA and SA can
be performed.
However, Randleman scoring system does not consider corneal tomography, which in many
cases shows abnormal elevation or pachymetry maps in spite of normal topography; it does
consider central thickness rather than thickness at the thinnest location, which is more accurate
in abnormal corneas. Due to these two major reasons, many surgeons do not follow this score
system. But still, the mentioned five factors are of importance.
TABLE 8.1 The Ectasia Risk Score System for Identifying Eyes at High Risk of Developing Ectasia After

Lasik
Pattern Points
4 3 2 1 0
Topography Abnormal Inferior steepening/ Asymmetrical Normal/
topography skewed radial axis bowtie symmetrical bowtie
RSB (μm) < 240 240 – 259 260 – 279 280 – 299 ≥300
Age (years) 18 – 21 22 – 25 26 – 29 ≥30
CCT (μm) < 450 451 – 480 481 – 510 ≥510
MRSE (D) > –14.00 > –12.00 to –14.00 > –10.00 to –12.00 > –8.00 to –10.00 –8.00 or less
TABLE 8.2 Grading the Risk of Ectasia According to the Scoring System Shown in Table 8.1
Total Risk Score Relative Risk Recommendations
0–2 Low Proceed with LA or SA
3 Moderate Proceed with caution, special informed consent, safety
of SA unknown
4 High Do not perform any
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
For more detail about ectasia and the predisposing risk factors, please refer to the second
edition of my book (Corneal Topography in Clinical Practice) and (Keratoconus: When, Why and
Why Not) by Jaypee Highlight 2012.
Haze
a. Definition: It is a marginal loss of corneal clarity due to a subepithelial stromal opacity
(Figs 8.24 and 8.25). Its mechanism consists of abnormal collagen deposition.
Although it is usually seen after SA, it can be encountered after LA.
b. Predisposing Factors:
– Ablation depth >80 µm.
– OZ diameter < 6 mm.
– Magnitude of correction > –6 D.
– Slope of wound surface; e.g. in aspheric profile is less common than that in plain profile.
– Postoperative surface irregularity.
Fig. 8.24 Corneal haze after surface ablation.
Fig. 8.25 OCT view of corneal haze. The white arrows point at irregular collagen deposition which forms an irregular
hazy layer under the epithelium.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
– High tear TGF-Beta levels.
– In broadband lasers is more common than flying-spot lasers.
c. Grading: Haze is graded from 0 to 4 as shown in Table 8.3.
d. Prevention:
– Intraoperative application of MMC 0.02%.
– Postoperative oral vitamin C to:
- Prevent UV damage produced by excimer.
- Reduce keratocyte activation.
– Postoperative sunglasses for UV protection.
– Postoperative weak steroids for a period that may last for 3 months. Monitor the IOP.
e. Treatment: There are several choices to treat established haze. Some are medical and some
are surgical. Some surgeons use topical steroids for a long period of time. Others do PTK or
even lamellar keratoplasty. However, MMC application was also described.
Some surgeons do the following steps:
1. Anterior OCT to measure epithelium thickness and the depth of haze.
2. Removal of epithelium by PTK according to OCT measurements (almost 50–60 µm) followed
by PTK for haze (no more than 80 µm).
3. Application of MMC 0.02% for 2–3 min according to severity of haze (longer time for more
severe haze).
4. Copious irrigation of cornea and conjunctiva with BSS.
5. BCL.
6. Topical antibiotics till complete epithelialization and removal of BCL.
7. After complete epithelialization, start weak topical steroids for at least three months with IOP
monitoring.
TABLE 8.3 Grading of Haze

Grade Description of the image by the slit lamp
0 No Haze
0.5 Trace
1 Haze not interfering with visibility of fine iris details
2 Mild obscuration of iris details
3 Moderate obscuration of the iris and lens
4 Complete opacification
Complications Related to PIOL

As mentioned in chapter 5, there are three types of PIOLs, anterior chamber iris-supported,
anterior chamber angle-supported and posterior chamber PIOLs. Each of these types has its own
complications, but there are general complications that will be discussed.
Intraoperative Complications
Intraoperative complications include ocular hypotony, iris prolapse, choroidal hemorrhage,
damage to the natural crystalline lens, endothelium or iris. These are usually due to inappropriate
surgical technique or IOL size and design.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Postoperative Complications
Ocular Hypertension
Ocular hypertension can be seen as an early onset during the first few days postoperatively, or as
a late onset seen between the second and the fourth week after the surgery.
Early onset happens due to three mechanisms:
1. Incomplete removal of the viscoelastic substance, which results in blockage of drainage at
the trabecular meshwork. The best viscoelastic to use is methylcellulose since it is easy to
remove and any small remnants will be rapidly absorbed postoperatively.
2. Blockage in circulation due to entrapment behind the lens (especially in posterior chamber
PIOL).
3. Rarely, malignant glaucoma.
Early onset can be avoided by good removal of the viscoelastic at the end of the surgery. It
can be treated by using antihypertensive and hyperosmotic agents. In nonresponding cases,
surgical intervention to remove the viscoelastic or to manage malignant glaucoma is needed.
Late onset is likely related to steroids. It is, therefore, important to have regular IOP check-ups
during the treatment period.
Pupillary Block Glaucoma
It may happen with all types of PIOL even with patent peripheral iridectomy.
Acute Uveitis
Surgical trauma causes mild transient uveitis that can be controlled by postoperative medications.
In case of severe reaction, full work up for uveitis should be done and endophthalmitis should
be kept in mind.
Chronic Inflammation
A kind of chronic inflammation (described as an increase in aqueous flare) is found in all types of
PIOLs, being more with the anterior chamber types. This inflammation is one of the major causes
of progressive loss of endothelium and it may contribute to the development of cataract.
Decentration, Displacement, or Rotation of IOL
Decentration, displacement, or rotation of the PIOL is usually due to inappropriate surgical
technique or IOL sizing. This requires repositioning or replacement with another lens of
appropriate size.
Dislocation of PIOL
Traumatic and spontaneous PIOL dislocations have been reported in anterior chamber iris-
supported PIOLs.
Corneal Edema
It is usually due to excessive manipulation during surgery, inflammation, or ocular hypertension.
Progressive Endothelial Cell Loss
This complication happens with all types of PIOL, even with posterior chamber type. Very
roughly, there is about 2–2.5% loss per year. When endothelial cell loss exceeds 30%, corneal
decompensation happens. This complication is one of the indications for PIOL explantation.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Residual Refractive Error
This can be managed by replacing the PIOL with another one or can be corrected with PRT.
Pigment Dispersion
It has been observed in approximately 3% of eyes that underwent posterior chamber PIOLs, but
there are no reports of related glaucoma.
Cataract
Anterior subcapsular cataracts are related to posterior chamber PIOLs and mostly related to
the beginning of the surgeon’s learning curve. Nuclear cataract has been reported in anterior
chamber angle-supported PIOLs with no reasonable correlation.
Iris Atrophy and Pupil Ovalization
It may happen with the anterior chamber angle-supported PIOLs. When the pupil margin extends
beyond the edge of the PIOL, diplopia may occur and explantation of the PIOL may be indicated.
COMPLICATIONS IN REFRACTIVE LENS EXCHANGE

Refractive lens exchange (RLE) is usually performed in extreme cases, where no other refractive
options are suitable. One of these extreme cases is high myopia. In high myopia, there is an
increased risk of retinal detachment (RD) in general and after RLE or cataract surgery in particular.
Incidence of RD after RLE differs among studies and the main reason is the period of follow up,
the longer the period the higher the incidence, but in general it ranges between 1.3% and 8.1%
of cases. One of the predisposing factors for RD after RLE is posterior capsule rupture during the
surgery.
Of the important complications are choroidal neovascularization (CNV) and macular
degeneration (MD). Unlike hyperopic patients, myopic patients are subject to the effects of the
retinal stretching that can lead to premature macular CNV and MD. The incidence of these two
complications can be reduced by using IOLs provided with blue-light-blocking pigments and
looking for premature onset of age-related macular degeneration (AMD) and family history of
AMD.
In addition to the above complications, RLE has same complications of cataract surgery.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Alfonso JF, Lisa C, Cueto LF, et al. Clinical outcomes after implantation of a posterior chamber collagen
copolymer phakic intraocular lens with a central hole for myopic correction. J Cataract Refract Surg.
2013;39(6):915-21.

2. Ali. JL, Ruiz-Moreno JM, Shabayek MH, et al. The risk of retinal detachment in high myopia after small
incision coaxial phacoemulsification. Am J Ophthalmol. 2007;144:93-8.
4. Al-Mezaine HS, Al-Amro SA, Al-Obeidan S. Incidence, management, and visual outcomes of
buttonholed laser in situ keratomileusis flaps. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2009;35(5):839-45.
5. Ambrsio R Jr, Periman LM, Netto MV, et al. Bilateral marginal sterile infiltrates and diff use lamellar
keratitis after laser in situ keratomileusis. J Refract Surg. 2003;19:154-8.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
7. Amoils SP, Deist MB, Gous P, et al. Iatrogenic keratoectasia after laser in situ keratomileusis for less than
-4.0 to -7.0 diopters of myopia. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2000;26:967-77.
8. Asai T, Nakagami T, Mochizuki M, et al. Three cases of corneal melting after instillation of a new non
steroidal anti inflammatory drug. Cornea. 2006;25:224-7.
9. Asano-Kato N, Toda I, Hori-Komai Y, et al. Epithelial ingrowth after laser in situ keratomileusis: clinical
features and possible mechanisms. Am J Ophthalmol. 2002;134(6):801-7.
10. Ashrafzadeh A, Steinert RF. Results of phototherapeutic keratectomy in the management of flap striae
after LASIK before and after developing a standardized protocol: long term follow-up in an expanded
patient population. Ophthalmology. 2007;114:1118-23.
11. Belin MW, Ambrosio R, Jr. Corneal ectasia risk score: statistical validity and clinical relevance. Journal of
refractive surgery. 2010;26(4):238-40.
12. Belin MW, Hannush SB, Yau CW, et al. Elevated intraocular pressure-induced interlamellar stromal
keratitis. Ophthalmology. 2002;109:1929-33.
13. Bielory BP, O’Brien TP. Allergic complications with laser-assisted in-situ keratomileusis. Curr Opin
Allergy Clin Immunol. 2011;11(5):483-91.
14. Bigham M, Enns CL, Holland SP, et al. Diffuse lamellar keratitis complicating laser in situ keratomileusis:
post-marketing surveillance of an emerging disease in British Columbia, Canada, 2000–2002. J
15. Binder PS. One thousand consecutive Intralase laser in situ keratomileusis flaps. J Cataract Refract
Surg. 2006;32:962-9.
16. Binder PS. Analysis of ectasia after laser in situ keratomileusis: risk factors. J Cataract Refract Surg.
2007;33:1530-8.
17. Binder PS. Risk factors for ectasia after LASIK. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2008;34:2010-1.
18. Binder PS, Lindstrom RL, Stulting RD, et al. Keratoconus and corneal ectasia after LASIK [letter]. J
19. Biser SA, Bloom AH, Donnenfeld ED, et al. Flap folds after femtosecond LASIK. Eye Contact Lens.
2003;29:252-4.
20. Brightbill FS, McDonnell PJ, McGhee CNJ, et al (2009, 4th edition). Corneal Surgery: Theory, Technique
and Tissue. Mosby Elsevier.
21. Bron AJ, Tiffany JM. The contribution of meibomian disease to dry eye. Owl Surf. 2004;2(2):149- 65.
22. Buxey K. Delayed onset diffuse lamellar keratitis following enhancement LASIK surgery. Clin Exp
Optom. 2004;87:102-6.
23. Caster Ai, Friess DW, Potvin RJ. Absence of keratoectasia after LASIK in eyes with preoperative central
corneal thickness of 450 to 500 microns. J Refract Surg. 2007;23(8):782-8.
24. Chan CC, Hodge C, Sutton G. External analysis of the Randleman Ectasia Risk Factor Score System: a
review of 36 cases of post LASIK ectasia Clinical and Experimental Ophthalmology. 2010;38(4):335-40.
25. Chang MA, Jain S, Azar DT. Infections following laser in situ keratomileusis: an integration of the
published literature. Surv Ophthalmol. 2004;49:269-80.
26. Choi CJ, Melki SA. Loose anchoring suture to secure a free flap after laser in situ keratomileusis. J
27. Choi MS, Melki SA. Maddox rod effect to confirm the visual significance of laser in situ keratomileusis
28. Cimberle Michael. Retinal detachment rates for lens exchange, phakic IOLs comparable. Ocular
Surgery News, 15 June 2006, pp 3–6 (Report on Alicante International Refractive Meeting); 2006.
29. Cobo-Soriano R, Beltran J, Baviera J. LASIK outcomes in patients with underlying systemic
contraindications: a preliminary study. Ophthalmology. 2006;113:e1-8.
30. Cua IY, Pepose JS. Late corneal scarring after photorefractive keratectomy concurrent with
development of systemic lupus erythematosus. J Refract Surg. 2002;18:750-2.
31. Davidson RS, Brandt ID, Mannis MJ. Intraocular pressure- induced interlamellar keratitis after LASIK
surgery. Glaucoma. 2003;12:23-6.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
32. Dawson DG, Randleman JB, Grossniklaus HE, et al. Corneal ectasia after excimer laser keratorefractive
surgery: histopathology, ultra structure, and pathophysiology. Ophthalmology. 2008;115:2181-91.e1
33. De Rojas Silva MV, Diez Feijo E, Rodrguez Ares MT, et al. Confocal microscopy of stage 4 diffuse lamellar
keratitis with spontaneous resolution. J Refract Surg. 2004;20:391-6.
34. Dejaco-Ruhswurm I, Scholz U, Pieh S, et al. Long-term endothelial changes in phakic eyes with
posterior chamber intraocular lenses. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2002;28(9):1589-93.
35. Diaz-Valle D. Late-onset severe diffuse lamellar keratitis associated with uveitis after LASIK in a patient
with ankylosing spondylitis. Journal of Refract Surg. 1995;25:623.
36. Dogru M, Stern ME, Smith JA, et al. Changing trends in the definition and diagnosis of dry eyes. Am J
Ophthalmol. 2005;140:507-8.
37. Donnenfeld ED, O’Brien TP, Solomon R, et al. Infectious keratitis after photorefractive keratectomy.
Ophthalmology. 2003;110(4):743-7.
38. Durrie DS, Kezirian GM. Femtosecond laser versus mechanical keratome flaps in wavefront-guided
laser in situ keratomileusis: prospective contralateral eye study. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2005;31:120-6.
39. Edelhauser HF, Sanders DR, Azar R, et al. Corneal endothelial assessment after ICL implantation. J
40. El-Sheikh HF, Tabbara KF. Cataract following posterior chamber phakic intraocular lens. J Refract Surg.
2003;19:72-3.
41. Feder RS, Rapuano. The lasik handbook: a case-based approach. Lippincott Williams and Wilkins; 2007.
42. Fernandez-Vega L, Alfonso JF, Villacampa T. Clear lens extraction for the correction of high myopia.
43. Fogla R, Padmanabhan P. Interrupted sutures at the hinge site to manage a free flap during laser in situ
44. Frucht-Pery J, Landau D, Raiskup F, et al. Early transient visual acuity loss after LASIK due to steroid-
induced elevation of intraocular pressure. J Refractive Surgery. 2007;23:244-51.
45. Gabison EE, Chastang P, Menashi S, et al. Late corneal perforation after photorefractive keratectomy
associated with topical diclofenac: involvement of matrix metalloproteinase. Ophthalmology.
2003;110:1626-31.
46. Galal A, Artola A, Belda I, et al. Interface corneal edema secondary to steroid-induced elevation of
intraocular pressure simulating diffuse lamellar keratitis. J Refract Surg. 2006;22:441-7.
47. Gambato C, et al. Mitomycin C modulation of corneal wound healing after photorefractive keratectomy
in highly myopic eyes. Ophthalmology. 2005;112:208-18.
48. Geggel HS, Talley AR. Delayed onset keratoectasia following in situ keratomileusis. J Cataract Refract
Surg. 1999;25:582-6.
49. Golas L, Manche EE. Dry eye after laser in situ keratomileusis with femtosecond laser and mechanical
keratome. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2011;37(8):1476-80.
50. Gonnermann J, Klamann MKJ, Maier A, et al. Visual outcome and complications after posterior iris-

claw aphakic intraocular lens implantation J Cataract Refract Surg. 2012;38(12):2139-43.

51. Gris O, Guell JL, Wolley-Dod C, et al. Diffuse lamellar keratitis and corneal edema associate with viral
keratoconjunctivitis 2 years after laser in situ keratomileusis. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2004;30:1366-70.
52. Guo N, Zhou YH, Qu J, et al. [Evaluation of diffuse lamellar keratitis after LASIK with confocal
microscopy]. [Chinese]. Zhonghua Yan Ke Za Zhi. 2006;42:330-3.
53. Hadden OB, McGhee CNJ, Morris AT, et al. Outbreak of diffuse lamellar keratitis caused by marking-
pen toxicity. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2008;34:1121-4.
54. Hamilton DR, Manche EE, Rich LF, et al. Steroid-induced glaucoma after laser in situ keratomileusis
associated with interface fluid. Ophthalmology. 2002;109(4):659-65.
55. Haw WW, Manche EE. Treatment of progressive or recurrent epithelial ingrowth with ethanol following
laser in situ keratomileusis. J Refract Surg. 2001;17(1):63-8.
56. Hayashi K, Ohno-Matsui K, Futagami S, et al. Choroidal neovascularization in highly myopic eyes after
cataract surgery. Jpn J Ophthalmol. 2006;50:345-8.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
57. Hoff man RS, Fine IH, Packer M. Incidence and outcomes of LASIK with diffuse lamellar keratitis treated
with topical and oral corticosteroids. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2003;29:451-6.
58. Hoffman RS, Fine IH, Packer M. Incidence and outcomes of LASIK with diffuse lamellar keratitis treated
with topical and oral corticosteroids. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2003;29(3):451-6.
59. Horgan N, Condon PI, Beatty S. Refractive lens exchange in high myopia: long term follow-up. Br J
Ophthalmol. 2005;89:670-2.
60. Hovanesian JA, Maloney RK. Treating astigmatism after a free laser in situ keratomileusis cap by
rotating the cap. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2005;31:1870-6.
61. Hsu JK, Johnston WT, Read RW, et al. Histopathology of corneal melting associated with diclofenac use
after refractive surgery. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2003;29:250-6.
62. Huang 0, Schallhorn se, Sugar A, et al. Phakic intraocular lens implantation for the correction of myopia:
a report by the American Academy of Ophthalmology. Ophthalmology. 2009;116(11):2244-58.
63. International Dry Eye WorkShop. The definition and classification of dry eye disease: report of the
Definition and Classification Subcommittee of the International Dry Eye WorkShop. Ocul Surf.
2007;5(2):75-92.
64. Ito M, Hori-Komai Y, Toda I, et al. Risk factors and retreatment results of intraoperative flap complications
in LASIK. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2004;30:1240-7.
65. Jackson DW, Hamill MB, Koch DD. Laser in situ keratomileusis flap suturing to treat recalcitrant flap
striae. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2003;29:264-9.
66. Jacobs JM, Taravella MJ. Incidence of intraoperative flap complications in laser in situ keratomileusis
is. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2002;28(1):23-8.
67. Jain V, Mhatre K, Shome D. Flap buttonhole in thin-flap laser in situ keratomileusis: case series and
review. Cornea. 2010;29(6):655-8.
68. Jin GJ, Lyle WA, Merkley KH. Late-onset idiopathic diffuse lamellar keratitis after laser in situ
69. Kamburoglu G, Ertan A. Epithelial ingrowth after femtosecond laser-assisted in situ keratomileusis.
Cornea. 2008;27(10):1122-5.
70. Kamiya K, Shimizu K, Igarashi A, et al. Komatsu M. Four-year follow-up of posterior chamber phakic
intraocular lens implantation for moderate to high myopia. Arch Ophthalmol. 2009;127(7):845-50.
71. Kanski JJ, Bowling B (2011, 7th edition). Clinical Ophthalmology: A Systematic Approach. Ch. 4: Dry
Eye Disorders. Elsevier.
72. Karp CL, Tuli SS, Yoo SH. Infectious keratitis after LASIK. Ophthalmology. 2003;110:503-10.
73. Katsanevaki VJ, Tsiklis NS, Astyrakakis NI, et al. Intraoperative management of partial flap during
LASIK. Ophthalmology. 2005;112:1710-3.
74. Kezirian GM, Stonecipher KG. Comparison of the Intralase femtosecond laser and mechanical
keratomes for laser in situ keratomileusis. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2004;30:804-11.
75. Khoueir Z, Haddad NM, Saad A, et al. Traumatic flap dislocation 10 years after LASIK. Case report and
literature review. J Fr Ophtalmol. 2013;36(1):82-6.
76. Kim JY, Kim MJ, Kim TI, et al. A femtosecond laser creates a stronger flap than a mechanical
microkeratome. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci. 2006;47:599-604.
77. Knorz MC. Flap and interface complications in LASIK. Curr Opin Ophthalmol. 2002;13:242-5.
78. Kohnen T. Excimer laser refractive surgery in autoimmune disease (Letter to the Editor). J Cataract
Refract Surg. 2006;32:1241.
79. Kohnen T, Knorz MC, Cochener B, et al. AcrySof phakic angle-supported intraocular lens for
the correction of moderate- to-high myopia: one-year results of a multicenter European study.
Ophthalmology. 2009;116(7):1314-21.
80. Kuo IC, Jabbur NS, O’Brien TP. Photorefractive keratectomy for refractory laser in situ keratomileusis
81. Kuo IC, Lee SM, Hwang DG. Late-onset corneal haze and myopic regression after photorefractive
keratectomy (PRK). Cornea. 2004;23:350-5.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
82. KurianM, Shetty R, Shetty BK, et al. In vivo confocal microscopic findings of interlamellar stromal
keratopathy induced by elevated intraocular pressure. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2006;32:1563-6.
83. Lahners WJ, Hardten DR, Lindstrom RL. Peripheral keratitis following laser in situ keratomileusis. J
Refract Surg. 2003;19:671-5.
84. Lemp MA. Advances in understanding and managing dry eye disease. Am J Ophthalmol.
2008;146(3):350-6.
85. Leopoldo Spadea, Valerio Verrecchia. Effectiveness of Scraping and Mitomycin C to Treat Haze After
Myopic Photorefractive Keratectomy. Open Ophthalmol J. 2011;5:63-5.
86. Letko E, Price MO, Price FW Jr. Influence of original flap creation method on incidence of epithelial
ingrowth after LASIK retreatment. J Refract Surg. 2009;25(11):1039-41.
87. Levinger S, Landau D, Kremer I, et al. Wiping microkeratome blades with sterile 100% alcohol to prevent
diffuse lamellar keratitis after laser in situ keratomileusis. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2003;29:1947-9.
88. Levy J, Lapid-Gortzak R, Klemperer I, et al. Herpes simplex virus keratitis after laser in situ keratomileusis.
J Refract Surg. 2005;21:400-2.
89. Li Y, Li HY. [Analysis of clinical characteristics and risk factors of corneal melting after laser in situ
keratomileusis]. [Chinese]. Zhonghua Yan Ke Za Zhi. 2005;41:330-4.
90. Lichter H, Russell GE, Waring GO III. Repositioning the laser in situ keratomileusis flap at the slit lamp.
J Refract Surg. 2004;20:166-9.
91. Lifshitz T, Levy J, Klemperer I, et al. Late bilateral keratoectasia after LASIK in a low myopic patient. J
92. Lifshitz T, Levy J, Mahler O, et al. Peripheral sterile corneal infiltrates after refractive surgery. J Cataract
Refract Surg. 2005;31:1392-5.
93. Lim T, Yang S, Kim M et al. Comparison of the Intralase femtosecond laser and mechanical
microkeratome for laser in situ keratomileusis. Am J Ophthalmol. 2006;141:833-9.
94. Lin JM, Tsai Y, Tseng SH. Spontaneous regression of dense epithelial ingrowth after laser in situ
keratomileusis. J Refract Surg. 2005;21:300-2.
95. Linebarger EJ, Hardten DR, Lindstrom RL. Diffuse lamellar keratitis: recognition and management. In:
Buratto L, Brint SF (Eds) Custom LASIK surgical techniques and complications. Slack, Thorofare, N.J.
2003;pp745-50.
96. Lois N, Wong D. Pseudophakic retinal detachment. Surv Ophthalmol. 2003;48:467-87.
97. Long Q, Chu R, Zhou X, et al. Correlation between TGF-beta1 in tears and corneal haze following LASEK
and Epi-LASIK. J Refract Surg. 2006;22(7):708-12.
98. Luchs JI. Evaluating Flap Complications. Cataract and Refractive Surgery Today 2007. Available Online
at http://www.crstoday.com/PDF%20Articles/0907/CRST0907_16.php. 2007.
99. Ly Y, Li HY. Analysis of clinical characteristics and risk factors of corneal melting after laser in situ
keratomileusis. Zhonghua Yan Ke Za Zhi. 2005;41:330-4.
100. Mackool RJ, Monsanto VR. Sequential lift and suture technique for post-LASIK corneal striae. J Cataract
Refract Surg. 2003;29:785-7.
102. Marinho A Phakic IOLs: what could go wrong? Ophthalmol Times. 2006;2:29-33.
103. Martinez-Castillo V, Boixadera A, Verdugo A, et al. Rhegmatogenous retinal detachment in phakic eyes
after posterior chamber phakic intraocular lens implantation for severe myopia. Ophthalmology 11.
2005;2(4):580-5.
104. Menezo JL, Cisneros A, Cervera M, et al. Iris claw phakic lens immediate and long-term corneal
endothelial changes. Eur J Implant Refract Surg. 1994;6:195-9.
105. Menezo JL, Peris-Mart.nez C, Cisneros AL, et al. Phakic intraocular lenses to correct high myopia:
Adatomed, STAAR, and Artisan. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2004;30:40-51.
106. Menezo JL, Peris-Martinez C, Cisneros A, et al. Rate of cataract formation in 343 highly myopic eyes
after implantation of three types of phakic intraocular lenses. J Refract Surg. 2004;20:317-24.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
107. Meyers SM, Ostrovsky MA. Bonner RFA model of spectral filtering to reduce photochemical damage in
age-related macular degeneration. Trans Am Ophthalmol Soc. 2004;102:83.
108. Miljanovic B, Trivedi KA, Dana MR, et al. Relation between dietary n-3 and n-6 fatty acids and clinically
diagnosed dry eye syndrome in women. Am J Clin Nutr. 2005;82:887-93.
109. Miller DG, Singerman LJ. Vision loss in younger patients: a review of choroidal neovascularization.
Optom Vis Sci. 2006;83:316-25.
110. Mohamed TA, Hoffman RS, Fine IH , et al. Post-laser assisted in situ keratomileusis epithelial ingrowth
and its relation to pre-treatment refractive error. Cornea. 2011;30(5):550-2.
111. Mohan RR, Hutcheon AE, Choi R, et al. Apoptosis, necrosis, proliferation, and myofibroblast generation
in the stroma following LASIK and PRK. Exp Eye Res. 2003;76:71-87.
112. Moilanen JA, Holopainen JM, Helinto M, et al. Keratocyte activation and inflammation in diffuse
lamellar keratitis after formation of an epithelial defect. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2004;30:341-9.
113. Moon SJ, Mann PM, Matoba AY. Microsporidial keratoconjunctivitis in a healthy patient with a history
of LASIK surgery. Cornea. 2003;22:271-2.
114. Mori T, Yokoyama S, Kojima T, et al. Factors affecting rotation of a posterior chamber collagen
copolymer toric phakic intraocular lens. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2012;38(4):568-73.

115. Moshirfar M, Gardiner JP, Schliesser JA, et al. Laser in situ keratomileusis flap complications using

mechanical microkeratome versus femtosecond laser: Retrospective comparison. J Cataract Refract
Surg. 2010;36(11):1925-33.
116. Moya Calleja T, Iribarne Ferrer Y, Sanz Jorge A, et al. Steroid-induced interface fluid syndrome after
LASIK. J Refract Surg. 2009;25(2):235-9.
117. Muller LT, Candal EM, Epstein RJ, et al. Transepithelial phototherapeutic keratectomy/ photorefractive
keratectomy with adjunctive Mitomycin-C for complicated LASIK flaps. J Cataract Refract Surg.
2005;31:291-6.
118. Muñoz G, Cardoner A, Albarrán-Diego C, et al. Iris-fixated toric phakic intraocular lens for myopic
astigmatism J Cataract Refract Surg. 2012;38(7):1166-75.
119. Narváez J, Chakrabarty A, Chang K. Treatment of epithelial ingrowth after LASIK enhancement with a
combined technique of mechanical debridement, flap suturing, and fibrin glue application. Cornea.
2006;25(9):1115-7.
120. Nassaralla BA, McLeod SD, Boteon JE, et al. The effect of hinge position and depth plate on the rate of
recovery of corneal sensation following LASIK. Am J Ophthalmol. 2005;139:118-24.
121. Nassaralla BA, McLeod SD, Nassaralla JJ Jr. Effect of myopic LASIK on human corneal sensitivity.
122. Neal RE, Bettelheim FA, Lim C, et al. Alterations in human vitreous humour following cataract
extraction. Exp Eye Res. 2005;80:337-47.
123. Netto MV, Chalita MR, Krueger RR. Corneal haze following PRK with Mitomycin C as a retreatment
versus prophylactic use in the contralateral eye. J Refract Surg. 2007;23:96-8.
124. Netto MV, Mohan RR, Sinha S, et al. Stromal haze, myofibroblasts, and surface irregularity after PRK.
Exp Eye Res. 2006;82:788-97.
125. Netto MV, Mohan RR, Ambrosio R Jr, et al. Wound healing in the cornea: a review of refractive surgery
complications and new prospects for therapy. Cornea. 2005;24:509-22.
126. Nordlund MI, Grimm S, Lane S, et al. Pressure induced interface keratitis: a late complication following
LASIK. Cornea. 2004;23:225-34.
127. Pallikaris IG, Kymionis GD, Astyrakakis NI. Corneal ectasia induced by laser in situ keratomileusis. J
128. Pechméja J, Guinguet J, Colin J, et al. Severe endothelial cell loss with anterior chamber phakic
intraocular lenses J Cataract Refract Surg. 2012;38(7):1288-92.
129. Perez-Santonja JJ, Galal A, Cardona C, et al. Severe corneal epithelial sloughing during laser in situ
keratomileusis as a presenting sign for silent epithelial basement membrane dystrophy. J Cataract
Refract Surg. 2005;31:1932-7.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
130. Petternel V, Koppl CM, Dejaco-Ruhswurm, et al. Effect of accommodation and pupil size on the
movement of a posterior chamber lens in the phakic eye. Ophthalmology. 2004;111:325-31.
131. Pflugfelder SC, Beuerman RW, Stern ME, (Eds). Dry Eye and Ocular Surface Disorders. New York:
Informa Healthcare; 2004.
132. Pop M, Payette Y. Initial results of endothelial cell counts after Artisan Lens for Phakic Eyes.
133. Pop M, Payette Y. Risk factors for night vision complaints after LASIK for myopia. Ophthalmology.
2004;111:3-10.
134. Rad AS, Jabbarvand M, Saifi N. Progressive keratoectasia after laser in situ keratomileusis. Journal of
refractive surgery. 2004;20(5 Suppl):S718-22.
135. Rajan MS, et al. Effect of exogenous keratinocyte growth factor on corneal epithelial migration after
photorefractive keratectomy. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2004;30:2200-6.
136. Rajan MS, et al. Effects of ablation diameter on long-term refractive stability and corneal transparency
after photorefractive keratectomy. Ophthalmology. 2006;113:1798-806.
137. Randleman JB. Post-laser in-situ keratomileusis ectasia: current understanding and future directions.
Current opinion in ophthalmology. 2006;17(4):406-12.
138. Randleman JB. Evaluating risk factors for ectasia: what is the goal of assessing risk? Journal of refractive
surgery. 2010;26(4):236-7.
139. Randleman JB, Banning CS, Stulting RD. Corneal ectasia after hyperopic LASIK. J Refract Surg.
2007;2:98-102.
140. Randleman JB, Russell B, Ward MA, et al. Risk factors and prognosis for corneal ectasia after LASIK.
141. Randleman JB, Trattler WB, Stulting RD. Validation of the Ectasia Risk Score System for preoperative
laser in situ keratomileusis screening. Am J Ophthalmol. 2008;145:813-8.
142. Randleman JB, Woodward M, Lynn MJ, et al. Risk assessment for ectasia after corneal refractive surgery.
143. Rao SN, Epstein RJ. Early onset keratoectasia following laser in situ keratomileusis: case report and
literature review. J Refract Surg. 2002;18:177-84.
144. Rapuano CJ. Management of Epithelial Ingrowth After Laser In Situ Keratomileusis on a Tertiary Care
Cornea Service. Cornea. 2010;29(3):307-13.
 
145. Ravalico G, Michieli C, Vattovani O, et al. Retinal detachment after cataract extraction and refractive
lens exchange in highly myopic patients. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2003;29:39-44.
146. Rezende RA, Uchoa UC, Cohen EJ, et al. Complications associated with anterior basement membrane
dystrophy after laser in situ keratomileusis. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2004;30:2328-31.
147. Ripandelli G, Scassa C, Parisi V, et al. Cataract surgery as a risk factor for retinal detachment in very
highly myopic eyes. Ophthalmology. 2003;110:2355-61.
148. Ruiz-Moreno JM, Alio JL. Incidence of retinal diseases following refractive surgery in 9,239 eyes. J
Refract Surg. 2003;19:534-47.
149. Ruiz-Moreno JM, de la Vega C, Ruiz-Moreno O, et al. Choroidal neovascularization in phakic eyes with
anterior chamber intraocular lenses to correct high myopia. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2003;29:270-4.
150. Ruiz-Moreno JM, Montero J, de la Vega C, et al. Retinal detachment in myopic eyes after phakic
intraocular lens implantation. J Refract Surg. 2006;22:247-52.
151. Ruiz-Moreno JM, Montero JA, de la Vega C, et al. Macular choroidal neovascularization in myopic eyes
after phakic intraocular lens implantation. J Refract Surg. 2006;22:689-94.
152. Saad A, Gatinel D. Bilateral corneal ectasia after laser in situ keratomileusis in patient with isolated
difference in central corneal thickness between eyes. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2010;36:1033-5.
153. Salaroli CHR, Li Y, Huang D. High-resolution optical coherence tomography visualization of LASIK flap
displacement. J Cat Refract Surg. 35(9):1640-2.
154. Salib GM, McDonald MB, Smolek M. Safety and efficacy of cyclosporine 0.05% drops versus
unpreserved artificial tears in dry-eye patients having laser in situ keratomileusis. J Cataract Refract
Surg. 2006;32(5):772-8.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
155. Salomão MQ, Ambrósio R Jr, Wilson SE (2009). Dry eye associated with laser in situ keratomileusis:
Mechanical microkeratome versus femtosecond laser. J Cataract Refract Surg 35(10):1756-60. doi:
10.1016/j.jcrs.2009.05.032.
156. Sanchez-Galeana CA, Smith RJ, Sanders DR, et al. Lens opacities after posterior chamber phakic
intraocular lens implantation. Ophthalmology. 2003;110:781-5.
157. Sanders D, Vukich JA. Comparison of implantable collamer lens (ICL) and laser-assisted in situ
keratomileusis (LASIK) for low myopia. Cornea. 2006;25:1139-46.
158. Sanders DR. ICL in Treatment of Myopia Study Group. Postoperative inflammation after implantation
of the implantable contact lens. Ophthalmology. 2003;110:2335-41.
159. Sanders DR. Matched population comparison of the Visian Implantable Collamer Lens and standard
LASIK for myopia of –3.00 to –7.88 Diopters. J Refract Surg. 2007;23:537-53.
160. Sanders DR. Anterior subcapsular opacities and cataracts 5 years after surgery in the Visian Implantable
Collamer Lens FDA trial. J Refract Surg. 2008;24(6):566-70.
161. Sanders DR, Doney K, Poco M. ICL in Treatment of Myopia Study Group. US FDA clinical trial of the
Implantable Collamer Lens (ICL) for moderate to high myopia: three-year follow-up. Ophthalmology.
2004;111:1683-92.
162. Sanders DR, Schneider D, Martin R, et al. Toric Implantable Collamer Lens for moderate to high myopic
astigmatism. Ophthalmology. 2007;114:54-61.
163. Sanders DR, Vukich JA, Doney K, et al. Implantable Contact Lens in Treatment of Myopia Study Group.
U.S. Food and Drug Administration clinical trial of the Implantable Contact Lens for moderate to high
myopia. Ophthalmology. 2003;110:255-66.
164. Sarver EJ, Sanders DR, Vukich JA. Image quality in myopic eyes corrected with laser in situ keratomileusis
and phakic intraocular lens. J Refract Surg. 2003;19:397-404.
165. Schallhorn SC, Kaupp SE, Tanzer DJ, et al. Pupil size and quality of vision after LASIK. Ophthalmology.
2003;110:1606-14.
166. Seiler T, Quurke AW. Iatrogenic keratoectasia after LASIK in a case of forme fruste keratoconus. J
167. Seiler T, Wollensak J. Complications of laser keratomileusis with the excimer laser. Klin Monatsbl
Augenheilkd. 1992;200:642-53.
168. Singhal S, Sridhar MS, Garg P. Bilateral peripheral infiltrative keratitis after LASIK. J Refract Surg.
2005;21:402-4.
169. Smith RJ, Maloney RK. Diffuse lamellar keratitis. A new syndrome in lamellar refractive surgery.
170. Smith RJ, Maloney RK. Laser in situ keratomileusis in patients with autoimmune disease. J Cataract
Refract Surg. 2006;32:1292-5.
171. Solomon R, Donnenfeld ED, Azar DT, et al. Infectious keratitis after laser in situ keratomileusis: results
of an ASCRS survey. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2003;29:2001-6.
172. Solomon R, Donnenfeld ED, Perry HD, et al. Slitlamp stretching of the corneal flap after laser in situ
keratomileusis to reduce corneal striae. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2003;29:1292-6.
173. Solomon R, Donnenfeld ED, Perry HD, et al. Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus infectious
keratitis following refractive surgery. Am J Ophthalmol. 2007;143(4):629-34.
174. Steinert RF, Ashrafzadeh A, Hersh PS. Results of phototherapeutic keratectomy in the management of
flap striae after LASIK. Ophthalmology. 2004;111:740-6.
175. Stern ME, Pflugfelder Sc. Inflammation in dry eye. Ocul Surf. 2004;2(2):124-30.
176. Stojanovic A, Ringvold A, Nitter T. Ascorbate prophylaxis for corneal haze after photorefractive
keratectomy. J Refract Surg. 2003;19:338-43.
177. Stonecipher K, Ignacio TS, Stonecipher M. Advances in refractive surgery: microkeratome and
femtosecond flap creation in relation to safety, efficacy, predictability, and biomechanical stability.
Curr Opin Ophthalmol. 2006;17:368-72.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
178. Stulting RD, Jolm ME, Maloney RK, et al. U.S. Verisyse Study Group. Three-year results of Artisan/Verisyse
phakic intraocular lens implantation. Results of the United States Food and Drug Administration
clinical trial. Ophthalmology. 2008;115(3):464-72.
179. Stulting RD, Randleman JB, Couser JM, et al. The epidemiology of diffuse lamellar keratitis. Cornea.
2004;23:680-8.
180. Tabbara KF, Kotb AA. Risk factors for corneal ectasia after LASIK. Ophthalmology. 2006;113(9):1618-22.
181. Tahzib NG, Bootsma SJ, Eggink FA, et al. Functional outcomes and patient satisfaction after laser in situ
keratomileusis for correction of myopia. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2005;31:1943-51.
182. Tehrani M, Dick H. Short-term follow-up after implantation of a foldable iris-fixated intraocular lens in
phakic eyes. Ophthalmology. 2005;112:2189-95.
183. Tekwani NH, Huang D. Risk factors for intraoperative epithelial defect in laser in-situ keratomileusis.
Am J Ophthalmol. 2002;134(3):311-6.
184. Titiyal JS, Sharma N, Mannan R, et al. Iris-fixated intraocular lens implantation to correct moderate to
high myopia in Asian-Indian eyes: Five-year results. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2012;38(8):1446-52.
185. Toda I, Asano-Kato N, Hori-Komai, Tsubota K. Laser-assisted in situ keratomileusis for patients with dry
eye. Arch Ophthalmol. 2002;120(8):1024-8.
186. Torun N, Bertelmann E, Klamann MKJ, et al. Posterior chamber phakic intraocular lens to correct
myopia: Long-term follow-up. J Cataract Refract Surg (article in press); 2013.
187. Tosi GM, Casprini F, Malandrini A, et al. Phacoemulsification without intraocular lens implantation in
patients with high myopia: long-term results. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2003;29:1127-31.
188. Toso A, Morselli S. Visual and aberrometric outcomes in eyes with an angle-supported phakic
intraocular lens. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2012;38(9):1590-4.

189. Ţuru L, Alexandrescu C, Stana D, et al. Dry eye disease after LASIK. J Med Life. 2012;5(1):82-4.

190. Varley GA, Huang D, Rapuano CJ, et al. LASIK for hyperopia, hyperopic astigmatism, and mixed
astigmatism: a report by the American Academy of Ophthalmology. Ophthalmology. 2004;111:1604-17.
191. Waring GO III. Epithelial ingrowth after laser in situ keratomileusis. Am J Ophthalmol. 2001;131(3):402-3.
192. Weisenthal RW, Salz J, Sugar A, et al. Photorefractive keratectomy for treatment of flap complications
in laser in situ keratomileusis. Cornea. 2003;22(5):399-404.
193. Winkler von Mohrenfels C, Salgado JP, et al. [Keratoectasia after refractive surgery]. Klinische
Monatsblatter fur Augenheilkunde. 2011;228(8):704-11.
194. Wroblewski KJ, Pasternak JF, Bower KS, et al. Infectious keratitis after photorefractive keratectomy in
the United States Army and Navy. Ophthalmology. 2006;113(4):520-5.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Step Five
Case Study
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Chapter 9
Case Study
Introdu t on
c
i
efractive surgery candidate should be evaluated thoroughly in order to:
R
1. Check his/her candidacy for the refractive surgery.
2. xclude predisposing risk factors for post ectasia.
E
PRT
3. Chose the best option of refractive surgery.
4. void intra- and postoperative complications as much as possible.
A
his can be done by full clinical approach as described in chapter 7 in addition to conducting
T
proper investigations and skilful interpretation of results.
In our case study, only positive clinical findings will be presented.
ead ng and nterpret ng orneal tomography

R
i
i
i
c
Key oints
P
1. Do not “normalize” a topographic and/or tomographic pattern by considering other patient’s
information.
2. eview topography and tomography as stand-alone entity and then include other data in
R
your overall evaluation.
3. Compare findings in both eyes.
4. Compare with M .
TA
A
Steps of the Study
1. he Qualification Step: it aims at looking for abnormal findings and risk factors by:
T
a. Displaying the four composite maps.
b. Studying each map separately.
c. Studying thickness profiles.
d. Qualification of corneal parameters. his includes: quality specification (QS); Q-value;
T
K-readings; astigmatism; parameters of thickness and coordinates at pupil centre, apex
and thinnest location; anterior chamber depth, angle and volume; and scotopic pupil
diameter.
2. he Quantitative Step: it aims at choosing the best treatment decision by following the rules
T
mentioned in chapter 6.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
260 Five Steps to Start Your efractive Surgery
R
3. Discussion Step: it aims at discussing all findings and the proper treatment options.
ead ng and nterpret ng Wave ront

R
i
i
i
f
Key oints
P
1. Do not “normalize” a wavefront pattern by considering other patient’s information.
2. eview wavefront as stand-alone entity and then include other data in your overall evaluation.
R
3. Compare findings in both eyes.
4. Compare findings with topography and tomography.
5. Compare objective refraction measured by wavefront with subjective refraction.
Select your oal

G
Before performing wavefront mapping for the candidate, a question should be asked: what is it
for?
1. When the cornea is irregular and a customized ablation is required; this is for treatment.
2. When the best spectacle corrected visual acuity is not optimal; this is for diagnosis and
treatment.
3. When the patient suffers from symptoms of O s (halos, ghost images, etc.), despite good
H
A
visual acuity; this is for diagnosis and treatment.
Steps of the Study

1. he Qualification Step: it aims at estimating types and severity of aberrations by studying the:
T
a. FS.
P
b. MS related to O s.
R
H
A
c. Zernike Coefficients.
d. Coma, spherical and trefoil aberrations.
2. he Quantitative Step: it aims at taking the decision of the type of treatment by evaluating:
T
a. MS related to O s.
R
H
A
b. Zernike Coefficients.
3. Discussion Step: In our case study, whenever wavefront analysis is needed, this step will be
merged with the third step of interpreting tomography.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 261
Ca e 1
s
20-year-old male has a stable refractive error with no other complaints. ye examination is
A
E
normal. is M and V are shown in able 9.1.1. is C is shown in able 9.1.2.
H
R
A
T
H
R
T
able 9.1.1 Manifest efraction and Visual cuity
T
R
A
UDVA Sph Cyl Axis CDVA (G) CDVA (G+PH)
OD 0.1 –3.0 –1.5 180 1.0 1.2
OS 0.1 –3.0 –1.0 180 1.0 1.2
UDV = uncorrected distance visual acuity; CDV (G)= corrected distance visual acuity (by glasses); CDV (G+ )= corrected distance
A
A
A
PH
visual acuity (by glasses and pin hole)
able 9.1.2 Cycloplegic efraction

T
R
Sph Cyl Axis
OD –2.75 –2 170
OS –2.75 –1.5 10
Figure 9.1.1 represents corneal tomography of the right eye, which will be studied as an
example.
Fig. 9.1.1 he four composite maps.

T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
1. he Qualification Step:
T
a. In a general look, the sagittal curvature map has a SB pattern oriented vertically indicating
W astigmatism. Nothing seems abnormal in the elevation and pachymetry maps.
TR
b. Studying single maps:
i. he anterior sagittal curvature map (Fig. 9.1.2) shows an almost SB with neither S X
T
RA
nor significant inferior-superior difference.
ii. he anterior elevation map:
T
1. In BFS mode (Fig. 9.1.3): almost symmetric sandy watch pattern.
2. In BF mode (Fig. 9.1.4): normal values within the central 5 mm circle.
TE
iii. he posterior elevation map:
T
1. In BFS mode (Fig. 9.1.5): asymmetric sandy watch pattern.
TE
iv. he pachymetry map (Fig. 9.1.7) shows a normal shape in spite of the superior
T
displacement of the thinnest location (white arrow). here is no significant inferior
T
superior difference.
v. hickness profiles (Fig. 9.1.8) show normal slopes with normal average (0.9).
T
Fig. 9.1.2 he anterior curvature sagittal map. SB pattern.
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 263
Fig. 9.1.3 he anterior elevation map with BFS reference body. Sandy watch pattern.
T
Fig. 9.1.4 he anterior elevation map with BF reference body.
T
TE
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Fig. 9.1.5 he posterior elevation map with BFS reference body.
T
Fig. 9.1.6 he posterior elevation map with BF reference body.
T
TE
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 265
Fig. 9.1.7 he pachymetry map. he white arrow points at the superiorly displaced thinnest location.
T
T
c. Qualification of values (Fig. 9.1.9):
i. QS is OK.
ii. K readings including K-max are <48 D.
iii. K-max-steep K is < 1 D.
iv. stigmatism is < 6 D.
A
v. hickness at the thinnest location is >500 μm.
T
vi. achy- hinnest difference in thickness is <10 μm.
P
T
vii. Y-coordinate of the thinnest location is positive, which means that it is displaced
upwards (rare but normal).
viii. CD, C and CV are normal.
A
A
A
A
ix. Mesopic pupil diameter is 3 mm.
x. upil coordinates indicate almost central pupil and significant angle Kappa.
P
2. he Quantitative Step: Since, there is no significant difference between M and C , the
T
R
R
former will be quantified.
a. hickness concepts:
T
i. SB Law 1: ccording to this law, SB should be at least 532 x 55% = 292.6 μm (>270
R
A
R
μm); therefore, the allowed D = 532 – 100 (flap) – 292.6 = 139.4 μm.
A
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Fig. 9.1.8 hickness profiles.
T
ii. SB Law 2: ccording to this law, the D should be at most 532 x 20% = 106.4 μm;
R
A
A
therefore, the SB = 532 – 100(flap) – 106.4 μm = 325.6 μm
R
iii. SB Law 3: ccording to this law, the actual D (6.5 mm OZ) is: D = (3 + 1.5) x 15 =
R
A
A
A
67.5 μm; therefore the actual SB = 532 – 100 – 67.5 = 364.5 μm.
R
iv. SB Law 4: he most conservative in this case is SB law 3.
R
T
R
v. SB Law 5: If S is planned, the D = (3 + 1.5) x 15 = 67.5 μm (<80 μm) and the SB =
R
A
A
R
532 - 67.5 = 464.5 μm (>400 μm).
vi. able 9.1.3 summarizes the thickness concepts.
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 267
Fig. 9.1.9 Corneal parameters.
able 9.1.3 hickness Concepts

T
T
RSB Law RSB (μm) AD (μm)
L 1 t least 292.6 139.4
A
A
2 325.6 t most 106.4
A
3 364.5 67.5
4 364.5 67.5
S 5 414.5 67.5
A
SB = residual stromal bed for a 100 μm flap; D= ablation depth
R
A
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
b. K-readings and stigmatism Concept:
A
i. ccording to SB laws, the refractive error can be completely corrected.
A
R
ii. It is a myopic astigmatism case; therefore, the myopic astigmatism law should be
used ( able 9.1.4). T
able 9.1.4 Final K
T
Refractive error Original K Astigmatic correction Myopic correction Final K
–3 sph Kf = 44.6 D (0) (3 x 0.75 = 2.25 D) 42.7 D in average
Kf = 44.6 D Kf = 44.6 – 2.25 = 42.35 D
–1.5 cyl Ks = 46.4 D (1.5 x 0.75 = 1.13 D) (3 x 0.75 = 2.25 D)
Ks = 46.4 – 1.13 = Ks = 45.27 – 2.25 = 43.02 D
45.27 D
Kf : flat K
Ks : steep K
u on
Disc
ssi
he patient is still young and eye examination is normal; therefore, L option is excluded.
T
R
E
he refractive error is moderate; the spherical equivalent is < 8 D of myopia; therefore, both
T
PRT
and IOL options are on table.
P
ccording to tomography, thickness and K-readings concepts, the case is straight forward
A
for . t the same time, CD, C and pupil centre coordinates are suitable for a IOL. In my
PRT
A
A
A
A
P
opinion, is better than IOL implantation in this case, since the refractive error is small and
PRT
P
does not worth an intraocular surgery.
If is indicated, the M will be used since the manifest astigmatism (M ) is more accurate
PRT
R
A
than the cycloplegic astigmatism (C ) and there is little difference between manifest sphere (MS)
A
and cycloplegic sphere (CS). In general, up to 0.5 D difference between MS and CS is reasonable
due to the cycloplegic effect and even if the patient was overcorrected for 0.5 D, his young age
enables him to compensate for this hyperopic shift by accommodation.
If is indicated, both L and S are suitable since the refractive error is small and thickness
PRT
A
A
is suitable. In either case, aspheric profile should be used. Decentration is not necessary despite
significant angle kappa since the case is myopia with < 2 D myopic astigmatism. Compensation
for cyclotorsion is also recommended since the astigmatism is > 1 D.
N.B: Scotopic pupillometry was performed and found 5.5 mm; therefore, a 6 mm OZ can be
used to save tissue.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 269
Ca e 2
s
20-year-old female has a stable refractive error with no complaints. ye examination is normal.
A
E
er M and V are shown in able 9.2.1. er C is shown in able 9.2.2.
H
R
A
T
H
R
T
T
R
A
OD 0.04 –6.0 –2 180 0.9 1.0
OS 0.04 –7.0 –1.0 180 0.8 1.0
A
A
A
PH

T
R
Sph Cyl Axis
OD –5.5 –2.25 175
OS –6.5 –1.5 13
Figure 9.2.1 represents corneal tomography of the left eye which will be studied as an
example.

T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
T
a. In a general look, the sagittal curvature map has a vertical SB indicating W astigmatism.
TR
Nothing seems abnormal in the elevation and the pachymetry maps.
i. he anterior curvature sagittal map (Fig. 9.2.2) shows an almost SB with neither S X
T
RA
nor significant inferior-superior difference.
T
1. In BFS mode (Fig. 9.2.3): lmost symmetric sandy watch pattern.
A
2. In BF mode (Fig. 9.2.4): Normal values within the central 5 mm circle.
TE
T
1. In BFS mode (Fig. 9.2.5): irregular pattern.
TE
iv. he pachymetry map (Fig. 9.2.7) shows a normal shape in spite of the temporal
T
displacement of the thinnest location (white arrow). here is no significant inferior
T
v. hickness profiles (Fig. 9.2.8): he red curves take a normal slope although they
T
T
deviate after the 6 mm circle. he average is normal (1.0).
T
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 271
T
T
TE
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Fig. 9.2.5 he posterior elevation map with BFS reference body. ongue-like extension.
T
T
T
TE
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 273
Fig. 9.2.7 he pachymetry map. he white arrow points at the horizontally displaced thinnest location.
T
T
i. QS is OK.
A
T
P
T
vii. Y-coordinate of the thinnest location is less than –500 μm (–290 μm).
A
A
A
A
ix. Mesopic pupil diameter is 2.90 mm.
x. upil coordinates indicate central pupil and insignificant angle Kappa.
P
2. he Quantitative Step:
T
T
i. SB Law 1: ccording to this law, SB should be at least 520 x 55% = 286 μm (>270
R
A
R
μm); therefore, the allowed D = 520 – 100 (flap) – 286 = 134 μm.
A
ii. SB Law 2: ccording to this law, the D should be at most 520 x 20% = 104 μm;
R
A
A
therefore, the SB = 520 – 100(flap) – 104 μm = 316 μm.
R
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
T
iii. SB Law 3: ccording to this law, the actual D (6.5 mm OZ) = (7 + 1) x 15 = 120 μm;
R
A
A
therefore the actual SB = 520 – 100 – 120 = 300 μm.
R
iv. SB Law 4: he most conservative in this case is SB law 2. ccording to this, the
R
T
R
A
allowed correction of refractive error is 104 / 15 = 7 D, which results in almost 1 D of
residual refractive error for this OZ.
v. SB Law 5: If S is planned, the D (6.5 mm OZ) = (7 + 1) x 15 = 120 μm (which is >80
R
A
A
μm) and the SB = 520 -120 = 400 μm. he allowed refractive correction is 80 / 15 ≈
R
T
5.5 D, and the SB = 520 - 80 = 440 μm (>400 μm).
R
vi. able 9.2.3 summarizes the thickness concept.
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 275
able 9.2.3 hickness Concepts

T
T
RSB Law RSB (μm) AD (μm)
L 1 t least 286 134
A
A
2 316 t most 104
A
3 300 120
4 316 104
S 5 440 80
A
SB = residual stromal bed for 100 μm flap; D = ablation depth
R
A
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
A
i. ccording to SB law, the refractive error cannot be completely corrected; 7 D can be
A
R
corrected.
ii. ccording to sub optimal correction rule (chapter 6), it is wise to correct -6 D sph and
A
-1 D cyl.
iii. It is a myopic astigmatism case; therefore, the myopic astigmatism rule should be
used ( able 9.2.4)
T
able 9.2.4 Final K
T
–6 sph Kf = 45.1 D (0) (6 x 0.75 = 4.5 D) 40.9 D in average
Kf = 45.1 D Kf = 45.1 – 4.5 = 40.6 D
–1 cyl Ks = 46.4 D (1 x 0.75 = 0.75 D) (6 x 0.75 = 4.5 D)
Ks = 46.4 – 0.75 = 45.65 D Ks = 45.65 – 4.5 = 41.15 D
Kf : flat K
Ks : steep K
s shown in this table, the final K is > 34 D.

A
u on
Disc
ssi
he minification effect of glasses explains the suboptimal corrected visual acuity, this is proven
T
by the improvement found with pin hole test.
he patient is still young and eye examination is normal; therefore, L option is excluded.
T
R
E
he refractive error is moderately high; the spherical equivalent is –7.5 D; therefore, both
T
PRT
and IOL options are on table.
P
ccording to tomography, thickness and K-readings concepts, the refractive error cannot
A
be completely corrected by if a 6.5 mm OZ was chosen. Scotopic pupil was measured by
PRT
pupillometry and found 5 mm. Using an OZ = 5.5 mm is reasonable and saves tissue but we have
to remember that in case of high refractive errors, postoperative efficient OZ will be smaller than
the desired; in addition, OZ < 6 mm increases the risk of post S haze.
A
If is the option, sub optimal correction will be on the account of myopia; a residual
PRT
refractive error of -1 D sph will be the result. he case should be discussed with the patient after
T
doing the same calculations for the right eye. On the other hand, using an OZ = 6 mm will allow
for full correction.
CD, C and pupil centre coordinates are suitable for a IOL. he IOL can be chosen to be
A
A
A
P
T
P
either aspheric or toric since the amount of astigmatism is small.
If is indicated, aspheric or aspheric aberration-free profiles should be used. Both
PRT
decentration and compensation for cyclotorsion are not necessary since the amount of
astigmatism is 1 D.
In my opinion, implantation of a toric IOL is superior to in this case.
P
PRT
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 277
Ca e 3
s
43-year-old female is complaining of high refractive error. She is using SCL, but unsatisfied
A
due to recurrent conjunctivitis and the feeling of dryness. CLs have been stopped since two
weeks.
ye examination reveals mild dry eye; tear film BU is 8 seconds and primary Schirmer’s test
E
T
is 7mm/5min.
er M and V are shown in able 9.3.1. er C is shown in able 9.3.2.
H
R
A
T
H
R
T
T
R
A
OD 0.04 –6.0 –4.0 5 0.8 1.0
OS 0.04 –5.5 –3.0 175 0.8 1.0
A
A
A
PH

T
R
Sph Cyl Axis
OD –6 –3.5 175
OS –5.5 –2.75 180
Figure 9.3.1 shows corneal tomography of the right eye which will be studied as an example.

T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
T
a. In a general look, the sagittal curvature map has a vertical SB pattern indicating W
TR
astigmatism. Nothing seems abnormal in the elevation maps and the pachymetry map.
i. he anterior sagittal curvature map (Fig. 9.3.2) shows SB with neither S X nor
T
RA
significant inferior-superior difference.
T
TE
T
TE
iv. he pachymetry map (Fig. 9.3.7) shows normal shape in spite of the temporal
T
displacement of the thinnest location (white arrow). here is no significant inferior-
T
v. hickness profiles (Fig. 9.3.8): he red curves take a normal slope. he average is
T
T
T
normal (0.9).

T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 279
T
T
TE
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Fig. 9.3.5 he posterior elevation map with BFS reference body. lmost symmetric sandy watch pattern.
T
A
T
TE
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 281
Fig. 9.3.7 he pachymetry map. he white arrow points at the horizontally-displaced thinnest location.
T
T
i. QS is OK.
ii. K readings including Kmax are <48 D.
A
v. hickness at the thinnest location is > 500 μm.
T
vi. achy- hinnest difference in thickness is < 10 μm.
P
T
vii. Y-coordinate of the thinnest location is less than –500 μm (0 μm).
A
A
A
A
P
T
T
i. SB Law 1: ccording to this law, SB should be at least 574 x 55% = 315.7 µm
R
A
R
(>270 µm); therefore, the allowed D = 574 – 100 (flap) – 315.7 = 158.3 μm.
A
ii. SB Law 2: ccording to this law, the D should be at most 574 x 20% = 114.8 μm;
R
A
A
therefore, the SB = 574 – 100(flap) – 114.8 μm = 359.2 μm.
R
iii. SB Law 3: ccording to this law, the actual D (6.5mm OZ) = (6 + 4) x 15 = 150 μm;
R
A
A
therefore, the actual SB = 574 – 100 – 150 = 324 μm. M has been used in calculations.
R
R
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
T
iv. SB Law 4: he most conservative in this case is SB law 2. ccording to this, the
R
T
R
A
allowed correction of refractive error is 114.8 / 15 = 7.65 D, which results in almost 2.5
D residual refractive error for a 6.5 mm OZ.
A
i. ccording to SB laws, nearly –8 D can be corrected. K-reading laws will be applied
A
R
assuming that –4 D sph and –4 D cyl will be corrected leaving almost –2 D sph.
ii. It is a myopic astigmatism case; therefore, the myopic astigmatism law should be
used ( able 9.3.3).
T
able 9.3.3 Final K
T
–4 sph Kf = 41.2 D (0) (4 x 0.75 = 3D) 39.15 D in average
Kf = 41.2 D Kf = 41.2 – 3 = 38.2 D
–4 cyl Ks = 46.1 D (4 x 0.75 = 3 D) (4 x 0.75 = 3 D)
Ks = 46.1 – 3 = 43.1 D Ks = 43.1 – 3 = 40.1 D
Kf : flat K
Ks : steep K
s shown in this table, the final K is >34 D.

A
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 283
u on
Disc
ssi
he minification effect of glasses explains the suboptimal corrected visual acuity, this is proven
T
by the improvement found with pin hole test.
Since the patient is 43 years old, all refractive options, including L , are on table.
R
E
lthough the refractive error is high (S = –8D), IOL option is not on table since the CD is
A
E
P
A
< 3 mm.
On the other hand, according to tomography, thickness and K-readings concepts, the
refractive error cannot be completely corrected by unless smaller OZ is used. Scotopic pupil
PRT
was measured by pupillometry and found 5.2 mm. Using an OZ = 5.7 mm is reasonable and
saves tissue, but we have to remember that in case of high refractive errors, the efficient OZ will
be smaller than the desired; in addition, OZ < 6 mm increases the risk of post S haze. owever,
A
H
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
using an OZ = 6 mm in our case increases the amount of correction. I advise the reader to do the
calculations himself to find out the amount of correction for the 6 mm OZ.
herefore, the patient has two options, L and implantation of a toric IOL and partial
T
R
E
correction with (unless smaller OZ is used).
PRT
If is to be performed, dry eye should be treated first, aspheric or aspheric aberration-free
PRT
profiles should be used and decentration and cyclotorsion compensation are mandatory since
the astigmatism is >2 D. If dryness persists in spite of treatment, L and implanting a toric IOL
R
E
will be the choice.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 285
Ca e 4
s
25-year-old male has a refractive error in both eyes. e is complaining of unfavorable
A
H
appearance of his glasses and imperfect vision with them.
is M and V are shown in able 9.4.1. is C is shown in able 9.4.2.
H
R
A
T
H
R
T
T
R
A
OD 0.08 –4.5 –0.75 10 0.9 1.0
OS 0.08 –4.5 –1 170 0.9 1.0
A
A
A
PH

T
R
Sph Cyl Axis
OD –4 –1 180
OS –4 –1.5 180
Figures 9.4.1 to 9.4.11 are tomography and wavefront for the right eye and Figures 9.4.12 to
9.4.22 are tomography and wavefront for the left eye.
Fig. 9.4.1 OD. he four composite maps.

T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
T
Right Eye:
a. In a general look, there are some irregularities in all maps (Fig. 9.4.1).
i. he anterior sagittal curvature map (Fig. 9.4.2): It is SB/S X; there is >22° between
T
RA
the segments’ axes. here is no significant inferior-superior difference (not shown on
T
this map).
T
1. In BFS mode (Fig. 9.4.3): tongue-like extension or almost an isolated island.
2. In the BF mode (Fig. 9.4.4): normal values within the central 5 mm circle.
TE
T
1. In BFS mode (Fig. 9.4.5): tongue-like extension.
TE
iv. he pachymetry map (Fig. 9.4.7): Mild dome-like shape with displacement of thinnest
T
location (white arrow); (see coordinates in Figs 9.4.1 and 9.4.9).
v. hickness profiles (Fig. 9.4.8): lthough the red curves seem to be normal, at the end
T
A
of the curves there is a small S-shape (blue arrows). he average is normal (0.8).
T
Fig. 9.4.2 OD. he anterior curvature sagittal map. SB/S X pattern.
T
RA
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 287
Fig. 9.4.3 OD. he anterior elevation map with BFS reference body. ongue-like extension.

T
T
Fig. 9.4.4 OD. he anterior elevation map with BF reference body.
T
TE
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Fig. 9.4.5 OD. he posterior elevation map with BFS reference body. ongue-like extension.
T
T
Fig. 9.4.6 OD. he posterior elevation map with BF reference body.
T
TE
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 289
Fig. 9.4.7 OD. he pachymetry map. he white arrow points at the dome-like pattern and displaced thinnest location.
T
T
Fig. 9.4.8 OD. hickness profiles. he blue arrows point at the S-shape pattern.
T
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
i. QS is OK.
iii. K-max-steep K is <1 D.
A
T
P
T
A
A
A
A
x. upil coordinates indicate central pupil and borderline angle Kappa.
P
d. Qualification of Wavefront:
i. he objective refractive error measured by wavefront (Fig. 9.4.10 red arrow) is
T
consistent with the M ( able 9.4.1).
R
T
Fig. 9.4.9 Case 4, OD. Corneal parameters.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 291
Fig. 9.4.10 OD. Ocular wavefront. he red arrow points at the objective refractive error. he red ellipse indicates MS
T
T
R
related to O s.
H
A
ii. MS related to O s is 0.37 (> 0.3) (Fig. 9.4.10 red ellipse).
R
H
A
iii. SF related to O s is spread over 5 minutes of arc, which is considered very small
P
H
A
(Fig. 9.4.11 blue ellipse).
iv. Zernike coefficient is almost 0.29, which is in the range of [0.25–0.50] and mainly
produced by trefoil aberrations (Fig. 9.4.11 green arrows).
Left Eye
i. he anterior sagittal curvature map (Fig. 9.4.13): lthough it seems to be B, there is
T
A
A
no significant inferior-superior difference.
T
1. In BFS mode (Fig. 9.4.14): ongue-like extension.
T
2. In the BF mode (Fig. 9.4.15): Normal values within the central 5 mm circle.
TE
T
T
TE
iv. he pachymetry map (Fig. 9.4.18) shows dome shape with displacement of the
T
thinnest location (white arrow). (See coordinates in Figs 9.4.12 and 9.4.20).
v. hickness profiles (Fig. 9.4.19) show normal slope of the red curves. he average is
T
T
normal (0.9).
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Fig. 9.4.11 OD. Ocular wavefront. he green arrows point at ZC of O s which mainly consists of trefoil. he blue
T
H
A
T
ellipse indicates the range of SF.
P
Fig. 9.4.12 OS. he four composite maps.
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 293
Fig. 9.4.13 OS. he anterior curvature sagittal map. B pattern.

T
A
Fig. 9.4.14 OS. he anterior elevation map with BFS reference body. ongue-like extension.
T
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Fig. 9.4.15 OS. he anterior elevation map with BF reference body.
T
TE
Fig. 9.4.16 OS. he posterior elevation map with BFS reference body. ongue-like extension.
T
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 295
Fig. 9.4.17 OS. he posterior elevation map with BF reference body.

T
TE
Fig. 9.4.18 OS. he pachymetry map. he white arrow points at the dome-like pattern and displaced thinnest
T
T
location.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Fig. 9.4.19 OS. hickness profiles.
T
i. QS is OK.
A
T
P
T
vii. Y-coordinate of the thinnest location is >–500 μm (–870 μm).
A
A
A
A
P
d. Qualification of Wavefront:
T
consistent with the M ( able 9.4.1).
R
T
ii. MS related to O s is 0.19 (<0.3) (Fig. 9.4.21 red ellipse).
R
H
A
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 297
Fig. 9.4.20 OS. Corneal parameters.
iii.
SF related to O s is spread over 5 minutes of arc, which is considered very small
P
H
A
iv. Zernike coefficient is almost 0.14 (<0.25) and mainly produced by coma aberration
(Fig. 9.4.22 green arrows).
2. iscussion Step:
D
It is better to discuss the case before proceeding with the quantitative step.
lthough, the minification effect of glasses may explain the suboptimal corrected visual
A
acuity (proven by the improvement found with pin hole test), O s may have a role.
H
A
omographic and wavefront figures show some irregularity with some risk factors including
T
the followings:
a. S X >22° in the right anterior curvature map.
RA
b. ongue-like extensions on the elevation maps (BFS mode) in both eyes.
T
c. Inferior displacement in the thinnest location in the left eye.
d. S-shape of thickness profile in the right eye.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Fig. 9.4.21 OS. Ocular wavefront. he red arrow points at the objective refractive error. he red ellipse indicates MS
T
T
R
related to O s.
H
A
e. bnormal MS and Zernike coefficient in the right eye. lthough, the main O in the
A
R
A
H
A
right eye is trefoil, the patient is not complaining of night symptoms, since the left eye
O s are within normal limits and may compensate for the right eye trefoil.
H
A
hese risk factors should emphasise asking about a family history of KC (this question should
T
of course be a routine in the work up). On the other hand, these risk factors put a limitation
for option especially that the patient is still young. In case of option, S is a better
PRT
PRT
A
choice than L . In the right eye, treatment profile should be corneal wavefront or ocular
A
wavefront guided depending on the internal wavefront (see Fig. 5.47). In the left eye, aspheric
or aspheric aberration free profile should be used. Cyclotorsion compensation is mandatory
in the right eye since O s are to be treated. Decentration is not necessary in both eyes since
H
A
pupil coordinates and hence, angle kappa are not significant and the astigmatism is < 2 D.
he other option is IOLs implantation, bearing in mind that coma and trefoil cannot be
T
P
correct by this option; the only O that can be compensated for in IOL option is the
H
A
P
spherical aberration by using special designs of aspheric IOLs. Unfortunately, IOLs are
P
P
contraindicated in this case, since the CD is < 3.0 mm in both eyes.
A
L is not on table since the patient is young and the refractive error is not high.
R
E
he right decision in this case is either to stay on glasses, use contact lenses or do S . In our
T
A
case, either S or S with CXL can be performed; the latter is preferable since there are risk
A
A
factors and the patient is still young. In case CXL is added, a reduction of myopic correction
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 299
Fig. 9.4.22 OS. Ocular wavefront. he green arrows point at ZC of O s which mainly consists of coma. he blue
T
H
A
T
P
by –0.5 to –0.75 D may be done to compensate for the flattening effect and hyperopic effect
that the CXL does. herefore, the recommended refraction for correction will be as shown in
T
able 9.4.3.
T
able 9.4.3 ecommended efraction for S and CXL
T
R
R
A
Sph Cyl Axis
OD –4 –0.75 10
OS –4 –1 170
T
he case will be studied as a candidate for S .
T
A
Right Eye:
Since wavefront-guided treatment is indicated in the right eye, more tissue per diopter will
be ablated depending on the severity and type of O s. In our case, an average of 19 µm per
H
A
diopter is ablated for 6.5 mm OZ and will be used in our quantification.
a. hickness concepts: M will be used in calculations.
T
R
SB Law 5: the D = (4.5 + 0.75) x 19 ≈ 100 μm, which is >80 μm; the recommended
R
A
ablation is 80 μm, which can correct 80/19 ≈ 4.25 D, leading to suboptimal correction.
he SB = 591–80 = 511 μm, unless a smaller OZ is used. Scotopic pupil was measured by
T
R
pupillometry and found 4.5 mm. Using an OZ = 5 mm is reasonable and saves tissue but
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
we have to remember that OZ < 6 mm increases the risk of post S haze. Using an OZ = 6
A
mm in this case will allow for full correction.
b. K-readings and stigmatism Concept: It is a myopic astigmatism case; therefore, the
A
myopic astigmatism law should be used ( able 9.4.4). he M will be used assuming that the
T
T
R
refractive error can be completely corrected.
able 9.4.4 Final K
T
–4.5 sph Kf = 41.6 D (0) (4.5 x 0.75 ≈ 3.4D) 38.27 D in
Kf = 41.6 D Kf = 41.6 – 3.4 = 38.2 D average
–0.75 cyl Ks = 42.3 D (0.75 x 0.75 = 0.56 D) (4.5 x 0.75 = 3.4D)
Ks = 42.3 – 0.56 = 41.74 D Ks = 41.74 – 3.4 = 38.34 D
Kf : flat K
Ks : steep K
s shown in this able, the final K is >34 D.

A
T
Left Eye
T
R
SB Law 5: he D = (4.5 + 1) x 15 = 82.5 μm, which is ≈ 80 μ and therefore, the refractive
R
T
A
error can be completely corrected since the SB ≈ 509 µm.
R
b. K-readings and stigmatism Concept: It is a myopic astigmatism case; therefore, the
A
myopic astigmatism law should be used ( able 9.4.5).
T
able 9.4.5 Final K
T
–4.5 sph Kf = 41.7 D (0) (4.5 x 0.75 ≈ 3.4 D)
Kf = 41.7 D Kf = 41.7 – 3.4 = 38.3 D 38.38 D in
–1.0 cyl Ks = 42.6 D (1 x 0.75 = 0.75 D) (4.5 x 0.75 = 3.4 D) average
Ks = 42.6 – 0.75 = 41.85 D Ks = 41.85 – 3.4 = 38.45 D
Kf : flat K
Ks : steep K

A
Con lu on
c
si
Full correction with S is possible in the right eye, but with an OZ = 6 mm, wavefront-guided
A
profile and compensation for cyclotorsion. Whereas, full correction with aspheric or aspheric
aberration-free profiles is possible in the left eye.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 301
Ca e 5
s
32-year-old female has a refractive error. She is complaining of headache and ghost images.
A
She has seen different doctors and optometrists, but their prescriptions were neither identical to
each others nor satisfactory as she stated.
er previous glasses and corresponding V are shown in able 9.5.1.
H
A
T
able 9.5.1 Old Glasses and Visual cuity
T
A
UDVA Sph Cyl Axis CDVA (G)
OD 0.1 –3.0 –1 180 0.8
OS 0.1 –3.0 –1 175 0.8
UDV = uncorrected distance visual acuity; CDV (G)= corrected distance visual acuity (by glasses)
A
A
er M and corresponding V are shown in able 9.5.2. er C is shown in able 9.5.3.
H
R
A
T
H
R
T
T
R
A
OD 0.1 –3.25 –0.5 135 0.9 1.0
OS 0.1 –3.25 –0.5 45 0.9 1.0
A
A
A
PH

T
R
Sph Cyl Axis
OD –3 –1 130
OS –3 –1 50
Figures 9.5.1 to 9.5.9 are corneal tomography for the right eye which will be studied as an
example.
T
a. In a general look, the four composite maps seem normal (Fig. 9.5.1).
i. he anterior sagittal curvature map (Fig. 9.5.2) shows SB with neither S X nor
T
RA
significant inferior superior difference.
T
1. In BFS mode (Fig. 9.5.3): although it is not an ideal sandy watch, it can be
considered normal because of symmetry.
TE
T
TE
iv. he pachymetry map (Fig. 9.5.7) shows normal shape but with horizontally-displaced
T
thinnest location (white arrow).
v. hickness profiles (Fig. 9.5.8): he red curves are normal in spite of the deviation since
T
T
the latter is after the 6 mm zone (green arrows). he average is abnormal (1.2).
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
T
Fig. 9.5.2 OD. he anterior curvature sagittal map. SB pattern.
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 303
Fig. 9.5.3 OD. he anterior elevation map with BFS reference body. Sandy watch pattern although not ideal.
T
T
TE
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Fig. 9.5.5 OD. he posterior elevation map with BFS reference body. Sandy watch pattern.
T
T
TE
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 305
Fig. 9.5.7 OD. he pachymetry map. he white arrow points at the horizontally-displaced thinnest location.
T
T
Fig. 9.5.8 OD. hickness profiles. he curves leave the slope after 6 mm (green arrows).
T
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
i. QS is OK.
A
T
vi. achy- hinnest difference in thickness is < 10 μm.
P
T
A
A
A
A
x. upil X-coordinate indicates significant angle kappa.
P
d. Qualification of Wavefront: Wavefront analysis should be done because of:
– Disparity among glasses, and M .
TA
A
– Symptoms that the patient is suffering from.
Fig. 9.5.9 OD. Corneal parameters.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 307
Figures 9.5.10 and 9.5.11 represent wavefront of the right eye:
T
consistent with the M (see able 9.5.1).
R
T
ii. MS related O s is 0.55 (>0.3) (Fig. 9.5.10 red ellipse).
R
H
A
iii. SF related O s is spread over 10 minutes of arc, which is considered moderate
P
H
A
iv. Zernike coefficient is almost 0.43, which is in the range of [0.25–0.50], and mainly
produced by coma (Fig. 9.5.11 green arrows).
2. iscussion:
D
atient’s complaints can be explained by coma and the disparity between M and . ll
P
A
TA
A
causes of disparity should be excluded (refer to chapter 6).
is an option in spite of one abnormal finding in tomography: the abnormal average
PRT
in thickness profiles. owever, S can be done safely in this case but with the following
H
A
considerations:
a. he disparity between M and is of oblique type (probability number 9, see example
T
A
TA
29 in chapter 6). In this case, there are two methods to follow. he first one is to correct
T
the M , since it is consistent with the wavefront objective refractive error. In this method,
R
a new astigmatism with a new axis and amount will be created on the anterior corneal
surface. his may impact the quality of vision postoperatively in spite of the achieved
T
Fig. 9.5.10 OD. Ocular wavefront. he red arrow points at the objective refractive error. he red ellipse indicates MS
T
T
R
related to O s.
H
A
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Fig. 9.5.11 OD. Ocular wavefront. he green arrows point at ZC of O s which mainly consists of coma. he blue
T
H
A
T
P
emmetropia and there might be a need for enhancement. he second one is to correct
T
either the spherical equivalent or only the spherical component since the M is <1 D. In
A
this method, enhancement may also be required. he second option is preferred in order
T
to maintain the original astigmatism and avoid anterior surface distortion.
b. Wavefront analysis indicates wavefront-guided ablation profile with cyclotorsion
compensation.
c. he relatively large angle kappa indicates decentration.
T
CL is excluded since the patient is 32-years-old and his refractive error is mild.
E
CD is suitable for IOL implantation, but this option is questionable because of mild
A
P
refractive error, presence of coma (which cannot be corrected by IOLs) and the astigmatic
P
disparity.
3. Quantitative Step:
If S is indicated, it is wise to know that wavefront-guided treatment ablates more tissue per
A
diopter depending on the severity and type of O s. In general, an average of 19 µm per
H
A
diopter is ablated for 6.5 mm OZ and will be used in our quantification.
Since, the preferred method in this case is to correct the sphere only, it will be dealt with as a
myopic case.
T
R
SB Law 5: the D = (3.25) x 19 = 61.75 μm, which is < 80 μm and therefore, the refractive
R
A
errors can be completely corrected since the SB = 549 – 61.75 ≈ 487 μm.
R
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 309
b. K-readings Concept ( able 9.5.4):
T
able 9.5.4 Final K
T
–3.25 sph Kf = 43.9 D (0) (3.25 x 0.75 = 2.44 D)
Kf = 43.9 D Kf = 43.9 – 2.44 = 41.46 D
38.7 D in average
0 cyl Ks = 45.1 D (0) (3.25 x 0.75 = 2.44 D)
Ks = 45.1 D Ks = 45.1 – 2.44 = 35.9 D
Kf : flat K
Ks : steep K
s shown in this able, the final K is >34 D.

A
T
4. Conclusion: Full correction of sphere with S is possible, but with wavefront-guided profile,
A
compensation for cyclotorsion and decentration.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Ca e 6
s
54-years-old male has a refractive error. e is complaining of anisometropia.
A
H
H
R
A
T
H
R
T
able 9.6.1 Manifest refraction and visual acuity
T
OD 0.1 –3 1.0 1.0
OS 0.3 +2 0.7 0.7
A
A
A
PH
able 9.6.2 Cycloplegic refraction

T
Sph Cyl Axis
OD –3 –0.5 175
OS +3 –0.25 180
Figures 9.6.1 to 9.6.9 represent corneal tomography of the right eye and Figures 9.6.10 to 9.6.18
represent corneal tomography of the left eye.

T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 311
T
Right Eye:
i. he anterior sagittal curvature map (Fig. 9.6.2) shows mild irregularity with border
T
line S X (almost 22°). here is no significant inferior-superior difference.
RA
T
T
1. In BFS mode (Fig. 9.6.3): isolated island.
TE
T
T
2. In BF mode (Fig. 9.6.6): bnormal values (>15) within the central 5 mm circle
TE
A
(black arrow).
iv. he pachymetry map (Fig. 9.6.7) shows mild dome shape with horizontally-displaced
T
thinnest location (white arrow). (See X-coordinate in Figs 9.6.1 and 9.6.9).
v. hickness profiles (Fig. 9.6.8) show normal slopes but with high average (1.2).
T
Fig. 9.6.2 OD. he anterior curvature sagittal map. Mild irregularity with borderline S X.
T
RA
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Fig. 9.6.3 OD. he anterior elevation map with BFS reference body. Isolated island.
T
T
TE
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 313
T
T
Fig. 9.6.6 OD. he posterior elevation map with BF reference body. bnormal values (black arrow).
T
TE
A
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Fig. 9.6.7 OD. he pachymetry map. he white arrow points at the horizontally-displaced thinnest location and mild
T
T
dome-like pattern.
Fig. 9.6.8 OD. hickness profiles.

T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 315
i. QS is OK.
iii. K-max-steep K is < 1 D
A
T
P
T
vii. Y-coordinate of the thinnest location is border line (–480 μm).
viii. lthough CD is normal (>2.4 mm), it is <3.0 mm. C and CV are normal (>24° and
A
A
A
A
A
>100 mm3, respectively).
x. upil coordinates indicate decentred pupil and significant angle Kappa.
P
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Left Eye:
a. In a general look, there are some irregularities in all four maps (Fig. 9.6.10).
i. he anterior sagittal curvature map (Fig. 9.6.11):
T
lthough it seems to be B, there is neither S X nor significant inferior superior
A
A
RA
difference.
T
T
TE
T
2. In BF mode (Fig. 9.6.15): abnormal values (>15) within the central 5 mm circle
TE
(black arrow).
iv. he pachymetry map (Fig. 9.6.16) shows mild dome shape with a horizontal
T
displacement (white arrow). (See X-coordinate in Figs 9.6.10 and 9.6.18).
v. hickness profiles (Fig. 9.6.17) show normal slope of the red curves. he average is
T
T
abnormal (1.2).
i. QS is OK.
iii. K-max-steep K is <1 D.
A
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 317
Fig. 9.6.11 OS. he anterior curvature sagittal map. B/IS.

T
A
T
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
T
TE
T
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 319
r/
s .i
n s
is a
e r
.p
Fig. 9.6.15 OS. he posterior elevation map with BF reference body. bnormal values (black arrow).
iv p
T
TE
A
/: /
t t p
h
Fig. 9.6.16 OS. he pachymetry map. he white arrow points at the horizontally-displaced thinnest location and mild
T
T
dome-like pattern.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
r/
s .i
n s
is a
e r
.p
iv p
T
/: /
T
P
T
vii. Y-coordinate of the thinnest location is >–500 μm (–630 μm).
p
viii. lthough CD is normal (>2.4 mm), it is <3.0 mm, C and CV are normal (>24° and
t
A
A
A
A
A
>100 mm3, respectively).
t
h
P
2. iscussion:
D
he patient has anisometropia with amblyopia in the hyperopic eye proven by amblyopia
T
tests.
he question is: is this anisometropia related to difference in ocular axial length? Biometry
T
was done. he axial length of the right eye was 0.75 mm longer than that of the left eye,
T
which explains some of the refractive difference meaning that there might be additional
causes related to the lens or to the cornea. Causes related to the lens are either index-based
such as sclerosis or nuclear cataract, or curvature-based such as lentiglobus. Causes related
to cornea are curvature-based meaning that the myopic eye should have K readings higher
than the other eye, but this is not the situation in our case. Careful slitlamp re-examination of
the patient revealed grade I nuclear sclerosis in the right eye.
Qualification of corneal tomography of both eyes shows the following risk factors:
a. Irregular shape of the anterior sagittal map.
b. bnormal shapes in anterior and posterior elevation maps (BFS mode).
A
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 321
r/
s .i
n s
is a
e r
.p
iv p
/: /
tp
h t
c. bnormal values in posterior elevation maps (BF mode).
A
TE
d. bnormal shape of the pachymetry map, especially in the left eye.
A
e. bnormal average in thickness profiles.
A
f. bnormal Y-coordinate of the thinnest location, especially in the left eye.
A
In spite of these abnormalities, S is still an option, especially that the patient is 54-years-old
A
indicating a relatively stiff cornea.
IOL is not an option because of patient’s age, small refractive error and the CD is <3.0 mm.
P
A
L may be indicated in both eyes since there is grade I nuclear sclerosis in the right eye and
R
E
the patient is 54-year-old.
Following the rule of amblyopia (see Fig. 6.29), refractive treatment can be performed for
both eyes.
In summary, two options are available, S and L . In my opinion, L outweighs S .
A
R
E
R
E
A
In case of S , decentration is not that important since it is pure myopia in the right eye and the
A
angle is insignificant in the left eye. ostoperatively, the patient should be provided with all
P
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
pre-, intra- and postoperative data since he is in the potential age for cataract development.
IOL calculations after keratorefractive surgery are not as accurate as prior to corneal surgery.
he more preoperative information you provide the patient, the better his chance of having
T
more accurate IOL calculations for post S cataract surgery. In such cases, patients need to
A
know that they may need corrective lenses or additional surgery in order to achieve better
visual acuity after cataract surgery.
3. Quantitative Step four S ption:
A
O
Right Eye
/
r
T
M will be used in calculations.
.i
R
SB Law 5: the D (6.5 mm OZ) = 3 x 15 = 45 μm, which is <80 μm and therefore, the
R
A
refractive errors can be completely corrected since the SB = 554 - 45 = 509 μm.
s
R
s
T
able 9.6.3 Final K
n
T
is a
–3.0 sph Kf = 42.3 D (0) (3.0 x 0.75 = 2.25D) 40.2 D in average
Kf = 42.3 D Kf = 42.3 – 2.25 = 40.05 D
0 Ks = 42.6 D (0) (3 x 0.75 = 2.25D)
r
Ks = 42.6 D Ks = 42.6 – 2.25 = 40.35 D
e
Kf : flat K
Ks : steep K
.p
A
iv p
Left Eye
T
Full correction of C will be used since the case is hyperopia and the patient is 54-year-
/: /
R
old.
SB Law 7: the preoperative thinnest location is >470 µm.
R
p
T
tt
able 9.6.4 Final K
T
Refractive error Original K Astigmatic correction Hyperopic correction Final K
h
+3.0 sph Kf = 42.5 D (0) (3.0 x 1.2 = 3.6 D) 46.3 D in average
Kf = 42.5 D Kf = 42.5 + 3.6 = 46.1 D
Ks = 42.9 D (0) (3.0 x 1.2 = 3.6 D)
Ks = 42.9 D Ks = 42.9 + 3.6 = 46.5 D
Kf : flat K
Ks : steep K
s shown in this table, the final K is < 49 D.

A
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 323
Ca e 7
s
24-year-old female has a refractive error. She is complaining of blurring vision, strain and
A
headache after near vision work even with glasses.
er recent glasses and corresponding V are shown in able 9.7.1.
H
A
T
able 9.7.1 ecent Glasses and Visual cuity
T
R
A
r/
OD 0.4 +3 –0.5 10 0.8
.i
OS 0.4 +2.5 0.9
s
A
A
s
er M and corresponding V are shown in able 9.7.2.
H
R
A
T
n
T
R
A
a
is
OD 0.4 +3 –1 60 1.0
OS 0.4 +2.5 –0.5 95 1.0
r
A
A
e
er C is shown in able 9.7.3.
p
H
R
T
.
T
R
iv p
Sph Cyl Axis
OD +6 –1 65
OS +6 –0.5 100
/: /
Since there is >0.75 D difference between M and C , M should be performed.
R
R
P
T
M and corresponding V are shown in able 9.7.4.
p
P
T
A
T
t
able 9.7.4 ost-medriatic efraction and Visual cuity
t
T
P
R
A
h
OD 0.4 +4 –1 60 1.0
OS 0.4 +4 –0.5 95 1.0
A
A
Figures 9.7.1 to 9.7.9 represent right eye tomography. Figures 9.7.10 to 9.7.18 represent left
eye tomography.
1. Qualification Step:
Right Eye:
a. In a general look, there are some irregularities in the anterior curvature map and posterior
elevation map (Fig. 9.7.1).
i. he anterior sagittal curvature map (Fig. 9.7.2) shows a horizontal B pattern
T
A
indicating astigmatism.
ATR
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
r/
s.i
n s
is a
e r
.p
iv p
T
T
/: /
TE
p
t
T
t
T
h
TE
iv. he pachymetry map (Fig. 9.7.7) shows normal shape although the thinnest location
T
is superio-temporally-displaced (white arrow).
v. hickness profiles (Fig. 9.7.8) show normal slopes and normal average (0.8).
T
i QS is OK.
A
T
P
T
vii. Y-coordinate of the thinnest location is positive due to superior displacement which
is rare but normal.
viii. CD is >3.0 mm, C and CV are normal (>24° and >100 mm3, respectively).
A
A
A
A
P
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 325
r/
s .i
n s
is a
e r
.p
Fig. 9.7.2 OD. he anterior curvature sagittal map. astigmatism.
T
ATR
iv p
/: /
t t p
h
Fig. 9.7.3 OD. he anterior elevation map with BFS reference body. orizontal sandy watch pattern.
T
H
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
r/
s .i
n s
is a
e r
.p
T
TE
iv p
/: /
t t p
h
T
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 327
r/
s .i
n s
is a
e r
p
.
T
TE
iv p
/: /
t t p
h
Fig. 9.7.7 OD. he pachymetry map. he white arrow points at the horizontally and superiorly-displaced thinnest
T
T
location.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
r/
s .i
n s
is a
e r
.p
iv p
/: / Fig. 9.7.8 OD. hickness profiles.
tt p
T
Left Eye:
h
a. In a general look, there is some irregularity in the anterior curvature map (Fig. 9.7.10).
T
lthough it seems irregular, it can be considered horizontal SB indicating an
A
ATR
astigmatism.
T
T
TE
T
1. In BFS mode (Fig. 9.6.14): Irregular.
TE
iv. he pachymetry map (Fig. 9.7.16) shows normal shape.
T
v. hickness profiles (Fig. 9.7.17) show normal slope with normal average (0.8).
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 329
r/
s.i
n s
is a
e r
.p
iv p
/: /
t tp
h

T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Fig. 9.7.11 OS. he anterior curvature sagittal map. astigmatism.
T
ATR
T
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 331

T
TE
Fig. 9.7.14 OS. he posterior elevation map with BFS reference body. Sandy watch pattern.
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Fig. 9.7.15 OS. he posterior elevation map with BF reference body.
T
TE
Fig. 9.7.16 OS. he pachymetry map.
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 333

T
i. QS is OK.
A
T
P
T
vii. Y-coordinate of the thinnest location is <–500 μm.
viii. CD is >3.0mm, C and CV are normal (>24° and >100 mm3, respectively).
A
A
A
A
ix. Mesopic pupil diameter is 2.59 mm
P
2. Quantitative Step:
Since, the case is hyperopia and there is a big difference among M , C and M , it is wise
R
R
P
T
to try contact lenses or glasses depending on M correction for a couple of weeks, then
P
T
recheck the patient for higher correction till the highest tolerable correction is reached, the
decision can be taken thereafter. In our case, the expected optimal correction is shown in
able 9.7.5.
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
able 9.7.5 otential efractive rror

T
P
R
E
OD 0.4 +5 –1 60 1.0
OS 0.4 +5 –0.5 95 1.0
A
A
For correct calculations, positive cylinder equation will be used in the quantitative step.
Right Eye:
a. hickness concept:
T
R
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 335
able 9.7.6 Final K for +5D sph/-1D cyl = +4D sph/+1D cyl
T
+4.0 sph Ks = 44.1 D (0) (4.0 x 1.2 = 4.8D) 49 D in average
Ks = 44.1 D Ks = 44.1 + 4.8 = 48.9 D
+1 cyl Kf = 43.1 D (1.0 x 1.2 = 1.2) (4.0 x 1.2 = 4.8D)
Kf = 43.1 + 1.2 = 44.3 D Kf = 44.3 + 4.8 = 49.1 D
Kf : flat K
Ks : steep K
s shown in this table, full correction of the refractive error slightly exceeds the borderline of
A
K readings.
Left Eye:
T
R
T
able 9.7.7 Final K for +5D sph/-0.5D cyl = +4.5D sph/+0.5D cyl
T
+4.5 sph Ks = 43.9 D (0) (4.5 x 1.2 = 5.4 D) 49.35 D in
Ks = 43.9 D Ks = 43.9 + 5.4 = 49.3 D average
+0.5 cyl Kf = 43.4 D (0.5 x 1.2 = 0.6) (4.5 x 1.2 = 5.4 D)
Kf = 43.4 + 0.6 = 44 D Kf = 44 + 5.4 = 49.4 D
Kf : flat K
Ks : steep K
s shown in this table, full correction of the refractive error exceeds the borderline of K
A
readings.
3. iscussion:
D
here are no significant risk factors in corneal tomography.
T
he patient is hyperopic and her symptoms come from improper spectacle correction. er
T
H
M , C and M show a high latent hyperopia and accommodation spasm, which results
R
R
P
T
from both improper correction and the presence of astigmatism. Fortunately, there is neither
amblyopia nor significant phoria.
In our case, is not a good option unless the patient agrees with suboptimal correction;
PRT
i.e. +3.5 D sph/+1 D cyl for OD and +4 D sph/+0.5 D cyl for OS. he residual refractive error
T
will not be significant, especially that the case is hyperopia and the patient is still young with
good accommodation, but an early presbyopia is expected.
IOL implantation is a good and reasonable option since the CD is suitable and the potential
P
A
refractive error is relatively high.
L is not an option since the patient is young and there is no reasonable indication for that.
R
E
4. Conclusion:
he best solution in my opinion is IOL implantation. comes as a second choice.
T
P
PRT
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Ca e 8
s
20-year-old male has a refractive error. e is thinking of refractive correction. e never tried
A
H
H
contact lenses. is refractive error was stable during the last year. here are no other complaints.
H
T
H
R
A
T
H
R
T
T
R
A
OD 0.2 –1.5 –1 135 0.9 1.0
OS 0.3 –1.75 –0.75 40 0.9 1.0
A
A
A
PH
visual acuity (by glasses and pin hole test)

T
R
Sph Cyl Axis
OD –1.5 –1.25 140
OS –1.75 –1 25
eye tomography.

T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 337
Right Eye:
a. In a general look, there are some irregularities in the anterior curvature map and posterior
elevation map (Fig. 9.8.1).
T
It is irregular pattern, but there is no significant inferior-superior difference.

T
T
TE
T
T
2. In BF mode (Fig. 9.8.6): bnormal values within the central 5 mm circle (black
TE
A
arrow).
iv. he pachymetry map (Fig. 9.8.7) shows apparently normal shape.
T
v. hickness profiles (Fig. 9.8.8) show S-shape slopes (black arrows) with normal average
T
(0.9).
Fig. 9.8.2 OD. he anterior curvature sagittal map. Mild irregular pattern.
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Fig. 9.8.3 OD. he anterior elevation map with BFS reference body. ongue-like extension.
T
T
T
TE
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 339
T
T
Fig. 9.8.6 OD. he posterior elevation map with BF reference body. bnormal values (black arrow).
T
TE
A
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Fig. 9.8.7 OD. he pachymetry map.
T
Fig. 9.8.8 OD. hickness profiles. he black arrows point at the S-shape.
T
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 341
i. QS is OK.
iii. K-max-steep K is < 1 D (not shown).
A
T
P
T
viii. CD and CV are abnormal (2.59 mm and 85 mm3), C is normal (>24°).
A
A
A
A
P
Left Eye:
a. In a general look, there is some irregularity in the anterior curvature and posterior
elevation maps (Fig. 9.8.10).
i. he anterior sagittal curvature map (Fig. 9.8.11) shows SS pattern in spite of normal
T
I-S difference.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
T
Fig. 9.8.11 OS. he anterior curvature sagittal map. SS pattern.
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 343
ii. T
he anterior elevation map:
TE
T
2. In BF mode (Fig. 9.8.15): abnormal values within the central 5 mm circle (black
TE
arrow).
iv. he pachymetry map (Fig. 9.8.16) shows normal shape with horizontal displacement
T
of thinnest location (white arrow). (See X-coordinates on Fig. 9.8.18).
v. hickness profiles (Fig. 9.8.17) show slight S-shape at the extreme end (black arrows).
T
he average is normal (0.8).
T
i. QS is OK.
iii. K-max-steep K is < 1 D (not shown).
A
T
P
T
T
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
T
TE
T
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 345
Fig. 9.8.15 OS. he posterior elevation map with BF reference body. bnormal values (black arrow).
T
TE
A
Fig. 9.8.16 OS. he pachymetry map. he white arrow points at the horizontally-displaced thinnest location.
T
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Fig. 9.8.17 OS. hickness profiles. he black arrows point at S-shape pattern.
T
T
viii. CD and CV are abnormal (2.61 mm and 86 mm3), C is normal (>24°).
A
A
A
A
x. upil coordinates indicate decentered pupil and significant angle kappa.
P
2. iscussion Step:
D
It is wise to discuss the case before proceeding with the quantitative step.
lthough K readings are normal, the anterior sagittal map is visibly irregular in both eyes.
A
he anterior and posterior elevation maps show tongue-like extension and only the
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 347
posterior show abnormal values in both eyes. achymetry profile takes an S-shape in both
P
eyes. ll these findings classify the case as FFKC. his diagnosis directs us towards family KC
A
T
suspect. his patient was asked to bring his 18-year-old brother for corneal tomography and
T
surprisingly he was found to have apparently normal cornea in the right eye and KC in the left
eye (Figs 9.8.19 and 9.8.20).
his patient in this case has FFKC in respect to its definition. his explains the sub optimal CDV
T
T
A
and puts the patient at risk of ectasia if was done unless S and CXL were performed.
PRT
A
Other refractive options are not on the table; the CD is not suitable for IOL and the patient
A
P
is still young for L . his is apart from the small refractive error, which does not warrant IOL
R
E
T
P
implantation or performing L .
R
E
egardless of refractive surgery, the patient should be monitored for KC development unless
R
successful CXL is performed.
In case of S and CXL option, it is recommended to perform WFG and undercorrect myopia
A
T
to compensate for the flattening effect of CXL.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Fig. 9.8.19 he four composite maps of the right eye of patient’s brother.
T
Fig. 9.8.20 he four composite maps of the left eye of patient’s brother.
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 349
o decide, which WFG should be performed (corneal vs. ocular), corneal and ocular
T
T
wavefront should be measured to calculate the IWF and follow the decision tree shown in
Fig. 5.47.
he right eye will be discussed as an example.
T
Figure 9.8.21 represents ocular wavefront of the right eye. In this figure, MS related to O s
R
H
A
= 0.56 µm (red ellipse), most of which is coma (red arrow) and the objective refractive error
(green arrow) is consistent with the M (see able 9.8.1) except for axis of astigmatism. he
R
T
T
patient was re-examined for axis and amount of astigmatism and the result was just the same
as in able 9.8.1.
T
Figure 9.8.22 is corneal wavefront of the right eye. In this Figure, the most significant O
H
A
is coma. In comparison with ZC of coma in both figures, it is clear that O s are of corneal
H
A
origin and IWF is almost = 0.
herefore, S with corneal WFG profile is the option.
T
A
T
here is another option, that is to advise the patient to use glasses especially that his
T
refractive error is small and stabile and there are no fatigue complaints and keep him under
observation for the possibility of KC development. In case of any development or progression
criteria (refer to chapter 8: ectasia progression), CXL can be performed either alone (since CXL
alone may correct some of the refractive error) or with S WFG as mentioned before.
A
T
In case of CXL and S in this case, the recommended correction will be as shown in able
A
T
9.8.3.
Fig. 9.8.21 Ocular wavefront of OD. he green arrow points at the objective refractive error. he green ellipse indicates
T
T
the range of SF. he red arrow points at coma, which is the major component of O s. he red ellipse indicates MS
P
T
H
A
T
R
related to O s.
H
A
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Fig. 9.8.22 Corneal wavefront of OD. he red arrow points at coma, which is the major component of O s.
T
H
A
able 9.8.3 ecommended refraction for S and CXL
T
R
A
Sph Cyl Axis
OD –0.75 –1 140
OS –1 –0.75 25
3. Quantification Step: here is no need for calculations in this case since the amount of
T
refractive error is small, the cornea is thick enough and the case is straight forward.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 351
Ca e 9
s
20-year-old male has a refractive error. e is complaining of fatigue after long near work with
A
H
headache. e feels dissatisfied with and without his glasses. is refractive history shows different
H
H
prescriptions in close check-ups indicating fluctuation in the refractive status.
is recent glasses and corresponding V are shown in able 9.9.1.
H
A
T
able 9.9.1 ecent Glasses and Visual cuity
T
R
A
OD 0.4 –2 –2 95 0.8
OS 0.4 –2.5 –2.5 85 0.8
A
A
is M and corresponding V are shown in able 9.9.2.
H
R
A
T
T
R
A
OD 0.4 –2.5 –2 95 0.9
OS 0.4 –3 –2.5 85 0.9
A
A
is C is shown in able 9.9.3.
H
R
T
T
R
Sph Cyl Axis
OD –0.5 –2.25 100
OS –0.75 –2.75 80
Since, there is > 0.75 D difference between M and C , M should be performed.

R
R
P
T
M and corresponding V are shown in able 9.9.4.
P
T
A
T
able 9.9.4 ost-medriatic efraction and Visual cuity
T
P
R
A
OD 0.4 –1.75 –2 95 0.9 1.0
OS 0.4 –2 –2.5 85 0.9 1.0
UDV = uncorrected distance visual acuity; CDV (G) = corrected distance visual acuity (by glasses); CDV (G+ ) = corrected distance
A
A
A
PH
visual acuity (by glasses and in hole).
P
eye tomography.
Right Eye:
a. In a general look, it is an astigmatism with some irregularity on the posterior elevation
ATR
map (Fig. 9.9.1).
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
T
i. he anterior sagittal curvature map (Fig. 9.9.2) shows horizontal SB indicating
T
ATR
astigmatism.
T
1. In BFS mode (Fig. 9.9.3): horizontal sandy watch pattern.
TE
T
T
TE
iv. he pachymetry map (Fig. 9.9.7):
T
elatively thin cornea with temporal displacement of the thinnest location (white
R
arrow). (See coordinates in Figs 9.9.1 and 9.9.9).
T
i. QS is OK.
A
v. hickness at the thinnest location is <500 μm (relatively thin cornea).
T
P
T
vii. Y-coordinate of the thinnest location is < –500 μm.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 353
Fig. 9.9.2 OD. nterior curvature sagital map. orizontal SB indicating astigmatism.
A
H
ATR
Fig. 9.9.3 OD. nterior elevation map in BFS mode. orizontal sandy watch pattern.
A
H
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Fig. 9.9.4 OD. nterior elevation map in BF mode.
A
TE
Fig. 9.9.5 OD. osterior elevation map in BFS mode. ongue-like extension.
P
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 355
Fig. 9.9.6 OD. osterior elevation map in the BF mode.

P
TE
Fig. 9.9.7 OD. achymetry map. he white arrow points at the horizontally displaced thinnest location.
P
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Fig. 9.9.8 OD. hickness profiles.
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 357
viii. CD, CV and C are normal (3.48 mm and 236 mm3 and 41.4°, respectively).
A
A
A
A
x. upil coordinates indicate slightly decentered pupil and significant angle Kappa.
P
Left Eye:
a. In a general look, it is an astigmatism with some irregularity on the posterior elevation
ATR
map (Fig. 9.9.10).
i. he anterior sagittal curvature map (Fig. 9.9.11) shows horizontal SB indicating
T
ATR
astigmatism.
T
1. In BFS mode (Fig. 9.9.12): orizontal sandy watch pattern.
H
TE
T
T
TE
iv. he pachymetry map (Fig. 9.9.16):
T
elatively thin cornea with dome shape and displaced thinnest location (white
R
arrow), see coordinates in Figures 9.9.10 and 9.9.18.
T
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Fig. 9.9.11 OS. nterior curvature sagital map. orizontal SB indicating astigmatism.
A
H
ATR
Fig. 9.9.12 OS. nterior elevation map in BFS mode. Sandy watch pattern.
A
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 359
Fig. 9.9.13 OS. nterior elevation map in BF mode.

A
TE
Fig. 9.9.14 OS. osterior elevation map in BFS mode. ongue-like extension.
P
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
Fig. 9.9.15 OS. osterior elevation map in BF mode.
P
TE
Fig. 9.9.16 OS. achymetry map. elatively thin cornea with dome shape. he white arrow points at the displaced
P
R
T
thinnest location.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 361

T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
R
i. QS is OK.
A
v. hickness at the thinnest location is <500 μm (relatively thin cornea).
T
P
T
vii. Y-coordinate of the thinnest location is > –500 μm (–540 μm).
viii. CD, CV and C are normal (3.42 mm and 221 mm3 and 48.5°, respectively).
A
A
A
A
2. iscussion Step:
D
It is a case of astigmatism. In this kind of astigmatism, accommodative spasm is very
ATR
common. ccommodative spasm explains patient’s complaints including fluctuation of
A
refraction, fatigue and strain on near work, dissatisfaction with and without glasses and
headache. Current glasses, M , C and M show that the patient is overcorrected due to
R
R
P
T
accommodative spasm.
On the other hand, there is a disparity between and M following probability 4; both are
TA
A
and < M ; (see example 24, chapter 6).
ATR
TA
A
reating astigmatism in general and astigmatism in particular improves reading function
T
ATR
even in young individuals. t the same time, treating oblique and astigmatisms frequently
A
ATR
results in a subjective improvement out of proportion to any modest improvement in visual
acuity.
he recommended refraction for treatment is shown in able 9.9.5.
T
T
able 9.9.5 ecommended efraction
T
R
R
Sph Cyl Axis
OD –1 –2 95
OS –1.25 –2.5 85
his recommended refraction is calculated as follows:

T
– he spherical component is the CS added –0.5 D for the cycloplegic effect.
T
– he cylindrical component is the M .
T
A
Since the M is > , treatment will create W astigmatism on the anterior corneal surface.
A
TA
TR
he expected amount will be –0.75 D in the right eye and –0.5 D in the left eye. he patient
T
T
will tolerate this, since it is W and < –1 D and the spherical equivalent will be 0. On the
TR
other hand, one may expect that accommodation spasm may recur after treatment causing
manifest myopia; indeed this is rare since the astigmatism has been eliminated. But the
ATR
thing that the patient should know prior to surgery is that visual recovery may be slow.
he patient is young, this excludes L . he refractive error is small, this excludes IOL
T
R
E
T
P
implantation. seems to be suitable, but there are the following risk factors:
PRT
– astigmatism.
ATR
– ongue-like extension on the posterior elevation maps.
T
– Suspected Y co-ordinate of the thinnest location in the left eye.
– he cornea is relatively thin.
T
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Case Study 363
– Sub-optimal CDV even with pin hole test. In such cases, wavefront imaging should
A
be done. Wavefront imaging was performed and found to be within normal limits (not
available).
ccording to andleman risk score system, this case is scored 3 in case of thin flap and SB >
A
R
R
300 μm. aving this score, S may be performed with caution.
H
A
In my opinion, even S is risky unless accompanied with CXL. hat is because the case is
A
T
astigmatism in a young patient although other abnormalities in corneal tomography
ATR
are mild. Unfortunately, O was not available, otherwise a better idea could be taken about
RA
corneal biomechanics. owever, family history of KC is very important and a detailed history
H
taking for any systemic disease is mandatory.
In case of S and CXL, a reduction of myopic correction by –0.5 to –0.75 D is necessary to
A
compensate for the flattening effect of CXL. herefore, the recommended refraction for
T
treatment will be as shown in able 9.9.6.
T
able 9.9.6 ecommended efraction for S and CXL
T
R
R
A
Sph Cyl Axis
OD –0.5 –2 95
OS –0.75 –2.5 85
Some surgeons may depend on refraction shown in able 9.6.5 even with CXL since the
T
patient is young and has good accommodation.
he case will not be quantified since the amount of refractive error is small and corneal
T
parameters are suitable.
Finally, aspheric or aspheric-free profiles should be used in addition to decentration and
compensation for cyclotorsion, since the astigmatism is > 1 D.
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Index
Page numbers followed by ‘f’ refer to figure and ‘t’ refer to table
A sagittal curvature map 316, Bowman layer 118, 127

328 Butterfly pattern 17f
Aberration analysis display 64f segment 220
Abnormal Application of suction ring 131f C
corneal tomography 155 Aspheric
patterns of anterior curvature aberration-free profile 142 Calculating corneal refractive
sagittal map 10f ablation profile 142f power 158
symmetric bowtie 13, 14f hyperprolate refractive Cataract 247
Acuity map 72, 72f surface 41f Centering ablation beam 123f,
in combined myopic oblate refractive surface 40f 124f
astigmatism 73f optics 160 Central
in hyperopic eye 73f PIOL 156 cone 44
in myopic astigmatism 72f prolate refractive surface 41f corneal thickness 218
Acute uveitis 246 Astigmatic aberration 54, 55f toxic keratitis 235
Adenoviral infection 237 Asymmetric bowtie Centring and applying ablation
Adjunctive intraoperative inferior steep 15f beam 123, 133
mitomycin C 125 superior steep 16f Choroidal
Airy disc 62, 62f with skewed radial axis 16f neovascularization 247
Allergy and atopic disease 214 Atopic disease 153 Chronic
Amblyopia 198 Autoimmune diseases 237 allergy and infection 212
Amiodarone hydrochloride 140 inflammation 246
Anesthesia 120 Claw pattern 13, 17f
B
Angle kappa rule 195 Collagen vascular disease 215,
Anisometropia 207 Bell shape of pachymetry 225
Anterior map 33f Coma 57, 58f
chamber 79 Biomechanics and Cone location 27
volume angle and hyperopic treatment 102 Conjunctiva 220

depth 6 induced ectasia 105 Conjunctival scarring after
curvature myopic treatment 101 previous ocular
sagittal map 7, 8f, 262, postoperative surgery 225

278f, 286f, 302f, 311f, 317, induced irregularities 103 Connective tissue disease 140

325f, 330f, 337f, 342f, 353f IOP measurements 105 Considering pupil size and

tangential map 20, 20f, Blepharitis 210 accommodation 149

21f Blepharophimosis 140 Contact lenses 57
elevation map 316, 324, 328 Blue light filters 160 Cornea 219
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Corneal Decentration technique 128f, Floppy eyelid syndrome 153

aberrations 76f 129f Forme fruste keratoconus 34,
asphericity 192f 42, 44, 242
astigmatism 181f D Four composite maps 7f, 324f,
biomechanics in 329f, 336f, 342f
hyperopic treatment 102f, Deep anterior lamellar Fuchs
keratoplasty 90

105f corneal dystrophy 140
myopic treatment 101f, Depth of focus 40, 41f dystrophy 35, 108
Descemet membrane 90

102f Fundoscopy 221
cross linking 96, 140 dehiscence 90
Designs of monofocal IOLs 159
degeneration 216 G
dystrophy 216 Diabetes 214
ectatic disorders 140 Diabetic retinopathy 140 Glaucoma 10, 216
edema 246 Diffuse lamellar keratitis 138, and previous glaucoma
epithelial healing 231 surgery 213
disorder 153 Dislocation of PIOL 246 Globus
haze after surface Distorted flap 228 cone 42
ablation 244 Dome shape of pachymetry in keratoconus 21f

hysteresis 108 map 33f shape of pachymetry
imaging 1 Double anterior chamber 90 map 34f
lesions 82 Down syndrome 153 Grading
melting 237 Dry eye 155 of haze 245t
parameters 267f, 275f, 283f, syndrome 140, 208 risk of ectasia 243t
290f, 297f, 306f, 315f, 321f, Drying stromal bed 135f
329f, 334f, 341f, 347f, 356f, H
361f E Haze 244
resistance factor 111 Ectasia 163, 241, 243 Heparin coating 160
scarring 153, 220 risk score system 243t High
stromal dystrophies 140 Ectatic corneal disorders 42, 242 ablation depth 210
thickness spatial profile 34 Elevation myopia 163, 241
tissue 100 contour map 30f order aberrations 52, 56
tomography 4f, 82f, 94f, 158 maps 22, 44, 45, 49 refractive error
of PLK 48f Enantiomorphism 19f correction 210

of PMD 47f Endothelial dysfunction 163 Higher hyperopia 163

topometry 39, 40, 71 Epipolis LASIK 117 Holladay II formula 158
Corrected distance visual Epithelial Hypermetropia treatment 210
acuity 151, 310, 323, 336 and stromal herpes 237 Hyperopia 26
Correction of spherical defects during operation 237 Hyperopic
aberration 178 ingrowth 237 ,238, 239f astigmatism rule 182
Crohn’s disease 215 Excimer laser ablation 117 correction 139
Crystalline lens 75 Eye tracking 150 Hypertension 214
Curvature Hysteresis 100
and elevation maps 28
map 45, 49
F
sagittal map 30f, 31f
I
Femto-created and
Cycloplegic microkeratome-created Immunodeficiency 215
refraction 261t, 269t, 277t, flap 139t Implantation of phakic IOLs 96
285, 301t, 310t, 323t, 336t, Femtosecond laser 87f, 133f Incomplete flap 226
351t Flap dissection 133f Infectious keratitis 230
sphere 268 Flat K rule 179 Inferior steep 13
Cyclotorsion 197 Flexible IOLs 159 pattern 13f
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Index 367
Inflammatory disorders 215 Measurement of aberrations 61 Paracentral cone 44
Interface infections 237 Measuring corneal Pellucid
Intracorneal ring segment 111 biomechanics 106 like keratoconus 42, 45
Intraocular lens selection 159 power and pupil diameter 93 marginal degeneration 30,
Intraoperative key elements 150 Mitomycin C application 125f 42, 45
IOP measurements 218 Mixed astigmatism rule 183 Peripheral cone 44
Iris atrophy and pupil Modulation transfer function 66 Phakic IOL 154, 163
ovalization 247 Monitoring scan capture 148 Photoablation enhancement 95
Irregular astigmatism 145f Monofocal IOLs 159 Photorefractive
Isolated island 26f Morphologic classification 42 keratectomy 117
Morton’s pupillometer 217 treatment 117
J Multifocal lenses 160 Phototherapeutic
Myopia 26, 157 keratectomy 119
Junctional pattern 18f Pigment dispersion 247
Myopic
astigmatism rule 182 Point spread function 61
K correction 139 Polymethylmethacrylate 160
Positive spherical aberration 40
Keloid formation diseases 215
Posterior
Keratoconic cornea 29f N capsule opacification 159
Keratoconus
Neurotrophic corneas 140 elevation map 316, 324, 328
and ectatic diseases 20t, 43t
Nipple cone 42 Post-LASIK infectious
detection 90
in keratoconus 20f keratitis 231f
Keratoglobus 93, 93f, 94f
Nomogram adjustment 151 Post-medriatic refraction and
Keratometry and IOL power
Non-dominant eye 218 visual acuity 323t, 351t
calculation 158
Normal anterior eye 79 Potential refractive error 334t
Presbyopia 207
L Presbyopic correction 163
O
Lamellar ablation 117, 126 Pressure induced interface
Large pupils 140, 163 Oblique symmetric bowtie 10f stromal keratitis 234
Laser subepithelial OCT pachymetry map 81f Previous
keratomileusis 117 Ocular herpes
LASIK flap complications 86 hypertension 246 keratitis 153

Level of flap cut in LASIK 126f, motility 218 simplex 140

127f response analyzer 106 zoster ophthalmicus 140

Lids 219 trauma 212 incisional keratotomy 225
Low wavefront 71 scleral buckling surgery 225
dose topical steroids 212 Onset of refractive error 207 Principle of
order aberrations 52, 53 Optical coherence correcting
Lower refractive errors 163 tomography 79 hyperopic

Optimized ablation profile 141 astigmatism 182f
mixed astigmatism 182f
M Orbital and eye anatomy 219

Oval correcting myopic
Macular degeneration 247 cone 42 astigmatism 181f
Magnani’s pupillometer 217 in keratoconus 21f elevation map 22f
Manifest ORA 106

hot spot 12f
astigmatism 184, 268 point spread function 62f
refraction 149 RMS 69f
P
refractive spherical spherical aberration 60f
equivalent 243 Pachymetry map 44, 80, 92, wavefront and wavefront
Marfan syndrome 215 265f, 273f, 289f, 295f, 305f, analysis 51
Marginal sterile corneal 314f, 316, 319f, 328, 332f, Progressive endothelial cell
infiltrates 236 340f, 345f, 355f, 360f, loss 246
tahir99 - UnitedVRG
Pseudo button hole Stability of refractive error 207 Toric IOLs 160
formation 180f Static cyclotorsion Transepithelial photorefractive
Pupil compensation 198 keratectomy 118
center 5, 195 Sterilization 120 Transitional zone concept 142f
diameter 6, 197 Strehl ratio 61, 65, 65f Trifolium plant 61f
Pupillary block glaucoma 246 Sub-Bowman calcifications 82, Types of
Pupillometry 150, 217 82f aberrations 53
Suboptimal correction rule 191 MFIOLs 161
Q Superior steep pattern 12f photorefractive surgery 137t
Surface PRT 117
Qualification of ablation 117
values 306, 316, 324, 352 combined with corneal
wavefront 306 U

collagen cross linking 152
lamellar ablation 117, 126, Ultrasound biomicroscopy 155
R 127 Uncontrolled systemic
Reading and interpreting corneal Surgical technique in diabetes 140
tomography 259 LA and SLA 127 Uncorrected distance visual
Refractive lens exchange 156, PTK 126 acuity 155, 310, 323, 336
163 SA 120 Use of
Residual refractive error 247 Symmetric bowtie with skewed contact lens 208
Retinal vascular diseases 140 radial axis 13, 15f NSAIDs 237
Rheumatoid arthritis 140 Systemic
Rigid IOLs 160 lupus erythematosus 140 V
Root mean square 61, 65, 68 tetracyclines 212
Round hot spot 11f vascular diseases 140 Viscosity 100
Rules and guidelines in refractive Visual acuity 216
surgery 171, 173 T Vortex 13
Wavefront
Tear film capture 148
S effect 148 guided treatment 138, 143,
Sagittal map 43 tests 217 143f
Salzmann’s nodular Thickness high order aberration
degeneration 85f concepts 199, 299, 300 map 74, 74f
Scheimpflug map 49 in FFKC detection 77
image 93, 94f profiles 34, 314f maps 71, 71f
tomogram 83f rules 173 science 51
Schirmer’s test 210 Thin corneas 241
Selection of monofocal IOLs 160 Thinnest location 6
Sever dry eye 163 Thyroid eye disease 140
W
Sjogren syndrome 140 Tomographic classifications 43 Wegener granulomatosis 140
Skewed sandy watch pattern 24f Tongue like extension 24f
Slit-lamp biomicroscopy 219 Topical ciclosporin 212 Z
Small optical zone 147f Topographic
Smiling face 13, 18f and tomographic features Zernike
Spatial frequency 66f in ectatic corneal coefficients 61, 69, 70f, 260
Spherical disorders 42 description of
aberration 57, 59f astigmatism 181, 184 aberrations 52t
refractive surface 40f Topography and tomography polynomials 70t
Square-edged optics 160 science 3 pyramid 53f
tahir99 - UnitedVRG

Five Steps To Start Your Refractive Surgery (2014)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Five Steps To Start Your Refractive Surgery (2014)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Five Steps To Start Your Refractive Surgery (2014)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Five Steps to Start Your

JAYPEE BROTHERS MEDICAL PUBLISHERS (P) LTD

© 2014, Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers

Five Steps to Start Your Refractive Surgery: A Case-Based Systematic Approach

I would like to acknowledge ophthalmology residents in Damascus University who encouraged

Step One: Corneal Imaging

Chapter 1 Topography and Tomography Science 3

Step Two: Main Refractive Options

Chapter 5 Main Refractive Options 117

Step Three: Rules and Guidelines in Refractive Surgery

Chapter 6 Rules and Guidelines in Refractive Surgery 173

Step Four: Start Off

Chapter 7 Clinical Approach 205

Step Five: Case Study

Chapter 9 Case Study 259

AB: Asymmetric bowtie ICR: Intra corneal ring

PMT: Post mydriatic test SLA: Surface lamellar ablation

Main T graphi Map and r file

ig. 1.2 Corneal parameters

The Anterior Curvature Sagittal Map

ig. 1.7 Oblique symmetric bowtie (SB) representing oblique astigmatism.

ig. 1.23 Smiling face.

The Anterior Curvature Tangential Map

The Elevation Maps

Shape (BFS float mode)

Abnormal shapes include:

ig. 1.34 Different patterns of tongue-like extensions.

The Difference between the Curvature and the Elevation Maps

ig. 1.42 Another example of an elevation contour map.

The Pachymetry Map

ig. 1.45 Horizontal displacement of the thinnest location.

ig. 1.46 Dome shape of the pachymetry map.

ig. 148 Globus shape of the pachymetry map.

ig. 1.50 Thickness profiles. Abnormal quick slope.

ig. 1.51 Thickness profiles. Abnormal S-shape slope.

ig. 1.52 Thickness profiles. Abnormal flat shape.

ig. 1.53 Thickness profiles. Abnormal inverted shape.

ig. 1.54 Spherical refractive surface. It acts as a multifocal lens. Q-value = 0.

ig. 1.60 Simulation of spherical aberrations in a 4 mm pupil analysis.

On the Sagittal Map

Table 1.3 Morphological Patterns of Keratoconus and Ectatic Diseases

Table 1.4 Tomographic Patterns of Keratoconus and Ectatic Diseases

Elevation-based (see Fig. 1.38)

d. S-I on the 5 mm circle > 2.5 D.

On the Elevation Maps

On the Pachymetry Map

orme ruste Keratoconus

ellucid Marginal egeneration ( M ) and ellucid- ike Keratoconus ( K)

ig. 1.61 PMD. Inferior thinning of the cornea (white

Table 1.5 summarizes the difference between PLK and PMD.

Table 1.5 Comparison between PLK and PMD

PRINCIPLES OF WAVEFRONT AND WAVEFRONT ANALYSIS

TABLE 2.1 Zernike Description of Aberrations

Coefficient Index Z(n, m) Order Description

Fig. 2.8 Astigmatic aberration. It is a LOA associated with astigmatism.

High Order Aberrations (HOAs)

Fig. 2.14 Coma shape in 2D (left) and 3D (right) dimensions.

Point Spread Function (PSF)

Fig. 2.22 Airy disk. It is a phenomenon of diffraction.